initial commit of ebook 8111HEADmain

4 files changed, 12334 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/old/7alyr10.txt b/old/7alyr10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27f1961
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/7alyr10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6167 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of After Long Years and Other Stories
+Translated from the German by Sophie A. Miller and Agnes M. Dunne
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file.  Please do not remove it.  Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file.  Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used.  You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: After Long Years and Other Stories
+
+Author: Translated from the German by Sophie A. Miller and Agnes M. Dunne
+
+Release Date: May, 2005 [EBook #8111]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on June 15, 2003]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AFTER LONG YEARS AND OTHER STORIES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Charles Aldarondo, Tiffany Vergon, Tonya Allen,
+Charles Franks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: "The Count then opened the door and overcome with emotion
+he fell at the feet of the Countess."--From _"Royal Palace to Lowly
+Hut"_]
+
+
+
+_SUNSHINE AND SHADOW SERIES_
+
+
+
+AFTER LONG YEARS
+
+AND
+
+OTHER STORIES
+
+
+TRANSLATIONS FROM THE GERMAN BY
+
+SOPHIE A. MILLER
+
+AND
+
+AGNES M. DUNNE
+
+
+
+
+NOTE
+
+
+These ethical stories have been translated from the German with the view
+of instilling into the minds of youthful readers such truths as will
+help materially toward building a character that will withstand the
+trials and temptations of life.
+
+It is conceded by educators that ethics presented in the lecture form
+fails of its purpose; therefore the writers have presented this subject
+in the form most appealing to children--the story.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+I. AFTER LONG YEARS
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Journey
+
+II. Apprenticeship
+
+III. Alfred Banford
+
+IV. The Stranger
+
+
+II. THE CAPTIVE
+
+Chapter
+
+I. Home-Coming
+
+II. The Slave
+
+III. In the Turkish Family
+
+IV. The Lion
+
+V. The Offer
+
+VI. The Plans
+
+VII. Restored to Freedom
+
+
+III. THE ARTIST'S MASTERPIECE
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Gift
+
+II. Under the Emperor's Bush
+
+III. No Prophet in His Own Country
+
+IV. The Condition
+
+V. The Fulfilment
+
+
+IV. THE VINEYARD ON THE HILLSIDE
+
+Chapter
+
+I. Missing
+
+II. The Faithful Dog
+
+III. The Fond Foster-Parents
+
+IV. The Errand
+
+V. The Old Man
+
+VI. The Legacy
+
+VII. The Journey
+
+
+V. THE DAMAGED PICTURE
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Artist
+
+II. The Picture
+
+III. The Discovery
+
+
+VI. MEMORIES AWAKENED
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Change of Circumstances
+
+II. The Revelation
+
+
+VII. THE INHERITANCE
+
+Chapter
+
+I. Mr. Acton and his Son
+
+II. The Uninvited Guest
+
+III. The Flowering Plant
+
+IV. The Two Families
+
+V. The Feast
+
+
+VIII. HOW IT HAPPENED
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Wooded Island
+
+II. Far From Home
+
+III. The Smoke
+
+
+IX. FROM ROYAL PALACE TO LOWLY HUT
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Suburbs
+
+II. The Retreat
+
+III. The Prison
+
+IV. The Purchase
+
+V. Reunited
+
+
+X. THE UGLY TRINKET
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Opened Door
+
+II. The Test
+
+III. Reverses
+
+
+
+
+AFTER LONG YEARS
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTERS.
+
+I. THE JOURNEY.
+
+II. APPRENTICESHIP.
+
+III. ALFRED BANFORD.
+
+IV. THE STRANGER.
+
+
+[Illustration: "He halted, offered his assistance to the two half-frozen
+men, helped them into the sleigh and hurried on with them."]
+
+
+
+
+AFTER LONG YEARS
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE JOURNEY
+
+
+The Duchess of Banford and her two children were driving toward their
+villa, when, owing to the roughness of the road, the front wheel of
+their coach was suddenly broken. Considerably frightened, mother and
+children quickly alighted. The approaching darkness, coupled with the
+loneliness of the place, added to the difficulty; for the prospect of
+spending the night in the woods was particularly distressing.
+
+Just then a stable-boy chanced along and seeing the predicament, said:
+"Oh, that wheel can be easily mended. Not far from here there lives a
+wheelwright, and I am sure he can repair it in a very short time." The
+boy then looked about him, and seeing a long pole, said: "We can use
+this to support the wagon as it drags along. The road is rugged, and it
+will take us about an hour to get there."
+
+"Is there no shorter route?" inquired the Duchess.
+
+"This is the only wagon road; but if you wish, I will lead you along a
+shorter path across the fields which will cut the distance in half."
+
+The Duchess thanked him, and asked: "Do you think that we may take this
+pole? It seems to me as though some wood-cutter had left it here to prop
+a tree."
+
+"Oh, yes," he answered, "it belongs to the wheelwright to whom I am
+taking you. All the wood around here belongs to him, and he will be glad
+to have this pole so handy." So saying, he hurried to get the pole and
+helped the coachman fasten it in place. The horses then drew the
+carriage slowly over the rocky road, while the coachman walked
+alongside.
+
+The family, however, followed the footpath, which led between tall elms
+and blooming shrubbery along the edge of a babbling brook.
+
+The silence was broken now and then by the plaintive song of a
+nightingale. The Duchess and her two children seated themselves upon the
+trunk of a fallen tree and listened to the music till it ceased. A
+gentle wind sighed softly through the leaves of the trees, and merrily
+flowed the near-by brook. As the nightingale repeated its song, they all
+listened intently.
+
+When the song was ended, the Duchess said: "I would give twenty pounds
+if I had such a bird in my garden. I have heard many nightingales sing
+in the city, but here in the country, in this wooded region and deep
+stillness, and at this twilight hour, its song seems doubly enchanting.
+Oh, that I might hear it sing in the little bower near my villa."
+
+"Hm," whispered the stable-boy, who stood near her oldest son, Alfred,
+"those twenty pounds could be easily earned."
+
+Alfred nodded, and motioned to the boy to be still, for just then the
+nightingale began to sing. When the song ceased the Duchess arose to
+continue her way. Alfred, however, lagged behind with the stable-boy,
+with whom he was soon busily engaged in earnest talk.
+
+"A nightingale in a cage is not what my mother wants; what she wants is
+a nightingale that is at liberty, to sing and nest and fly as it pleases
+in our beautiful garden, and to return to us in the spring from its
+winter home."
+
+"I understand very well what you mean. I should not want to catch a bird
+and deliver it into captivity." After questioning Alfred more closely
+about the trees near his villa, the boy said: "I feel sure that I can
+get a nightingale and its nest for you. I know just how to go about it.
+You will soon hear its song resound from all parts of your garden--
+possibly not this week, but surely next."
+
+Alfred stood still for a moment and looked at the boy--clothed in a
+shabby suit, with his hair protruding from his torn hat. Then he asked,
+wonderingly, "What would you do with the money?"
+
+"Oh," said the boy, and the tears stood in his eyes, "twenty pounds
+would help us out of our troubles. You see, my father is a day-laborer.
+He is not a very strong man, and I was just on my way to visit him, and
+do what I could to help him. My foreman has given me a few days' leave
+of absence. I don't earn much, but it helps my father a little. I often
+feel that it would be a great help to him if I could earn more. I
+certainly should like nothing better than to be a wheelwright. It must
+be grand to be able to take the wood that lies here in the forest, and
+make a beautiful carriage out of it, like the one you own. I have often
+talked with the wheelwright, but he will not take me as an apprentice
+until I have a certain amount of money. Besides, I should need money to
+buy tools. It would cost twenty pounds, and my father and I haven't as
+much as that together.
+
+"Poor boy," thought Alfred, "if what he says is true, we must help him."
+Then he said aloud, "Bring me a written recommendation from your
+schoolmaster; and if the wheelwright really wants to take you, I will
+give you ten pounds as soon as the nightingale sings in our garden; and I
+know that the missing ten pounds will soon be forthcoming. But you must
+say nothing about this to anyone until my mother's wish is gratified. I
+should like to give her an unexpected pleasure."
+
+Soon they struck the main road again, and the rest of the distance was
+quickly covered.
+
+While the wheelwright was repairing the carriage, Alfred engaged him in
+conversation concerning the stable-boy, all of whose statements the man
+corroborated. He also showed a willingness to apprentice the boy on the
+terms stated.
+
+The damage had now been repaired, so the Duchess paid the charges,
+giving the stable-boy a few coins, and seated herself in the carriage
+with her children.
+
+After whispering a few words to the boy, to tell him how to reach the
+villa, Alfred joined his mother and sister, and with tooting of horns
+they proceeded on their journey in high spirits.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+APPRENTICESHIP
+
+
+The little stable-boy, Michael Warden, hurried on to his sick father. It
+was late, and the journey would take him two hours. On his way he
+stopped to buy a few delicacies for his father with the coins the
+Duchess had given him. To his surprise, he found on arrival that his
+father was very much improved.
+
+Before daybreak on the following morning, Michael hurried to the woods
+to find the nightingale's nest he knew so well. When he had last visited
+it, he had seen five brownish-green eggs there. But as he now peered
+into it he found, to his great astonishment, that the young birds had
+broken through their shells. With all haste he set out for the villa,
+several miles distant, to study the situation and decide where he could
+best fasten the nest. Arriving there, he found a suitable place, and
+then hurried back to the woods.
+
+In the course of a few days, he succeeded in caging the parent birds.
+Placing the nest beside them in the cage, he carried it to the garden of
+the Duchess. He arrived there toward evening, and was hospitably
+received by the gardener, who had been fully acquainted with the idea.
+
+Adjoining the villa was a large tract of land, well wooded, which was
+beautifully laid out with garden plots, pebbly, shaded paths,
+vine-covered bowers and rustic seats. In one corner of the garden there
+stood an odd little thatch-covered arbor, nestling between high rocks in
+the shadow of the tall trees. A brook which fell in foaming whiteness
+flowed past this little nook, clear as crystal, and made the stillness
+fascinating by its intermittent murmuring. This spot the Duchess loved
+well, and many hours of the day she spent here.
+
+Scarcely a hundred feet distant, there stood a willow tree closely
+resembling the late home of the caged nightingales. The boy had chosen
+this tree and had prepared a place for the nest on a forked branch. He
+went there late one evening, as the moon was shining brightly, and
+placed the nest securely on this tree; then he gave the parent birds
+their freedom.
+
+The next morning, the boy returned to the spot and hid himself in the
+thick shrubbery, to see whether the birds would feed their young, who
+were loudly crying for food. In a little while the parent birds returned
+and fed them.
+
+"Now I have triumphed," said Michael; and he hurried to the villa to
+carry to Alfred the welcome news that in a few days the nightingales
+would be singing their song in his garden.
+
+"Fine," said Alfred, "and then the money will be yours. Stay a few days
+longer and you can take it with you."
+
+Two days later, the Duchess invited her friends to a lawn-party. The sun
+had risen in all its glory, the sky was unclouded, and the breezes were
+light and refreshing. The garden, with all its natural beauty, afforded
+a most entrancing spot for the feast, which proved perfect in every
+detail and was enjoyed in full measure.
+
+After the guests had departed, the Duchess said to her children, "Let us
+spend this delightful twilight hour here in quiet. My soul is satisfied;
+for what can compare with this blessed evening hour? What comparison can
+there be between the grandeur of our salon and the beauty of nature?"
+
+Just then the nightingale broke the stillness with its ecstatic song.
+The Duchess was surprised, and listened intently until the song was
+ended.
+
+"I wonder how this nightingale came to my garden. The oldest residents
+cannot remember ever having heard one in this region."
+
+"Dear mother," said Alfred, "you often wished that a nightingale would
+lend its song and its presence to grace this beautiful spot. The same
+boy who assisted us out of a difficulty recently, helped me gratify your
+wish. You remember, dear mother, that you said at that time: 'I would
+give twenty pounds to have a nightingale in my garden.' That boy has
+helped us please you, and we have paid him half this amount out of our
+savings. The boy is worthy of the money, and it may be the foundation of
+his future success."
+
+"You have acted nobly," said the Duchess. "I am transported with ecstasy
+at hearing the nightingale sing for the first time in my garden, and
+also at the love which you have shown for your mother. It moves me still
+more, however, when I think that my children possess a heart big enough
+to part with money intended for their own use, and voluntarily give it
+up to afford help and joy to others. I, too, will reward the boy
+generously. I wonder what use he would make of the money."
+
+"We could not give the money to a more worthy person," said Alfred, who
+then related to his mother the boy's aspirations. "Besides, I have
+written to his teacher, and this is what he says about him: 'A greater
+deed of charity you could not perform than to help Michael Warden carry
+out his desire to learn a trade. He is a clever, ingenious boy, and
+would learn quickly. I think he would like best to be a wheelwright, and
+I would suggest that you apprentice him with the master in our village.'
+So you see, mother, the money would not be spent in vain."
+
+"Very well, the money shall be his."
+
+On the following morning, Alfred sent for Michael, and counted out to
+him the money, increasing it to fifty pounds. Michael's astonishment
+almost carried him off his feet, and he thanked Alfred profusely for the
+extra money. He hurried home to his father and laid his wealth before
+him on the table. The old man stared at it in blank amazement, and said:
+"My boy, I hope you have not stolen this money!"
+
+"No, father, but a little bird in the forest helped me," and Michael
+related the incident.
+
+His father, overjoyed, now made all preparations for Michael's outfit.
+He then conducted him to the master wheelwright, paid the stipulated sum
+and entered him as an apprentice. At the end of three years, the boy was
+as accomplished in his trade as his master.
+
+Before starting out into the world, Michael returned to the Castle of
+Banford to tell of his progress, and once more thank the Duchess and her
+children for their kindness to him. They praised him heartily for the
+strides he had made. The Duchess then gave him another gift of money for
+his journey, and said: "Success be yours. We must never do good by
+halves; the sapling that we plant we should also water." Then with many
+encouraging remarks, the Banfords bade him good-bye.
+
+Touched by their interest and charity, Michael was so stupefied that he
+could scarcely speak. When he recovered his self-control, he thanked
+them all, and promised faithfully to do his best and always remember
+their good advice.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+ALFRED BANFORD
+
+
+Alfred Banford had always been kind to the poor and dutiful and
+affectionate to his mother. Suddenly he was seized with patriotic
+fervor. For some time he had nursed the desire to be a soldier. At the
+age of seventeen, he studied the art of warfare at a military academy.
+He surprised all the officers with his military genius.
+
+The Duchess, too, loved her fatherland, and at last she tearfully
+recognized that she must give up her son to fight in defense of his
+country.
+
+"Go, then," said she, "fight for the right and your country; and may God
+protect you."
+
+Alfred fought valiantly and well, and at last was forced to proceed with
+the great French army against Russia. On the way to Moscow the ranks
+were greatly depleted, owing to the long, wearisome marches and
+privations. After untold hardships and bloodshed, the army at last
+reached Moscow, with her many palaces and temples and spires and the old
+palace, the Kremlin. It was a pleasing picture. Alfred, like every other
+soldier, now hoped to recuperate from the hardships of warfare. But he
+found the city uninhabited, the streets deserted, the palaces and houses
+empty.
+
+At midnight, a dreadful fire which had been smoldering for several days,
+broke out in wild fury and laid the greater part of the city in ashes.
+The army was obliged to retreat; and many thousand brave soldiers,
+exposed to snow and ice, hunger and cold, met a horrible death. One
+single freezing night killed thousands of horses, Alfred's among them.
+He was obliged to walk knee deep in icy water.
+
+They traversed miles and miles of country without passing one hut; and
+when in the distance a human habitation appeared and gave promise of
+warmth and food, they found upon approach that it was deserted and
+devoid of everything.
+
+The poor, miserable, weakened soldiers were obliged to spend many a
+weary night on the snow-covered ground, with no roof but the sky. The
+need of food became more and more imperative each moment; yet if they
+had had the wealth of kings, they could not have bought a dry crust of
+bread; so they were reduced to the extremity of eating the flesh of
+their fallen horses. They quenched their thirst with snow.
+
+The street upon which the greater part of the army had gathered was
+marked with deserted cannons and powder wagons; and on both sides lay
+the dead, upon whom the fast falling snow had spread a white coverlet.
+Many of the soldiers of Alfred's regiment had fallen, and lay frozen in
+the snow; others were scattered here and there.
+
+Alfred and a chum, both in a weakened condition, tried to go on. They
+descried a little village, about half an hour distant; but before they
+reached it, Alfred had become so weak that he fell exhausted in the
+snow, saying: "Thus must I die here!" He extended his hand to his friend
+and with tears in his eyes said: "Should you ever reach the Castle of
+Banford, bear my love to my mother and sisters. Tell them that Alfred
+Banford fought bravely, and fell in the service of his country."
+
+These words reached the ears of a Russian gentleman, Vosky by name, who
+in a rude sled was going in the direction of the village. He halted,
+offered his assistance to the two half-frozen men, helped them into the
+sleigh and hurried on with them. A few minutes' drive brought them to a
+little inn, half concealed by the drifted snow.
+
+The men were conducted into the house and furnished with food and
+warmth. The host asked them no questions, for he saw that they were
+benumbed and almost unconscious. At last, when they had recovered, he
+raised his glass and said: "To your health, gentlemen. All brave
+soldiers should live. I sympathize with you, although I am a Russian
+subject. The sad fate of your fellow soldiers pains me. I will do all in
+my power to help you. I know you are not our enemy. We have but one
+enemy--the man whose iron will has forced all these hundreds of
+thousands of men into our country." Then he arose and went about the
+place, giving orders to his assistant.
+
+The sleigh still stood at the door, and the horses impatiently shook the
+sleigh bells and pawed the snow. As Vosky re-entered the room, his two
+guests had finished their repast.
+
+"Now," said he, "let me conduct you to a room where you can rest and
+sleep, undisturbed and undiscovered." After climbing a ladder and
+walking through a narrow passage, they came to a secret door which
+opened into a bedroom. Alfred Banford looked about him, and was startled
+when he saw in a mirror the reflection of such a pale, hungry-looking
+visage and such tattered clothes.
+
+Pity was plainly written in Vosky's kind face, but all he said was:
+"Stay here and recuperate. To my sorrow, I must leave you for a little
+while in order to transact some urgent business; but I will instruct my
+valet to provide you with every possible comfort. Everything in this
+house stands at your service."
+
+Alfred Banford ventured to ask whether it would be perfectly safe to
+remain, for he feared that Russian soldiers might capture him and that
+he would be sent to Siberia.
+
+"I give you my word," said Vosky. "You will be as safe here as the Czar
+is in his Castle. Give me your word of honor to remain until my return.
+I will then devise means to help you reach your country. But I must be
+off now. Take good care of yourselves." And hurriedly he closed the door
+behind him.
+
+Alfred Banford marveled at the friendliness and goodness of this strange
+man who had come to his rescue so unexpectedly and so opportunely, like
+an angel from heaven. "It seems like awakening from a dream, to find
+myself transported from an icy field to a warm, cozy room," said he. "It
+borders on the miraculous--I cannot fathom it." But sleep was fast
+overpowering him. He had lain for so long on straw, on icy ground, and
+even in the snow, that it seemed as if he had never felt anything softer
+or warmer than this bed. He soon fell asleep and rested quietly and
+peacefully till the dawn.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE STRANGER
+
+
+On the following morning, at breakfast, Alfred Banford turned to the
+kind-hearted Russian servant, and said: "Do tell me what sort of man
+your master is, and what is his name?"
+
+"He is a very good man," said the servant. "I can think of no one who is
+kindlier. His name is Vosky, the Czar's chief financial adviser, and he
+is particularly concerned with the care of the Russian army. He has
+always shown me great consideration, for I was only a poor beggar boy.
+
+"One day one of Mr. Vosky's assistants lost a package containing some
+valuable papers and a large sum of money. It was extensively advertised.
+I fortunately found the package and brought it to Mr. Vosky, who was so
+pleased with my honesty that he offered me a home, had me trained for a
+commercial life, and now takes me with him on his journeys, partly as
+secretary and partly as valet.
+
+"His home is in St. Petersburg. This house is only used as a stopping
+place when his business carries him to this region, which happens quite
+frequently. Before leaving yesterday, he gave me strict orders to look
+after your welfare. I trust you will be pleased with my efforts, and
+give Mr. Vosky a good report when he returns."
+
+By slow degrees Alfred Banford recovered his strength. He found books
+with which to while away the time. The stillness of this secluded spot
+was a gratifying change from the noisy battlefield.
+
+One night, Mr. Vosky returned. As he entered the house, his face shone
+with enthusiasm and gay spirits. "I come," said he, turning to Alfred,
+"to give you liberty after your long confinement. I stand at your
+service, and wish to do everything in my power to see you safely
+restored to your own country. I would suggest that you go with me to St.
+Petersburg; from there you can easily return to your own home by water.
+I should like to introduce you to my wife and children. Besides, I could
+not let you depart without suitable clothing, and I cannot provide you
+with that here."
+
+"My good man," said Alfred, "your extraordinary kindness to me exceeds
+all measure. I cannot understand how I should merit such consideration
+from you."
+
+"But," said Mr. Vosky, almost choked with emotion, "I find nothing
+extraordinary or bountiful in my acts. It is my duty, an act of
+gratitude."
+
+"I fail to understand you," said Alfred. "I cannot remember the
+slightest favor that I have ever proffered you. I never saw you before,
+and what is more, I never heard of you in my life."
+
+"Never?" cried Mr. Vosky. "Then listen to what I have to say. My entire
+fortune I owe to you. All my success I lay at your door."
+
+Alfred looked at him in astonishment and shook his head.
+
+"Did you never help a poor boy, by giving him fifty pounds?"
+
+"Just now I don't remember ever having done any poor boy such a
+charity."
+
+"Now," said Vosky, "perhaps you may remember a nightingale that you
+wished to have brought to your mother's garden. You will recall that
+poor stable-boy who managed it for you."
+
+"Oh, yes," said Alfred, "I remember the boy very well. He was a poor,
+worthy, ambitious lad, named Michael Warden. The last I heard of him was
+when he went out into the world as a wheelwright, to make his fortune."
+
+"So, you do remember him. Well, that boy Michael was none other than
+myself. Now I am the owner of a large factory, besides being financial
+adviser to the Czar. I had my name legally changed to Vosky. I was that
+stable-boy, that wheelwright."
+
+"You!" cried Alfred, filled with admiration and astonishment. He sprang
+forward and embraced his benefactor. "But why didn't you tell me all
+this at first?"
+
+"That was impossible," said Vosky. "It would have taken too long to
+explain; and my business affairs were so pressing, and you were so
+exhausted, that you could not have listened to a detailed account. I
+deferred it for a more quiet, restful time, when I could express to you
+my thanks. I saw that you did not recognize me, and I, too, would never
+have recognized you had you not said that day as you sank in the snow,
+'Give my love to my mother and sisters and say that Alfred Banford fell
+in the service of his country.' Let us be thankful that we have been
+brought together, and that the opportunity has been afforded me to show
+you that I am not ungrateful. I cannot express to you the joy it gives
+me to see you, and to be able to serve you."
+
+Mr. Vosky then related some of the events of his life. How he had
+visited the principal cities of Europe; and how he had studied under the
+best men, in order to make himself proficient in his line of work.
+Having heard that many Londoners were competing for the construction of
+carriages for Russia, he had hastily sent in his estimate. The work was
+accorded to him, and in a few years time he had amassed a large fortune.
+He had also opened a large wagon factory, and as soon as the war broke
+out with France, he had received orders from the Czar to supply the
+Russian army with additional powder wagons. The government had been as
+pleased with his promptness as with his honesty. Later, he had received
+the title of "Imperial Financial Adviser."
+
+Alfred listened earnestly, and said: "God blessed you with excellent
+talents. Even as a child you showed genius. You certainly made good use
+of your gifts. I see from all that you have told me, that you were
+always ready to embrace an opportunity; that you worked with diligence,
+honesty and system, and that you began and ended all your work with an
+honest purpose. God, upon whom you relied, has blessed all your
+undertakings."
+
+"That is true," said Mr. Vosky. "The fortune which I have accumulated
+gives me pleasure; for with it I can help the needy. Many a poor lad,
+like myself, have I (in memory of my own childhood) taken by the hand
+and helped to become a man of standing in the world."
+
+Mr. Vosky became silent, and after a long pause said, "I sorely regret
+that my poor father did not live, to see how valuable was the good
+training which he gave me, and that I was not permitted to make some
+return to him for his love and devotion."
+
+On the following day, Mr. Vosky and his guests started on their journey
+to St. Petersburg. The route lay along a beautiful section of the
+country; and so, with entertaining conversation, they reached their
+destination before they had expected.
+
+Mr. Vosky's home was a beautiful place. His family came forward with
+warm greetings, and were introduced to Alfred Banford. The children
+could hardly understand how any man who looked so shabby and worn could
+ever have been their father's benefactor. The father, however, explained
+to them that the trials and tribulations of warfare, through which
+Alfred had passed, accounted for his appearance; and they were moved to
+sympathy for his sufferings.
+
+Mr. Vosky had his tailor furnish Alfred with a complete outfit, suitable
+to his station.
+
+Alfred remained with the Vosky family until the following spring, when
+they escorted him to the wharf. Mr. Vosky gave him a large roll of
+bills, for which Alfred thanked him, and said: "I will send you a check
+for this amount as soon as I reach home."
+
+"Oh, no," said Mr. Vosky; "rather give the money to some poor boy. What
+we give to the poor always returns to us."
+
+With many adieus and handshakes, Alfred departed; and the Vosky family
+continued waving their handkerchiefs until the vessel was lost to view.
+
+
+
+
+THE CAPTIVE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTERS.
+
+I.   HOME-COMING.
+
+II.  THE SLAVE.
+
+III. IN THE TURKISH FAMILY.
+
+IV.  THE LION.
+
+V.   THE OFFER.
+
+VI.  THE PLANS.
+
+VII. RESTORED TO FREEDOM.
+
+
+[Illustration: The Master of the House.]
+
+
+
+
+THE CAPTIVE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+HOME-COMING
+
+
+Early one morning, Antonio, a noble youth of sixteen, was wandering by
+the seashore. He had just come from a high school in Salerno, Italy, and
+wished to spend the Easter holidays at his father's ancestral home. The
+earth looked gay in all the beauty of spring, and the sea shone in the
+rosy light of the morning sun. Antonio's heart glowed with adoration as
+he gazed upon the scene, and he thanked the Creator of all these
+wonders. With hurried steps he continued his way, thinking of his home
+and the reception awaiting him.
+
+His parents were of noble birth. They had lost considerable property and
+money; but they desired to give their son every advantage and--what was
+worth more than money--an excellent education. From his earliest
+childhood, they had taught him to reverence God and respect the laws.
+All his talents were being carefully developed. At a great personal
+sacrifice, they had sent him to the high school. Here Antonio denied
+himself many pleasures in which his richer classmates indulged, and
+tried in every way to live economically. He made no secret of his lack
+of money, nor did he envy those who possessed more than he did. So on
+this particular morning we find Antonio saving traveling expenses by
+making the journey to his home on foot.
+
+The path led through some tall bushes and curved around a huge rock.
+Here he suddenly espied a queer looking vessel lying at anchor. Several
+men with swarthy faces, clothed in a strange, odd fashion, were drawing
+water from a spring which gushed from the rock. They were pirates from
+Algiers. As soon as they caught sight of the boy, they sprang upon him,
+like tigers upon a harmless lamb, seized him, dragged him to the ship,
+robbed him of his beautiful clothing, dressed him like a slave, bound
+him hand and foot and placed him beside some other captives, who greeted
+Antonio with loud cries.
+
+When Antonio had recovered from the first great shock, he folded his
+chained hands, and turning his eyes towards the heavens, he cried aloud
+to God for strength to bear this great trial, and for safe deliverance
+from, the hands of his enemies.
+
+The other prisoners, mostly Italians, had understood his prayers and
+were deeply touched by his great faith. They soon became confidential,
+and little by little they unfolded to one another the story of their
+lives. One prisoner, well versed in law, who knew Antonio's father,
+showed the boy much sympathy. Another prisoner, a sailor, grieved over
+the old parents whose mainstay he had been for many years. "Oh," sighed
+he, "now hunger and want will overtake them." Another, a fisherman,
+somewhat older than the rest, was the saddest of them all. He sat apart
+at one end of the ship, holding his head in his hand and weeping
+silently. He was the father of five children. He grieved sorely when he
+thought what his absence would mean to them. Antonio tried to comfort
+the old man with the assurance that some rescuer would be sent to save
+them.
+
+All the prisoners listened to Antonio. His appearance, his friendliness,
+his cheerfulness, his faith, his trust brightened them all and gave them
+renewed hope. Then the fisherman stood up and said: "This boy has been
+sent to cheer us. Let us trust as he does, and some day, perhaps, our
+chains may be removed." Then he began to sing and all the prisoners
+joined in the song.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE SLAVE
+
+
+The pirates now weighed anchor, and slowly the ship began to move.
+Antonio watched the mountains, the hills, the temples and the palaces
+gradually become smaller and smaller and finally fade from view. Then a
+great pain at leaving his beloved fatherland, his sunny Italy, clutched
+his heart. Soon he was able to see nothing but the heavens and the vast
+expanse of water.
+
+For several days the vessel sailed hither and thither, in search of more
+prey. Suddenly the pirates spied in the distance a warship, which was in
+pursuit of them. The prisoners rejoiced in silence and felt buoyed by
+the hope of an early rescue. The pirates lashed the prisoners to greater
+activity, and made them help with the oars. Under cover of the night,
+the pirates made their escape.
+
+As the morning sun broke over the sea, Antonio gazed upon the waters,
+and saw nothing of the warship. His heart sank, and he could scarcely
+repress his tears. But suddenly he raised his voice, and said to his
+fellow-prisoners, "Though our trusting prayers have not been answered,
+they will not pass unheeded, and our deliverance will surely come."
+
+In less than an hour they saw in the distance the city of Algiers,
+glistening in the sunlight. Little by little they were able to
+distinguish the houses, and the Temple of the Turks, with the sign of
+the Crescent upon it.
+
+The ship anchored, the prisoners were landed, and after a short rest
+were led through the narrow, dirty streets to the market place. Here
+they were exhibited for sale like cattle. The purchasers passed among
+the prisoners, and examined them as they would horses. In order to
+display their strength, the prisoners were obliged to lift heavy stones,
+placed there for that purpose. Many sales were made. The lawyer, the
+sailor and several others went for a good price. As Antonio could not
+lift the heavier stones, the buyers considered him too weak for a slave
+and scornfully passed him by.
+
+A little removed from the crowd, there stood a merchant with a very
+wrinkled face, who seemed to be taking but little interest in the sale.
+After all the captives had been sold, except Antonio, the merchant
+stepped nearer, put on his spectacles, and surveyed Antonio from head to
+foot. He examined his hands, and hesitated when he found them soft and
+white. "But," said the merchant, speaking in Italian, "there must be
+something that you have learned." Antonio thought a moment, and not
+wishing to hide anything, said confidently that he could do clerical
+work and could write in the Italian and French languages. "Hm, hm," said
+the merchant, "that is something, but what else can you do?"
+
+Antonio said, "I understand Latin and Greek."
+
+"Oh, my, such wares we cannot use here. Is there nothing else that you
+know?"
+
+"Yes," answered Antonio, "I can sing and play the guitar."
+
+"I wish I had an instrument at hand," said the merchant; "but suppose
+you sing a song for me."
+
+Antonio did as the old man wished, and his voice was sweet and clear.
+
+The merchant offered three gold pieces for Antonio, but as the dealers
+kept on raising the price, the merchant shrugged his shoulders, turned
+and went on.
+
+The pirates called him back and offered him the boy for ten gold pieces.
+The merchant paid the price, and the boy belonged to him.
+
+It grieved Antonio to think that he had been bought like a horse or a
+dog; but his trust and faith were so steadfast that he knew, in the
+fullness of time, some good would result from it.
+
+The merchant was named Jesseph. He carried on a slave business, but only
+occasionally. Slaves who were accustomed to rough, hard work he never
+deigned to purchase; such as were young, active, refined or clever
+suited his purpose best. Besides, he tried to buy at the lowest figure,
+and sell at a great profit. He certainly hoped to sell Antonio at a high
+price.
+
+When he reached home, he said to his overseer: "See what a fine specimen
+I have brought. Notice his manly bearing and refined, handsome face. See
+the intelligence that beams from his eyes. All these things fill me with
+the expectation of soon disposing of him profitably.
+
+"Now," said he, turning to Antonio, "go with my overseer and buy
+yourself a guitar of the very best make." Then, addressing the overseer,
+he said, "Be sure you pay the very least amount possible."
+
+When they returned Jesseph bade Antonio play and sing.
+
+"Oh, that is beautiful!" cried he. "That touches the heart. You talk
+well and you sing well; both are good recommendations and will certainly
+secure for you a fine position." And, thought he to himself, "will bring
+me a good price, too."
+
+Jesseph did not try to sell Antonio immediately. He hoped to teach him a
+little of the language, manners and customs of the Turks, so that he
+could the better fill a position in a Turkish household. He gave him
+instruction, and was surprised at his rapid progress. He fed him well
+and housed him well, and exacted from him daily labor at clerical work.
+Often Antonio was obliged to unpack large cases of goods; but he
+performed all the work with patience, cheerfulness and obedience.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+IN THE TURKISH FAMILY
+
+
+A year had slowly passed. One day Jesseph called Antonio to him and
+said: "I have some good news to impart. I have secured a very desirable
+position for you, and I am certain that you will meet all the
+requirements."
+
+Jesseph bade Antonio gather together his things, and provided him with a
+suitable outfit. At the end of the week, he conducted Antonio to a
+Turkish house in the heart of the city. The servant, having announced
+their arrival, ushered them into a magnificent reception room.
+
+The master of the house, a Turk, clad in rich Turkish garments, sat upon
+a divan, smoking a long bamboo pipe which was filled with fragrant
+tobacco. Beside him, on a low table, stood a cup of coffee.
+
+Turning to Antonio, the Turk said, "I have been told that you are a fine
+singer and player. Let me hear you perform."
+
+Modestly Antonio addressed the Turk and said: "I can sing nothing in
+your language; I know only Italian songs."
+
+"That will please me, as I understand Italian. Just sing and play what
+you know best," said the Turk.
+
+Then Antonio, who felt himself an outcast from his own pleasant, sunny
+Italy, and transported as a captive to Africa, softly lifted his voice,
+and sang a song of home and fatherland, with deep tenderness and
+soulfulness.
+
+The Turk listened attentively, the smoke rising from his pipe, and said
+as soon as the song was ended: "Bravo! your talent exceeds my
+expectation."
+
+After plying Antonio with a few more questions, he said, "I think you
+possess the necessary qualifications."
+
+Then the Turk counted out one hundred gold pieces to Jesseph and laid
+them upon the table. Jesseph counted them and placed them in his leather
+bag. "Your honor," said he, turning to the Turk, "will be pleased with
+this bargain, I am sure; and you, Antonio, must show by your good works
+that you are worthy the price. Live well! Adieu!"
+
+The Turk, Ashmed by name, was a rich merchant who traded extensively
+with other countries. He wished Antonio to carry on his correspondence
+with French and Italian merchants, and to serve in his house.
+
+As it was now time to dine, he directed Antonio to prepare himself and
+then proceed to the dining-room.
+
+[Illustration: "Now you may sing and play for us."]
+
+Here Antonio became acquainted with the other members of the household.
+At the table there were four persons, Ashmed, his wife, Fatime, and
+their two children, a boy and a girl.
+
+As Ashmed's wife removed the veil which had concealed her face, Antonio
+was struck by her exquisite beauty. The children, who were very well
+behaved, greeted him in a friendly way and watched him attentively.
+Antonio tried to do his best, and felt amply repaid when Ashmed said:
+"Your services this day have pleased us. Now you may sing and play for
+us."
+
+As Antonio had noticed the affection which existed in this household, he
+sang a sweet Italian song of motherly love.
+
+"The song is beautiful," said the girl. And the boy said, "I wish I
+could sing like that."
+
+"Very well," said the father, "Antonio shall teach you."
+
+The children were overjoyed, and Antonio assured the father that it
+would give him great pleasure to instruct them. The music served as a
+bond to draw them closer, and soon the children grew very fond of
+Antonio. This pleased the parents, and won for Antonio their full
+appreciation.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE LION
+
+
+Ashmed now decided to take his family, Antonio included, to visit his
+country estate, which lay in the southwestern part of Algeria near the
+mountains. Here he owned a large house, surrounded by a beautiful
+garden. A short distance from the house stood a great number of olive
+trees belonging to the estate. Many slaves were busily employed
+gathering the olives, which were afterwards pressed to extract the oil.
+
+Shortly after their arrival, Ashmed took his family to view the estate
+and to watch the laborers finishing their day's work. The sun was fast
+declining and the men, before leaving the grounds for the day, tried to
+extinguish a small fire which they had shortly before lighted. They
+stamped on the burning material and scattered it, leaving a brand or two
+to die out slowly.
+
+Ashmed and Fatime walked on to view the mountains, whose tops glowed in
+the sunlight, while the valley lay in shadow. The two children enjoyed
+themselves chasing insects that looked to them like flying diamonds.
+
+Suddenly there came down the mountain path a ferocious lion, with
+bristling mane and wide open month. All fled toward the house, pale with
+fright. The little girl, Almira, who could not run so fast, lost her
+footing and fell helpless on the ground as the lion was approaching her.
+Antonio quickly seized a glowing fire-brand, swung it in circles and
+thus renewed the flames. With this fiery torch whirling before him, he
+walked boldly in the direction of the lion.
+
+He knew that all animals fear fire. The lion stumbled, stood still,
+shook his mane, uttered a roar that brought a thunderous echo from the
+mountains, then slowly retreated, always keeping his eyes fixed upon the
+torch. The enraged lion again stood still, growled and roared louder
+than before, and once more stood ready to spring. Antonio plucked up
+courage, and steadily swung his fiery weapon before him. The lion stood
+still for the third time. Suddenly it turned, trotted up the mountain
+path, and soon disappeared in the darkness of the approaching night.
+
+In the meantime the frightened child had reached her mother, who had
+tried hard to save her, but had found herself too helpless to move.
+Almira sank into her mother's arms, overcome with the shock. The mother
+pressed her child's pale face close to her own, and their tears mingled.
+The father turned his eyes, full of gratitude, toward heaven. He drew
+Antonio, inwardly trembling, close to his side and pressed his hands in
+silent thanks. Little Aladin caressed his sister and said: "How glad I
+am that you are saved. If Antonio had not been here, the lion would have
+eaten you."
+
+The father and mother praised Antonio for his heroism. But Antonio was
+only too glad to have saved Almira; and at night he thanked God for the
+strength and courage which He had sent him to save a human life.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE OFFER
+
+
+In his whole life Antonio had never slept so peacefully as he did on
+this night; never had he arisen from his bed in such a happy frame of
+mind as on the following morning. He walked out into the garden and
+gazed for a long time at the sun, just peeping over the hills; he
+thought it had never shone so brightly. Never had the heavens appeared
+so blue or the flowers more vivid. Each dewdrop, too, seemed to be more
+brilliant. All nature proclaimed itself friendlier than ever. With the
+fragrance of the flowers, his grateful prayer ascended to heaven. As he
+went about gathering blossoms for the decoration of the house, he met
+his master, Ashmed, who wished him a pleasant good-morning.
+
+"Come with me; I have something important to tell you," said Ashmed.
+
+He took Antonio affectionately by the hand and led him to a pathway
+lined on both sides with flowering bushes, where they walked up and down
+for a few moments in deep silence. After a short pause, Ashmed said: "I
+am greatly indebted to you, Antonio. You have saved my child. Each
+moment I realize your bravery more and more fully. From this hour you
+shall no longer be my slave, but I will look upon you as my son. You
+shall share all our joys."
+
+For a moment Antonio seemed unable to utter a word, so completely was he
+lost in thought and overcome with emotion. Oh, the delight of being once
+more free, with the possibility of some day clasping in his arms his
+loved ones, still so far away. Suddenly awaking from his reverie,
+Antonio thanked Ashmed again and again.
+
+Resuming their walk, Antonio talked of his childhood and his home in
+Italy; and so tenderly and pathetically did he speak of his parents that
+Ashmed's heart was deeply moved.
+
+Appreciating the confidence and love which he felt drawing him closer
+and closer to the Turk, Antonio continued the conversation. He vividly
+described his home and country, and expressed a great longing to visit
+the familiar scenes again, and be clasped in the arms of his parents.
+
+This awoke in Ashmed a sense of the great loss which Antonio and his
+parents had suffered. As he had on the previous day almost lost his dear
+Almira, he now understood much better what the loss of a child could
+mean. He began to think how noble it would be to restore Antonio to his
+parents. He said nothing, however, and together they walked toward home.
+
+When Antonio entered the house he found Fatime awaiting her husband.
+
+"Good Antonio!" she cried, as he entered, "you certainly performed a
+heroic deed yesterday. You snatched my child from death's grasp, and you
+did it at the risk of your own life."
+
+"It was no more than my duty," said Antonio.
+
+Then Almira took his hand and said: "Antonio, how good you were to save
+me"; and she kissed him again and again.
+
+Fatime then led him to talk of himself, and became intensely interested
+in the tale of his home and early training. Her mother's heart went out
+to the boy who had saved her child.
+
+Breakfast had been long delayed. As Ashmed now entered the room, the
+meal was soon dispatched, and the children went with Antonio to an
+adjoining room, where they sang and played till dinner time.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THE PLANS
+
+
+Ashmed and Fatime withdrew to the library, and seated themselves to
+enjoy a quiet half-hour in conversation.
+
+"My dear husband," said his wife, "I wish you had come a few moments
+sooner, and you would have heard a sad story. It was so full of love and
+longing that if I could help Antonio get back to his mother I feel that
+I should be repaying him, in a measure at least, for saving my child.
+Oh, how much better I understand now what a mother must feel at the loss
+of a child."
+
+Ashmed's face brightened as he heard these words. "How thankful I am
+that you are so minded," said he. "I feel just as you do, and I wish to
+discuss the matter fully with you."
+
+Fatime was ready with plans at once. "You have," said she, "often spoken
+of taking a trip to Italy and making your residence there. What could
+better suit your purpose than to do it now. Our treasures of gold and
+silver, pearls, diamonds and other valuables we could take with us. Our
+landed estates and all your wares we could sell. Let us do so as soon as
+possible, and leave Algiers forever."
+
+Ashmed praised his wife for her cleverness, and resolved to carry out
+her plans immediately.
+
+After a few more months of planning, he met with unusual success in
+disposing of his property, real and personal, and with his wife, the
+children and Antonio soon took passage on a steamer bound for Italy.
+
+As the city of Algiers receded from view, Ashmed and his family felt
+happy. Antonio was the happiest boy in the world. The thought of home
+and parents made the voyage seem a short one to him; and soon the city
+of Salerno could be seen in the distance. When the steamer reached port,
+Ashmed and his family took up their quarters at a hotel, while Antonio
+was permitted to seek his home and family.
+
+One evening, as Antonio's parents were seated beneath a tree at the door
+of their cottage, thinking and talking of their loved boy, there came
+toward them a stranger. At first they did not recognize him as their
+Antonio, for he had grown taller and his complexion browner; but when
+they looked into his face, they saw there such an expression of love and
+tenderness, that they immediately knew their son. Oh, the great joy of
+this meeting, and the embracing and hand-shaking! Words failed them; for
+they were so overcome with emotion that they could not speak; but they
+drew him in triumph into the house. Antonio removed his cloak and stood
+before them, richly clad, suitable to his station. His mother soon
+prepared a sumptuous meal for him, and while partaking of it, he related
+to his parents the events that had occurred during his long absence.
+They wept over his woes, and rejoiced over his bravery, and praised him
+for his steadfastness.
+
+At the end of the week Ashmed and his family called upon Antonio's
+people. Ashmed honored them as if they were his own. He knew, too, that
+they had met with many financial losses, so he had made out a deed to
+them, which he handed to them, saying: "As I have been benefited through
+you and your son, whom you trained so well, and who saved my child, I
+feel that it is my duty to share my fortune with you. Here is a deed
+which represents one-fourth of my wealth."
+
+"No--no," answered Antonio's father. "Far be it from me to accept one
+penny. True, we are not rich; but neither are we poor, and in the return
+of our long-lost Antonio we feel richly repaid. We offer you our
+gratitude and thank you for your protection of him, and for your
+generosity."
+
+"I regret that you will not accept my offer, but I trust you will not
+prevent me from bestowing it upon your son, Antonio. He has been so well
+tested that I know riches will not spoil him. Here, my dear Antonio,
+take this deed."
+
+"I," answered Antonio, "cannot accept your handsome gift, but if I may,
+I would beg you to use your riches in behalf of those men who were taken
+captive with me on that pirate ship, particularly the young lawyer, the
+poor sailor and the old fisherman, and buy their freedom for them. There
+is a society here in Salerno which devotes its time and attention to the
+needs of the outcast, the lost and the captive; and as it is in great
+need of funds, I know that your donation would be most acceptable to it
+and be productive of much good. I beg you to use the money in this way.
+A greater charitable work you can never perform."
+
+Ashmed answered: "Not only half, but all of this money, I will give as a
+ransom for the three unfortunates you name, and for many more."
+
+This greatly pleased Antonio, and he said: "I thank you sincerely, and I
+am sure that many blessings will be sent you in return."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+RESTORED TO FREEDOM
+
+
+After searching for a suitable place to settle, Ashmed purchased a
+beautiful house not far from Antonio's home. The families exchanged
+visits, and their friendly relations continued for years and years.
+Antonio resumed his studies at the best colleges, his tuition being paid
+by his friend and benefactor.
+
+One day, at Eastertide, Antonio returned home for a short visit. Ashmed
+and his family called upon Antonio, to whom they presented a letter
+which they had just received. In it, Antonio read the greetings which
+his friend, the lawyer, extended to him, together with thanks to him and
+Ashmed for their kind helpfulness in securing his liberty for him.
+
+On the following day, as the guests were all seated at the table, a
+knock announced some strangers. They were the old fisherman and the
+young sailor who had been captives with Antonio, but were now free and
+had come to offer their thanks. It was a touching sight.
+
+Ashmed said, "Don't thank me, but rather this boy. He is your
+emancipator."
+
+"Yes," said the old fisherman, "this is the boy who appeared to us, like
+an angel, and comforted us as we sat in chains. We now lay our thanks
+at his feet."
+
+Antonio waved them back and said, "Thank my dear parents, for they
+taught me by word and example; and everything I have done is due to
+their training."
+
+Then Antonio's father stepped into their midst and raising his eyes to
+heaven, said: "All honor and praise we give to God. As always, He has
+made everything turn out for the best. He sends us great sorrows for
+some good purpose; but He also sends us great joys. When a child follows
+the good instructions received from good parents, makes good use of his
+talents, and forgets not to be grateful, he will become an instrument of
+good for the benefit of humanity. Antonio was sent to you in your
+captivity, and through Antonio you were all led back to your liberty.
+Let us give thanks."
+
+After a long silence, the conversation again became animated. The men
+narrated the varied incidents in their lives, and talked about their
+future prospects.
+
+Ashmed gave the men some ready money with which to start in business,
+and they promised to repay him as soon as they were able. Ashmed did not
+wish the money refunded, but they felt that it would be more manly to do
+this.
+
+As the time for departure arrived, the men bade Antonio and Ashmed
+good-bye, and were off.
+
+The next day Antonio returned to college. He continued his studies there
+for several years, and was graduated with high honors.
+
+In the course of time he became an opera singer of international fame.
+He always maintained a dignified bearing, free from any vanity; and
+recognizing his gift as coming from God, accepted the praise and
+acclamation of the world in all humility.
+
+He found time in his busy life to help the needy, and later became a
+director of the society which we have said was organized for the rescue
+of the outcast. He devoted his voice, his hands, his strength and his
+life to the betterment of mankind.
+
+
+
+
+THE ARTIST'S MASTER-PIECE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTERS.
+
+I. THE GIFT.
+
+II. UNDER THE EMPEROR'S BUSH.
+
+III. No PROPHET IN HIS OWN COUNTRY.
+
+IV. THE CONDITION.
+
+V. THE FULFILMENT.
+
+
+[Illustration: "Hans, undaunted, stepped up to her father."]
+
+
+
+
+THE ARTIST'S MASTERPIECE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE GIFT
+
+
+A little village with its scattered glimmering lights lay in peaceful
+dreams. Just as a black swan draws her young under her, so the mighty
+Cathedral rested in the midst of the low houses, which seemed to creep,
+like birds, under its wing.
+
+It struck twelve from the church tower, and larger and smaller clocks,
+near and far, carried the message onward. Dead silence again hovered
+over the sleeping village.
+
+Just as dawn bathed the hills in sunlight, two stately men wandered
+along the Cathedral Square. One seemed somewhat older, with his full
+gray beard. His hair, rich and abundant, curled beneath his velvet cap.
+He walked so majestically that one could see, at the very first glance,
+that he was no ordinary person, but one upon whose shoulders an
+invisible weight rested. Handsome, tall and noble, just as one would
+picture the highest type of man--a king from head to foot.
+
+Here, in the little village of Breisach, as he named it, Emperor
+Maximilian liked to rest from the cares of his Empire. Here, in this
+little retreat, filled with calm and quietude, he loved to wander. From
+here he sent letters full of tender thoughts to his daughter in the
+Netherlands.
+
+He loved the place well, and christened it "Care-Free."
+
+As Emperor Maximilian walked proudly, but with heavy tread, along the
+parapet of the Cathedral Square, his eye rested upon the gay scene at
+his feet. To-day the invisible world of care pressed heavily upon his
+shoulders. Suddenly he stood still, and turning to his private
+secretary, he said, "I wonder who those children are who are so
+industriously planting a rose-bush in the niche of the wall?"
+
+The children, a girl and a boy (the former about eight, and the latter
+twelve years of age), were so engrossed in their work that they had not
+noticed the approach of the Emperor, until his presence was so near that
+it startled them. They turned full face upon him. Then the boy touched
+the girl and said, "It's the Emperor!"
+
+"What are you doing there?" he asked, and his artistic eye feasted on
+the beauty of this charming pair.
+
+"We are planting a rose-bush," said the boy, undaunted.
+
+The Emperor smiled, and said, "What is your name?"
+
+"Hans Le Fevre, sir."
+
+"And the little one, is she your sister?"
+
+"No, she is Marie, our neighbor's child."
+
+"Ah!--you like each other very much?"
+
+"Yes, when I'm old enough, and when I own a knife, I'm going to marry
+her."
+
+The Emperor opened his eyes wide, and said, "Why do you need a knife?"
+
+"Surely," answered the boy, earnestly, "if I have no knife I cannot cut,
+and if I cannot cut I can earn no money. My mother has always said that
+without money one cannot marry. Besides, I should have to have much
+money to enable me to marry my little friend Marie, as she is the
+Counselor's daughter."
+
+"But," questioned the Emperor, "what do you want to cut?"
+
+"Wood!"
+
+"Ha! ha! I understand. You want to be a wood-carver. Now, I remember
+that I once met two young boys, named Le Fevre. They were studying in
+Nurnberg, with Durer, 'The Prince of Artists.' Were they, perhaps, your
+relatives?"
+
+"Yes, my cousins, and once I saw them carve, and I would like to learn
+how, too; but my father and uncle are dead, and my mother never buys me
+a knife."
+
+The Emperor thrust his hand into his pocket, and after much fumbling and
+jingling, pulled out a knife with an artistically carved handle. "Will
+that do?" said he.
+
+The boy flushed, and one could see how beneath his coarse, torn shirt
+his heart beat with joy.
+
+"Yes," stammered the boy, "it's beautiful."
+
+"Well, take it and use it diligently," said the Emperor.
+
+The boy took the treasure from the Emperor's hand as carefully as if it
+were red hot and might burn his fingers.
+
+"I thank you many times!" was all that he could say; but in his dark
+eyes there beamed a fire of joy whose sparks of love and gratitude
+electrified the Emperor.
+
+"Would you like to go to your cousins in Nurnberg, and help them in
+plate-engraving! There's plenty of work there."
+
+"I would like to go to Durer in Nurnberg, but I don't want to be a
+plate-engraver. I would rather cut figures that look natural."
+
+"That's right," said the Emperor, "you will be a man, indeed; always
+hold to that which is natural and you will not fail."
+
+At that moment the Emperor drew a leather bag from his velvet riding
+jacket and gave it to the boy.
+
+"Be careful of it. Save the golden florins within; give them to no one.
+Remember, the Emperor has ordered that they be used toward your
+education. Study well, and when you are full-grown and able to travel,
+then go to Durer, in Nurnberg. Convey to him my greetings; say to him
+that, as I, while in his studio one day, held the ladder for him lest he
+fall, so should he now hold the ladder of fame for you, that you may be
+able to climb to the very top of it. Will you promise me all that, my
+boy?"
+
+"Yes, your majesty!" cried Hans, inspired, and, seizing the Emperor's
+right hand, he shook it heartily and kissed it. Then the Emperor passed
+on, while the boy stood there in a dream. Marie still held tightly to
+her apron.
+
+Just at that moment a servant appeared who had been in search of Marie.
+The children ran to meet her and related their experience with the
+Emperor. The servant called all the townsfolk together to see the knife
+and the contents of the bag, but wise Hans kept the bag closed.
+
+The next day the Emperor rode off; but for many days to come his talk
+with Hans was the town topic. "Surely, it is no wonder," said the
+envious ones. "Hans always was a bold boy and knew how to talk up for
+himself, so why shouldn't he know how to talk to the Emperor?" This
+speech was decidedly undeserved; but Hans was too young to understand
+their meanness. He was absorbed in the Emperor's greatness and
+kindliness.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+UNDER THE EMPEROR'S BUSH
+
+
+Years passed. Hans Le Fevre lost his mother and Marie hers; and closer
+and closer did the bond of companionship draw these children.
+
+In the evening, when her father was busy with a committee-meeting and
+the housekeeper was gossiping with the neighbors, Hans and Marie would
+climb the garden wall. Here they would sit together, while Hans cut
+beautiful toys for her, such as no child of those times had. He would
+talk with her about all the beautiful pictures and carvings he had
+lately seen, and of the masters in the art of wood-carving; for now he
+was attending art lectures and studying hard. Hours were spent in this
+way; but often, when the opportunity offered, they would run off to the
+Cathedral and water the rose-bush, which Hans had now christened the
+"Emperor's Bush."
+
+There they loved best to linger, for there they hoped always that the
+Emperor would return. And often they would cry out aloud, "Your Majesty,
+Your Majesty, come again!"
+
+But their voices died away unanswered; for, far from them, the Emperor
+was concerned with the affairs of State. The children waited for him in
+vain. The Emperor came no more.
+
+As the time went by, the children grew, and the rose-bush grew also.
+Just as if the tender threads of love in their hearts had unconsciously
+entwined them as one around the roots of the little bush, it kept
+drawing them to itself, there in the niche of the wall. There they found
+each other, day after day. The bush was like a true friend, who held
+their two hands fast in his. But their true friend was not strong enough
+to hold together what other people wished to separate.
+
+The lovely, highly respected Counselor's daughter was no longer
+permitted to meet Hans. Her father forbade her one day, saying that Hans
+was not only poor but was not even a native of the town. His ancestors
+were Hollanders who had wandered into Breisach. A stranger he was, and a
+poor stranger at that. He was a sort of Pariah and could not be fitted
+into their time-honored customs. Then, too, he did not pursue any
+regular trade. "He expects to be an artist." At that time that was as
+good as to be a robber, or a tramp or a conjurer.
+
+Whatever Hans did or whatever he worked at, he kept a secret. He had
+bought the little house in which he dwelt, and since his mother's death
+had lived there all alone. Nobody came or went, except a famous sculptor
+who had quarreled one day with a native in Breisach and been obliged to
+leave the town. People said that Hans helped him get away. Ever since
+that time Hans had been in ill-repute with his rich neighbor, the
+Counselor.
+
+Often Hans met Marie at the "Emperor's Bush," and these little meetings
+seemed to make them like each other more than they had ever dreamed.
+After Hans had missed Marie for many days, he sang a little song beneath
+her window.
+
+The next day she met Hans at the "Emperor's Bush," and there they
+promised to be true to each others always. Then, in a moment of ecstasy,
+Hans cried out, "Would that the Emperor were here!" Just as if he felt
+that no one but the Emperor was worthy of sharing his great joy.
+
+As the Emperor did not come, Hans cut the initials "M." and "H." in the
+bark of the rosebush, and above it a little crown. This meant "Marie,
+Hans and Emperor Maximilian."
+
+The fall passed and winter came; and the children now seldom saw each
+other. Hans sang so frequently beneath Marie's window that her father
+heard him one night, and in great anger threatened to punish her if she
+continued her acquaintance with this boy.
+
+One evening Hans and Marie stood for the last time under the rose-bush
+which they had planted eight years before. He was now a youth of twenty
+years; she a rosebud of sixteen summers.
+
+It was a lowering day in February. The snow had melted and a light wind
+shook the bare branches of the bush. With downcast eyes she had related
+to him all she had been forced to hear concerning him; and big tears
+rolled down her cheeks.
+
+"Marie," said the boy in deep grief, "I suppose you will finally be made
+to believe that I am really a bad person?"
+
+Then she looked full upon him, and a light smile played over her
+features as she said: "No, Hans, never, never. No one can make me doubt
+you. They do not understand you, but I do. You have taught me (what the
+others do not know) everything that is good and great and noble. You
+have made me what I am; just as your artistic hands have cut beautiful
+forms out of dead wood." She took his big, brown hands and gently
+pressed them to her lips. "I believe in you, for you worship the Supreme
+with your art; and the man who does that, in word or deed, cannot be
+wicked."
+
+"And will you always remain true, Marie, till I have perfected myself
+and my art, and can return to claim you?"
+
+"Yes, Hans, I will wait for you; and should I die before you return, it
+is here under this rosebush, where we have spent so many happy hours,
+that I wish to be buried. You must return here to rest, when wearied by
+your troubles; and every rose-leaf that falls upon you will be a good
+wish from me."
+
+Her tears fell silently, and their hearts were sorely tried by the grief
+of parting.
+
+"Don't cry," said Hans, "all will yet be well. I am going to Durer, as
+the Emperor bade me. I will learn all that I can; and when I feel I know
+something, I will seek the Emperor, wherever he may be, tell him my
+desires, and beg him to intercede for me with your father."
+
+"Oh, yes, the Emperor--if he were only here, he would help us."
+
+"Perhaps he will come again," said Hans. "We will pray that he be sent
+to us, or I to him."
+
+They sank upon their knees in the cold, soft winter grass; and it seemed
+to them as if a miracle would be performed, and the rose-bush be changed
+into the Emperor.
+
+There--what was that? The big clock on the church struck slowly,
+solemnly, sadly--
+
+The two looked up. "What is it, do you suppose? A fire--enemies,
+perhaps? I sense a great calamity," said she.
+
+Just at that moment people were coming toward the church. Hans hurried
+up to them, to find out what was the trouble, while Marie waited.
+
+"Where have you been, that you don't know? Why, yonder in the market
+place the notice was read--'the Emperor is dead!'" they cried.
+
+"The Emperor is dead?"
+
+There stood Hans, paralyzed. All his hopes seemed shattered. As soon as
+quiet reigned again, he returned to Marie, and seated himself on a
+bench. Leaning his head in uncontrollable grief against the slender stem
+of the rose-bush, he moaned aloud: "Oh, my Emperor, my dear, good
+Emperor, why did you leave me?" Lightly Marie touched his shoulder in
+sympathy.
+
+The last rays of the setting sun had now departed. The last tones of the
+dirge had died away. Everything was still and deserted, as if there
+could never again be spring.
+
+"Oh, Marie!" lamented Hans, hopelessly, "the King will never come
+again."
+
+"Bear up," said Marie, "for we have each other." And as she gazed far
+off in the twilight, her eyes seemed like two exiled stars, yearningly
+seeking their home.
+
+As Hans gazed at her, standing there before him with her hands crossed
+over her breast, in all her purity and humility, a great joy lit up his
+countenance. He folded his hands, inspired.
+
+"Marie," he whispered, "let us not despair. In this very moment I have
+received an inspiration, and if I can bring to pass that which I now see
+in my mind's eye, I shall be an artist who will need the help of no one
+--not even an Emperor."
+
+The dawn of the next day found Hans ready to set out on his journey. He
+carried a knapsack on his back, and on his breast the little leather bag
+which the Emperor had given him, with the few florins that remained. He
+closed the door of his little house, put the key into his pocket, and
+walked slowly off. Loud and clear sounded his rich, soft voice as he
+sang, "On the rose thorn, on the rose thorn, there my hope is hanging!"
+
+Softly in Marie's house a window was raised, and with a little white
+handkerchief she gently waved her mute farewell.
+
+Quickly mastering himself, Hans grasped his staff more firmly, and now
+only his heavy tread echoed through the streets.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+NO PROPHET IN HIS OWN COUNTRY
+
+
+Year after year passed. Hans Le Fevre had not been heard from. People
+thought of him, however, when they passed his house with the front door
+firmly locked and the shades drawn, and wondered who would next lay
+claim to it.
+
+Only Marie thought constantly of him, and hoped and waited longingly. No
+pleading, no scolding, no threats could arouse her. She never left the
+house, unless it was to visit the rose-bush which she watered and tended
+so well that it had now grown tall and stately. She knew that the sight
+of it would cheer his faithful heart on his return. It was the only bond
+between them. He had planted it with her, and they both loved it. It was
+almost as high as the niche where it stood, and seemed as if it wished
+to stretch beyond. Marie bent it and fastened it to the wall with a
+string, so that its flowering top had to bend beneath the vaulted niche.
+
+These quiet acts were her only joy, her only recreation. In work and
+prayer she passed her days, and her fresh young cheeks began to pale.
+Her father noticed the change, but without pity.
+
+It was fortunate for her that his busy life took him away from home so
+often.
+
+Just at this time the people of Breisach desired a new altar for their
+church. A proclamation was accordingly sent forth to all German artists
+to compete, by submitting drawings and estimates for the work. To the
+one who sent the best the contract would be given to carry out the
+design.
+
+Marie heard little about this, as she seldom came in contact with the
+people. She lived lonely in her little home. It was now the fifth year
+since Hans' departure, and long ago his letters had ceased to come,
+because her father had forbidden any correspondence. Hans had no friends
+in Breisach through whom he could communicate. But such uncertainty
+gnaws. Marie was tired of waiting--very tired.
+
+One afternoon she seated herself at her desk and started to write her
+last wish. Her father was absent, and she was unwatched.
+
+"When I die," she wrote, "I beg you to bury me yonder beside the
+Cathedral wall, under the rose-bush which I planted in my childhood.
+Should Hans Le Fevre ever return, I beg you--" she paused, for just then
+a song, at first soft, then louder, greeted her ears.
+
+No star ever fell from heaven, no swallow ever flew more quickly than
+flew the maiden to her window, drawn by this call.
+
+In trembling tones the final words of the song died away. Her paper, her
+ink, her pen, everything had fallen from her in her haste. As a captive
+bird, freed from its cage, flies forth joyously, so Marie bounded forth
+from her home. Faster and faster she went, never stopping till she
+reached the rose-bush. Breathless and with beating heart, she halted.
+There before her stood Hans Le Fevre.
+
+They seated themselves upon the bench. Long, long they sat silently.
+
+At last Hans said, "My dear, true girl, how pale you have grown. Are you
+ill?"
+
+She shook her head. "No more, and I trust never again. But you stayed
+away much too long. Couldn't you have come back sooner?"
+
+"No, my dear, I could _not_. Had I returned as a poor, struggling
+carver your father would have banished me from his door-step. We should
+then have seen each other again, only to be parted for the second time.
+So I waited till I had accomplished what I set out to do. I have
+traveled extensively and feasted my eyes on the beautiful works of art
+in great cities. I have studied under Durer, and now my name is
+mentioned with honor as one of Durer's pupils."
+
+"Oh, Hans, do you really believe that that will soften my father's
+heart?" said Marie, anxiously.
+
+"Yes, Marie, I don't think that he can fail me. I heard in Nurnberg that
+a new altar is to be built in this Cathedral, so I hastened here to
+compete. Should I be deemed worthy to do such a piece of work, what
+could your father have against me?"
+
+Marie, however, shook her head doubtfully; but Hans was full of hope.
+
+"But see how our rose-bush has grown!" cried Hans in astonishment. "You
+tended it well; but it seems almost as if the roses had taken from you
+all your life and strength and health. Return my darling's strength to
+her," Hans said laughingly; and taking a handful of roses, he softly
+stroked her face with them; but her cheeks remained white.
+
+"Rejoice, my rosebud, rejoice, my darling, for the spring will soon be
+here; and with my care you will soon be well."
+
+A half hour later, the beadle walked timidly into the council hall of
+the high-gabled Council House, and said, "Honored Counselor, will you
+graciously pardon me, but there is a man without who pressingly begs to
+be ushered into your presence."
+
+"Who is it?" asked the Counselor.
+
+"It is Hans Le Fevre," answered the beadle, "but he is handsomely
+attired. I hardly recognized him."
+
+This was a great surprise to all. Hans, the runaway, the tramp, who
+slipped away by night--to me. "See! see! ingeniously thought out," cried
+he.
+
+"But just to design a thing is far easier than to carry it out," said
+another.
+
+"Hans Le Fevre never did this kind of work before."
+
+"Perhaps he has progressed," remarked the Mayor, "and possibly he would
+do it cheaper than the renowned Master Artist."
+
+This idea took root. "But," said one, "it would be an unheard of thing
+to give such an exalted work to a simple boy like Hans Le Fevre, whom
+everybody knew as a stupid child, and whom we looked upon disdainfully.
+The appearance of the thing alone would not justify us in selecting
+him."
+
+But this remark had its good side, too; for the gentlemen now decided
+that, in order that the work be given to the most competent, it would be
+advisable to send to Durer all the designs thus far submitted, and ask
+his opinion in the matter.
+
+Marie cried bitterly when she heard of the treatment Hans had received;
+but Hans did not yet despair. At the same time that these worthy
+gentlemen dispatched the designs to Durer, Hans sent a letter to his
+great friend and teacher, in whom he had great faith.
+
+Weeks elapsed. The Counselor's attention was directed to affairs of
+state, and thus withdrawn from his daughter, who lived and bloomed with
+the returning spring.
+
+Hans had opened his desolate house, for which, in the meantime, he had
+carved a beautiful front door. Notwithstanding all the depreciation
+expressed for the native artist's ability, this door caused quite a
+sensation.
+
+Durer's answer was long delayed. At last, after four weeks, the letter
+arrived. Who can describe the astonishment of the assembled committee,
+as the contents of the letter revealed the design of the disdainfully
+rejected applicant, Hans Le Fevre.
+
+Durer wrote, "With the very best intentions, I could recommend no wiser
+course for you to pursue than to use the sketch presented by my friend
+and pupil, Hans Le Fevre; and I will furnish security for the complete
+execution of his plan. I cannot understand how a town that harbors in
+its midst such a genius, should look abroad for other artists. Hans Le
+Fevre is such an honorable lad and such a great artist, that the town of
+Breisach should be proud to name him as her own, and should do
+everything in its power to hold him captive; for to Hans the world lies
+open, and only his attachment to Breisach has moved him to return there
+once more."
+
+Directly upon receipt of this letter, an unheard of number of villagers
+crowded the narrow street. Hans, who was working quietly in his shop ran
+to the window to see what the noise was about. But lo! the crowd had
+stopped at his house and loudly did they make the brazen knocker
+resound, as it struck the carved lion's head upon the door.
+
+Hans came forth, and before him stood a deputation of men in festive
+attire, followed by a throng of residents.
+
+"What do you desire of me?" asked Hans, surprised.
+
+
+"Hans Le Fevre," began the speaker, "the honorable Counselor makes known
+to you that he has finally decided to honor your application, with the
+instruction that if money be needed for the purchase of materials,
+application may be made to the clerk of the town."
+
+Hans clapped his hands in glee. "Is it true--is it possible!" said he.
+"To whom am I indebted for this good fortune?"
+
+"The Council sends you this letter which we will now read before these
+assembled people." Hans had not noticed in his joy that his neighbor,
+the Counselor, had angrily closed his windows, as if the praise bestowed
+upon the young artist might offend his ears.
+
+After the deputation had departed, and Hans found himself alone, he
+dressed, put a flower in his buttonhole, and walked over to the
+Counselor's house; for now the moment had arrived when he could prove
+his worth.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE CONDITION
+
+
+Marie opened the door. A loud cry of joy escaped her, and she ran to her
+room.
+
+Hans, undaunted, stepped up to her father.
+
+"What do you wish?" said the Counselor, with flashing eyes.
+
+"I wish first to thank you for your faith in me."
+
+"You need not thank me," interrupted her father. "I did not cast my vote
+for you."
+
+"So?" said Hans, disappointed. "That was not kind. What did you have to
+say against me?"
+
+"What, do you still ask the same old question? You well know my opinion
+of you. You know that I wish my daughter to marry a good and honorable
+man."
+
+"Well," said Hans, "I know a worthy man and I have come to bring him
+before you."
+
+"Pray, who can he be?"
+
+"I, worthy Counselor."
+
+"You? Did anyone ever hear such audacity from a beggar boy?"
+
+"Mr. Counselor, I never was a beggar. I was poor, but let that person
+come before you who dares say he ever gave me a cent. My father
+supported me until his death, when my mother took up the burden. The
+only thing I ever received was the King's gift, and for that I never
+begged. The King gave it to me out of his big heart. His eye could
+pierce with love the soul of humanity; and in me, a poor boy, he sensed
+appreciation. Truly, his money has accumulated interest. I am no beggar,
+Mr. Counselor, and will not tolerate such a speech."
+
+"No, you will not tolerate it;" said he, somewhat calmed. "Where, then,
+is your wealth?"
+
+"Here," said Hans Le Fevre, and he touched his head and his hands. "I
+have a thinking head and skilled hands."
+
+"Well, what do you purpose doing?"
+
+"For the next two years I shall be busy with the altar, which will yield
+me ample means to marry your daughter."
+
+Long and wearily they argued, till Hans felt as if he could control
+himself no longer.
+
+"O, patience!" he cried, "if it were not that I regard you as something
+holy, because you are the father of Marie, I would not brook your
+disdain. A king held the ladder for Durer, and a Counselor treats his
+beloved pupil like a rogue. Yonder is a laughing, alluring world. There
+I have enjoyed all the honors of my calling; and here, in this little
+dark corner of the earth, I must let myself be trodden upon. All because
+I bring a ray of sunshine and beauty that hurts your blinded eyes--in
+short, because I am an artist."
+
+"Go, then, into your artistic world. Why didn't you stay there? Why did
+you bother to return to this dark corner, as you name it?"
+
+"Because I love your daughter so much, that no sacrifice I could make
+would be too great."
+
+"Did you for one moment think that I could sink so far as to allow my
+daughter to marry an artist?"
+
+"Yes, considering the respect I enjoyed."
+
+"Well, I don't care how many times the King held the ladder, or whether
+or not he cleaned Durer's shoes, I will hold to this: that as impossible
+as it is for you to build within the Cathedral an altar that is yet
+higher than the Cathedral, just so impossible is it for you to marry my
+daughter, who is so much above you in station."
+
+"Mr. Counselor, is this your last word?" said Hans.
+
+The Counselor laughed scornfully, and said, "Carve an altar that is
+higher than the church in which it is to stand. Then, and not before
+then, you may ask for my daughter."
+
+Hans hastened from his presence and turned his steps to the rose-bush.
+It was a beautiful day. Shadowless the world lay before him. Splendor
+and glory streamed from the sky. But nature in all her beauty seemed to
+him, this day, like a disinterested friend, who laughs while another
+grieves. He seated himself in the niche under the rose-bush, where
+somehow he always felt the Emperor's presence and influence, and where,
+too, he always found peace and hope.
+
+But what hope could ever come to him again? Could the bush uproot itself
+and plead with the Counselor? Could the King, who had never returned in
+life, return from death to help him? No one could help him, for had not
+the Counselor taken an oath, that he would not give his daughter to him,
+unless he built an altar higher than the church in which it should
+stand. This, of course, was impossible. His overcharged feelings gave
+vent to tears, and he cried, "My Emperor, my Emperor, why did you desert
+me?" This time Marie was not at his side to cheer him, and tell him that
+God would not desert him.
+
+All was still, except the humming of the bees among the roses; and in
+the distance the birds sang. All of a sudden something struck him in the
+back. He thought that maybe the Emperor had returned. But what was it
+but the rosebush, which by the force of its own weight had loosened
+itself from the arched wall and had pressed itself outward. For the
+first time, Hans noticed that the bush had grown much higher than the
+niche in which it had been planted. As quick as lightning a thought
+flashed through his brain. What had the rose-bush taught him?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE FULFILMENT
+
+
+Hans could not see Marie, for her father had sent her far away.
+
+From early morn till late at night Hans worked, without rest or quiet.
+Neither pleadings nor threats moved him to desist from his labors. He
+lived like a hermit in his workshop. Two long years had passed; and at
+last Hans appeared at the Council Chamber and made known the fact that
+he had accomplished the work assigned him.
+
+Great excitement reigned in Breisach. The Cathedral was locked for three
+days, during which time the altar was to be placed. Many inquisitive
+neighbors gathered around the Cathedral to get a glimpse of the work, if
+possible. But well-wrapped and concealed, Hans brought the pieces, one
+by one, from his house--and so the excitement grew intenser every
+moment.
+
+On the fourth day the altar was to be dedicated. Early in the day the
+people started for the Cathedral. Joyously the big clock resounded. From
+all sides, by foot and by wagon, the country folk swarmed to see the
+wonderful work, the talk of the neighborhood for the past two years.
+
+At break of day Hans had hastened to the Cathedral once more to test his
+work with his critical eye. Just then the bell pealed forth. He dropped
+his hat, and with folded hands offered a short prayer.
+
+Anyone who has worked for years, in the sweat of his brow, for future
+and fortune, knows how Hans felt as he stood there in his mute
+eloquence. His God understood it, too.
+
+Now the crowd surged into the Cathedral, and the critical moment had
+arrived when the artist gave his work, executed through long, lonely
+days and nights, freely to the public eye. One last look he cast upon
+his creation, then he withdrew, and in anxious suspense watched the
+impression it would make upon the assembled people.
+
+The morning sun sent her full rays directly upon the altar, and an
+exclamation of astonishment echoed from the high-vaulted roof. Joy and
+wonder filled each breast. There stood the altar before the people in
+all its glory. Was it really wood--stiff, hard wood--from which these
+figures had been carved? Were they not human? And that host of angels
+that seemed to be singing "Hallelujah," each one so perfectly natural.
+All figures were life size. The entire work was entwined and crowned
+with wreaths of artistically carved foliage, the center branch of which
+reached upward to the arched ceiling.
+
+The untrained eye of the simple villagers could not all at once, drink
+in such a work. Not one of them had ever beheld the like. They felt
+there must be some magic in it. They now crowded around the artist, who,
+modest and deeply affected, felt every eye that beamed upon him. The
+Mayor stepped forward and heartily shook him by the hand. Each one
+followed his example, except the Counselor, who leaned sullenly against
+a pillar.
+
+Marie, who had been permitted to return for this occasion, stood beside
+her father, paler than ever, but with a heavenly expression in her
+charming face.
+
+"Do you not notice that one of the angels on the altar resembles Marie?"
+said one to the other.
+
+"True it is."
+
+"And that another angel resembles the Emperor Maximilian?" said an old
+man. Like lightning, this news flew from row to row. Marie and the
+Emperor had been portrayed.
+
+"Yes, my friends," said Hans, calmly and distinctly, "I did that because
+I know of nothing more beautiful in the world than the Emperor and
+Marie. God made people in His image, and the sculptor, who is like a
+creator, has the right to choose those forms which he feels are most
+like the Image."
+
+"Well said," echoed from all sides.
+
+Now Hans, with bold strides, neared the bench where the Counselor sat
+with his daughter.
+
+"I still have something to say to you, and you must hear me. I have
+fully carried out your behest. Will you now keep your oath? You demanded
+of me what seemed impossible; namely, 'To build an altar higher than the
+Church in which it should stand,' and you solemnly vowed, that if I
+accomplished this, I should wed your daughter. Now, Mr. Counselor, look
+up. The altar is exactly one foot higher than the Church, and yet it
+stands within the Church--I have merely bent the top of it."
+
+The Counselor saw it and paled. He had not dreamed of such a thing. It
+sickened him; but, as Counselor, in all propriety and dignity, he would
+have to keep his word before these assembled people.
+
+A long pause ensued. Hans kept his patience. Then the Counselor arose,
+and taking his daughter by the hand, presented her to Hans, saying, "A
+Counselor should never break his word. There, take my child. You have
+fulfilled the condition and I keep my vow."
+
+Two young boys hastily brought in some branches from the rose-bush, and
+wove wreaths for the pair. With loud approval, they crowned the master
+and his bride. Humbly, Hans removed his crown, and laid it on the altar.
+"These roses belong to God. With them He saved me. Do you notice,
+Marie," said he, as he pointed upward to the curved top of the altar,
+"that's what the rose-bush taught me. To you, Mr. Counselor, I would say
+that one may bend and still be greater than the one who causes him to
+stoop."
+
+A few weeks later, Hans and Marie were married at this altar. It was a
+wedding the elegance of which surprised Breisach. For his work the
+grateful town had paid Hans a sum of money which, for that period, was a
+small fortune.
+
+Marie's father paid all the expenses which this occasion demanded. By
+this time he realized how unreasonable he had been, and did all in his
+power to make amends. Besides, he now respected his artist son-in-law,
+and for many years he lived with the couple in peace and happiness.
+
+
+
+
+THE VINEYARD ON THE HILLSIDE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTERS.
+
+I. MISSING.
+
+II. THE FAITHFUL DOG.
+
+III. THE FOND FOSTER-PARENTS.
+
+IV. THE ERRAND.
+
+V. THE OLD MAN.
+
+VI. THE LEGACY.
+
+VII. THE JOURNEY.
+
+
+[Illustration: "They reached the cradle and discovered the child in
+it."]
+
+
+
+
+THE VINEYARD ON THE HILLSIDE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+MISSING
+
+
+Many years ago, in a quaint little village bordering the bank of the
+Rhine River, there lived a hard-working farmer, named Joseph Swift, and
+his industrious wife, Caroline.
+
+Their neat little white cottage stood very near the edge of the water,
+where on the bright, sunny days it was beautifully reflected. On one
+side of the cottage, there jutted out into the river a little hill,
+overgrown with grapevines which Joseph had planted, and which as a
+result of training and watchfulness yielded him abundant fruit. South of
+the house there stretched a field, bordered on all sides by leafy
+shrubbery. This plot of ground was used by Mrs. Swift as a bleachery,
+and through her industry and carefulness she succeeded in making her
+linen snow-white, so that all the housewives of that village and
+neighboring town brought her their linens to bleach.
+
+In this way Joseph Swift and his good little wife earned their daily
+bread and a little more to lay by for time of need.
+
+A big brown dog guarded the bleachery during the spring and summer
+months; but in the early fall, when the grapes were ripening, he
+transferred his attention to the vineyard. During the entire year, and
+particularly in the long winter months, the house was his particular
+care.
+
+The little family lived happily and contentedly in simplicity and love.
+These good people found their greatest joy and richest treasure upon
+earth in their five little children. The youngest was a baby, less than
+a year old. They trained them with the greatest care, and taught them to
+work and pray. The children had a living example of goodness and
+uprightness in their parents. This happy household, however, was soon to
+experience a great change.
+
+A cold, hard winter had set in and covered the fields and house-tops
+with many blankets of snow. The river had frozen; and the people feared
+that when the ice-floes and the immense quantity of snow began to melt,
+the river would overflow its banks.
+
+Weeks passed and at last a thaw set in. The ice and snow began to melt.
+The brooks and rivulets swiftly carried the water to the great river.
+
+Joseph Swift and his family retired early one night, and lay wrapped in
+deep sleep. About midnight, the father's slumbers were broken by the
+tones of the village clock. As he became more and more awake, he heard a
+great splashing of water.
+
+Hastily jumping out of his bed, he seized his clothing and rushed to
+find out the cause of the disturbance. But so much water had filled the
+hall that for a moment it seemed as if he could go no further. He
+managed, however, to push along. As he opened the door of the house, the
+water rushed in with such force and volume that it almost tore him from
+his footing. He sprang back into the bed-room and cried: "Oh, Caroline,
+Caroline, help me save our children!"
+
+Caroline, half awake, tumbled out of bed and wrapped a garment around
+each child. Then both parents made strides to reach the vineyard on the
+hill.
+
+The water rushed against them with such violence that they nearly sank
+with their load. The night was dark, for the moon had long since gone
+under and heavy clouds obscured the stars. The rain was falling in
+torrents and a dreadful wind raged about them. The water so filled the
+streets and by-ways that the Swifts thought each moment would be their
+last. The children, half asleep, were crying loudly. From each house
+still louder cries reached their ears.
+
+In the distance, lamps began to flash their lights. Hundreds of people
+could be seen striving with all their might to reach the hill. On all
+sides difficulties and dangers confronted them.
+
+Near the low window of a little hut, there stood a weeping mother with
+her children. She passed them, one after the other, to her husband, who
+stood in water up to his waist and could scarcely keep an upright
+position.
+
+In another place, grown sons were carrying an invalid mother, fleeing
+with difficulty on account of their heavy burden. Some brave, humane men
+hurried along with boats and brought them safely to the hill.
+
+Mrs. Swift, with a child on each arm, was overthrown. Her husband,
+equally burdened with two other children, could render her no
+assistance. Two stalwart men rushed toward her, however, and brought
+mother, children, and father to the neighboring hill.
+
+Some men gathered sticks, and after many futile attempts at last started
+a fire on the hill, so that the drenched people might dry themselves.
+
+As Mrs. Swift, breathless and in a half-dazed condition, reached the
+hill top, she looked at her children and uttered a loud cry: "Where is
+my baby, where is my Edward?" The child--the baby--who had lain in a
+cradle at the mother's bedside, was missing.
+
+The water had rushed into the house in such volume that the cradle had
+begun to move, and was carried along gradually by the force of the
+water, till it passed out unnoticed through the open door. The mother
+had tried to reach the cradle in the darkness; but, not finding it, she
+had concluded that the father had taken the cradle and the baby to a
+place of safety, and so she had given all her attention to the other
+children. But now, discovering her mistake, she wrung her hands in grief
+and cried pitifully. She started to return to her home to seize her
+child from so dreadful a fate, but the father held her in his strong
+arms.
+
+"Stay," said he, "you could never reach our house safely. The water is
+rising too quickly and is too powerful. I will go and rescue our child.
+Our helpful neighbors will go with me."
+
+"Yes, willingly," said the two men who had just helped Mrs. Swift.
+
+Armed with long poles which they could thrust into the ground and with
+which they could steady themselves, they started forth by the light of a
+lantern.
+
+All the people on the hill watched those three men tremblingly. At last
+the light died away in the distance. Still they looked, although they
+could distinguish nothing. They only heard the dreadful rushing of the
+waters, the sighing of the winds, and from time to time the crash of a
+falling house.
+
+Mrs. Swift waited with bated breath for the return of her husband and
+his faithful assistants. An hour had passed and nothing could be heard
+or seen of them. Her fears increased each moment. At last the father
+returned, with saddened countenance. One of his assistants said: "It was
+impossible to reach your house, my good woman; the water was too deep.
+We were in water up to our necks and were almost drowned."
+
+Then the other man spoke up and said: "But don't give up hope, for many
+brave men have been helping, all along the way. Before the water got the
+upper hand, they went about with lanterns, rousing the people. Perhaps
+they have cared for the baby in its cradle."
+
+Many people, laden with household goods, reached the hill from time to
+time, but the cradle never appeared and no one knew the whereabouts of
+the baby.
+
+After the dreadful night, the dawn at last broke forth; rain and storm
+subsided; the clouds rolled away and the morning sun streaked the
+horizon in flaming red.
+
+From the people gathered about the fire, there arose a dreadful cry of
+dismay. By the morning light, they saw that half of their village had
+been submerged.
+
+Mr. Swift's house, with many others, had been swept away by the flood.
+Many a house stood roofless and in a state of threatened collapse.
+People cried for the loss of their homes, but Mrs. Swift cried for the
+loss of her babe. "Though everything be gone," said she, "I should care
+not, had I but my child." Poor Mr. Swift, too, was more concerned about
+his baby than about his other losses, and it was with a great effort
+that he controlled his feelings.
+
+The children lamented the loss of their brother as well as that of their
+big pet dog, Rover.
+
+Meanwhile, from the neighboring towns, many people had come in boats,
+brought the homeless ones provisions and clothing, and offered them
+shelter in their own homes. This was a great comfort for the
+unfortunates.
+
+Mr. Swift accepted their hospitality for that night. "To-morrow
+morning," said he, "I will try to reach my brother's home, where I know
+I can be housed with my family until the spring. Then I will rebuild my
+home and help my neighbors build theirs. Let us not forget that if we
+faithfully do our best, God will not forsake us. Perhaps this calamity
+may in time bring us some blessing."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE FAITHFUL DOG
+
+
+Shortly after the Swifts fled, on the night of the flood, the walls of
+their house had fallen with a thud, and only the strong beams remained
+standing. By the time the house collapsed, the baby in its cradle had
+drifted many miles down the river, along the banks of which much damage
+had been wrought. The cradle passed a village which had been built on an
+eminence and had consequently escaped.
+
+The villagers who had gathered near the shore saw various household
+goods floating down the river; there a table, here a chair, yonder a
+trunk, and in one place even the entire roof of a house.
+
+Two daring boys ventured to stand as near the water's edge as possible,
+in order to see things a little better. All of a sudden one of the boys
+cried: "Oh, see, there is a cradle afloat in mid-stream!" The other boy,
+whose sight was keener, shouted: "See, a dog is swimming after it and is
+trying to push it toward the shore!"
+
+Several strong men standing near-by had long hooked poles, and were
+busily engaged dragging things out of the river. One of them, a young
+fisherman, saw the cradle and cried: "A baby must be in that cradle,
+because the dog would not bother about an empty cradle. Up, brothers,
+up, let us try to save the child. Let not the fidelity and bravery of a
+dog put us to shame."
+
+Notwithstanding the threatening danger of being crushed to death by the
+rushing ice-floes, the men launched a boat and jumped into it. They
+reached the cradle and discovered the child in it. They placed cradle
+and babe in their boat and brought them safely to land.
+
+The people rushed forward and crowded around the cradle to look at the
+infant. Among the spectators were a gentleman and his wife, named Trent.
+
+"Oh, what a beautiful child," cried Mrs. Trent, as she bent over the
+baby. "See how peacefully it sleeps, not knowing through what dangers it
+has passed, not dreaming it has been saved."
+
+Mrs. Trent had lately lost a dear little baby, so she approached her
+husband and said: "Do see how this babe resembles our lost Isabel; and
+it seems to be of the same age. Let me take this child, and if its
+parents cannot be found, I will be a mother to it."
+
+Mr. Trent smiled pleasantly, nodded his head and said: "Well, well, take
+it. Let us not be less sympathetic than these three men, and that
+pitying dog."
+
+By this time the poor dog had reached the shore, and stood shaking the
+water from his coat; so that the bystanders had to rush aside to escape
+a good wetting. Then he began to bark with joy and wag his tail,
+springing first at this one, then at that one, as if to express his
+thanks for the baby's rescue.
+
+Mr. Trent noticed this, and said: "See how thankful this dog is, and
+human beings should never be less thankful." He took some gold coins out
+of his pocket, and handed two to each of the three fishermen. They
+hesitated, not wishing to take the money. "What we have done was purely
+out of love for humanity and without any thought of reward," said they.
+
+Mr. Trent was pleased with them, and said: "Yes, I understand and
+realize how very noble it is of you to refuse a reward for your
+self-sacrificing services, but I must insist that you take it."
+
+"Well, then," said the younger fisherman, "we will accept the money and
+help our poor brothers in the neighboring villages who have suffered so
+many losses during this flood."
+
+The dog had now passed through the crowd. His loud barks of joy had
+awakened the babe, and it started to cry. Mrs. Trent raised the child in
+her arms and kissed it. It looked about as if it were seeking something.
+
+"You are looking for your mother," said she, "but little do we know
+where she is. Cry not, my dear, I will be your mother."
+
+She then carried it into her house, while the two fishermen followed
+with the cradle. The faithful dog did not wait for an invitation, but
+followed of his own accord.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE FOND FOSTER-PARENTS
+
+
+Mrs. Trent hastily heated some milk, and with a small spoon she fed the
+foster-child. Then she dressed it in fine clothes which had belonged to
+Isabel, and brought it to Mr. Trent, saying: "See what a beautiful babe
+this is, with its golden, curly hair, blue eyes and red cheeks. How
+fresh and healthy it looks. But now we have a weighty matter to decide.
+We do not know the baby's name and we must call it something. Let us
+take your name."
+
+"Very well," said Mr. Trent, "we will adopt him and call him Daniel
+Trent. That is a very nice name. As God saved Daniel out of the lion's
+den, so He saved this child from a dreadful calamity. Let us hope that
+this boy will grow to be as sensible, with as much faith in God, and as
+obedient to God's will, as young Daniel was."
+
+"Let us hope it may be so," said his wife, as she cast admiring glances
+upon the babe.
+
+The faithful dog who had accompanied her now rested for awhile, as he
+saw the babe in comfort and safety. After he had been fed and had
+stretched himself awhile before the fire, he suddenly arose, shook
+himself well, and rushed out of the house. As soon as he reached the
+water's edge, he swam across the river, ran hastily up on the opposite
+shore and was soon lost to view.
+
+"Have a care, my dear," said her husband, "I fear you will soon lose
+your babe. I am sure the dog has gone in quest of the child's parents
+and will return here with them."
+
+Mrs. Trent sighed. "Oh," said she, "I understand how pained those people
+must be. For that reason, I would willingly restore the lost babe to its
+parents. Although it would be very hard for me to part with it."
+
+After an absence of three days, just as Mr. and Mrs. Trent were seated
+at the fireside, the good, faithful dog rushed into their presence and
+greeted them by barking and joyfully wagging his tail. But in a few
+moments he hung his head, dropped his tail, and looked very sad; and
+from that moment on he showed no desire to leave the house.
+
+"From the dog's manner," said Mr. Trent, "I surmise that he was not
+successful in finding the baby's parents, who were undoubtedly lost in
+the flood. Let us take good care of him, for he has so faithfully
+fulfilled his duty. We, too, have a duty to perform, for we must train
+and educate this child whom we have taken into our family."
+
+Though the child's position in life was now on a higher plane, yet his
+training was no different from that which his own parents would have
+given him. His new parents worked hand in hand. Daniel soon felt a
+childish reverence for his foster-father, and toward his foster-mother
+he showed a trusting love. He grew to be a handsome boy, displaying many
+splendid talents. He was a diligent scholar and stood highest among his
+classmates. He did everything in his power to give pleasure to his
+foster-parents. He regarded them as his true parents, for no one had
+told him otherwise. It had happened that when Daniel was two years old
+his foster-parents bought a house in another section of the country and
+moved into it. The new neighbors looked upon Daniel as the real son of
+Mr. and Mrs. Trent.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE ERRAND
+
+
+When Daniel Trent had reached his fourteenth year, he was able to assist
+his foster-father in his business. He wrote a fine hand, did much of his
+"father's" clerical work, and carried out all orders with exactness.
+
+One evening he was sent out on an errand to a little village on the
+Rhine, not far from where they now resided. Daniel was pleased at the
+prospect of a long walk in the cool evening air. His good dog, who was
+still living and in fairly good condition for his age, accompanied him.
+
+Just as Daniel's business had been transacted, a ship came into port.
+The passengers crowded the gang plank and the wharf. Several boys and
+young men pressed forward and offered to show the travellers the way and
+to carry their baggage.
+
+At last a little boy addressed a refined, though shabbily dressed old
+man, and asked if he could direct him to a hotel.
+
+"Oh, no," said the old man, "I will remain on shipboard over night; I
+couldn't pay the price of a room in a hotel. My meal will be a sandwich
+that I have in this bag; and as for a drink, a glass of fresh water will
+appease my thirst."
+
+Daniel listened with sympathy to the old man, who had an honest kind
+look. Timidly moving a little closer to him, he said, while his face
+grew red: "If you would not feel offended, I should like to give you a
+little money, out of my allowance."
+
+"My dear young man," said the traveller, "true it is that I have never
+accepted charity, but I must admit, you have offered it to me in such a
+friendly, well-meaning manner that I would gladly accept it, if I could;
+I thank you heartily for it. May your kind thoughtfulness be rewarded."
+
+The dog, who in the meantime had hurried to the water's edge to quench
+his thirst, hastily returned, just as Daniel was about to continue his
+way. The next minute, he was leaping and springing and barking, as
+loudly as he could, and showing unbounded joy. The traveller cried out
+in astonishment: "My dog, you are my Rover. Do I find you again, after
+so many years? How did you get here?"
+
+Daniel looked surprised and said: "It seems that the dog knows you very
+well. Did he ever belong to you?"
+
+"Yes, truly," said the man, "but I thought he was drowned thirteen years
+ago, when the Rhine overflowed and carried my house with it. I never
+expected to see my dog again.--But," said he, as he dried his eyes, "I
+sustained at that time a greater loss than could ever be retrieved."
+
+"What was that?" asked Daniel.
+
+Then the old man told the tale of the flood and said that, in the
+darkness of the night, and in the great hurry and excitement, his
+youngest child, a babe, had been left lying in its cradle. Perhaps it
+had been crushed to death by the collapsing walls of his house and been
+buried in the waters of the river.
+
+Daniel was deeply moved by the sad fate of this babe. Little did he
+dream that he was the child whom he was pitying. He tried to comfort the
+old man over the loss of the infant.
+
+The old man then said, "I have learned to accept my grief, as having
+been sent from God. In the end He will prove to each life that what is
+sent is for the best."
+
+Daniel agreed with him, and offered him his hand in friendship. Then he
+bade him good-bye, saying that the lateness of the hour was the cause of
+his haste.
+
+Daniel walked on and called his dog. The faithful Rover did not wish to
+forsake his long-lost and newly-found master, but neither did he wish to
+lose Daniel. He would hurry ahead and stand in front of Daniel, barring
+the way, as if he wished to stay him, and then he would run back to the
+old man.
+
+Daniel at last stood still. The dog lay down between them and looked
+appealingly, first at one and then at the other, as if he wished to beg
+them to remain together. Again Daniel started, but the dog went through
+the same antics. A half hour passed in this way. At last Daniel said: "I
+really don't know what to do. I love this dog, but I would like you to
+have him, too; but I can't let you take him, for he belongs to my
+father. Come with me, and let him decide who shall have the dog."
+
+They walked together along the lamp-lighted streets, and the happy dog,
+with leaps and barks, gave evidence of his great joy.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE OLD MAN
+
+
+Mr. Trent and his wife had delayed the evening meal, awaiting Daniel's
+return. Daniel led the strange man into the dining-room, where the table
+was spread with a beautiful white cloth, relieved by polished silver and
+food temptingly arranged. It was a welcome sight to the travel-weary old
+man.
+
+Mr. Trent was about to reprimand his son for his belated return, but he
+hesitated at the sight of the stranger. Daniel related the incidents of
+the evening, and they amply served to excuse him for his tardiness. Mr.
+Trent then asked the old man what he knew about the dog.
+
+Mr. Swift related at length the same story that he had told Daniel; and
+added that his losses were great, but that the loss of his baby boy had
+given him the greatest pain in his life.
+
+Mr. Trent and his wife both came to the conclusion, in a flash, that the
+babe which they had adopted was most assuredly this man's son. Mr.
+Trent, a clever, as well as a careful man, wished to probe the matter to
+his entire satisfaction, so he dismissed Daniel on some errand. Then he
+questioned the stranger, as to his name, his place of residence, the
+year and the month and all circumstances surrounding that dreadful
+night, in minutest detail.
+
+"Tell me," said he, "did your dog wear a collar?"
+
+"O yes," said the old man, "it was made of red leather, and engraved on
+a metal plate was his name Rover, and the letters J. M. S., which stand
+for my name, Joseph Martin Swift."
+
+"Now," said Mrs. Trent, "will you describe the cradle?"
+
+"Very well," said the man, "it was made of pine wood. The body was
+painted blue and it had a red canopy."
+
+Mr. and Mrs. Trent looked deeply into the old man's eyes, and found in
+his face, looking through the wrinkles which deep sorrow and care had
+chiseled there, a remarkable resemblance to their adopted son.
+
+"I have no further doubt," said Mr. Trent, "that the son who thirteen
+years ago, as a tender babe, floated in its cradle down the Rhine, was
+saved from the flood, and lives today."
+
+"How, what?" cried the man in joyful astonishment. "Oh, where is he?
+Where is he? Lead me to him at once."
+
+"You have already seen him," said Mr. Trent. "The young man who brought
+you here is your son."
+
+"What?" cried the old man, "that handsome young lad. Could it he
+possible? Oh, how miraculous!" He folded his hands and stood in silence,
+till his overwrought feelings broke forth in a torrent of tears. At last
+he said: "How was he saved? How did he reach this house and these good
+circumstances?"
+
+Mr. Trent related everything in a few words: how the faithfulness of the
+dog had been the first means toward the rescue of the infant. "We took
+your child, adopted him and brought him up. He always behaved well and
+has given us great joy. As we did not know his name, we had him renamed
+Daniel. We never let him know that he was not our own child. We must now
+disclose this fact to him. I hear him coming and will ask you to
+withdraw to the next room until you recover yourself."
+
+"Thank you," said the highly elated father, "I should like to be alone
+for a few moments, that I may offer my thanks for this great goodness."
+
+By this time Daniel had reached the dining-room. As he missed the
+stranger, but still saw the dog, he asked: "Well, my dear father, did
+you satisfy the old man?"
+
+"My dear boy, come seat yourself beside me, for I have something to say
+to you. We, whom you have always considered as father and mother, are
+not your parents."
+
+Daniel was greatly disturbed by this news and could scarcely speak. At
+last he said: "Oh, my dear parents, what great good you have always
+rendered me. How deep has been your love to me. All the rest of my life
+I will thank you. But, how is it that you only now divulge this great
+secret? You do not intend to cast me out, I hope?"
+
+"Certainly not, my dear Daniel," said Mr. Trent, "but listen further.
+You are the child that was rescued from the river, and the stranger whom
+you brought here is your father."
+
+"This man!" cried Daniel in astonishment; "yet he appears to me to be a
+good, honest man."
+
+Then Mr. Trent continued, in order to test Daniel, and said: "That may
+be! But he is so poor, while you are now so rich. You don't need him.
+Besides, in his poor clothes, he would not be any credit to you. So I
+thought I would give him a sum of money, and send him back to his
+village."
+
+"Oh, no," cried Daniel, springing from his chair. "I hope you have not
+already sent him to the ship. If so, let me hurry after him. I must see
+my father's face again and embrace him. I trust you did not mean what
+you said. Were my father the poorest and most unfortunate man in the
+whole world, I would not be ashamed of him, for he is my father.
+Everything that I have, I would share with him."
+
+Daniel's own father had heard these words, in the adjoining room. He
+stepped forward, rushed upon Daniel, and cried: "My son!" and Daniel
+cried: "My father!" They embraced each other and their tears fell
+freely.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THE LEGACY
+
+
+Mrs. Trent now invited all to partake of the evening meal. The
+conversation became animated, and Mr. Trent was happy to find that his
+guest was such a sensible, honest man. He then asked him how he happened
+to take such a long trip.
+
+Joseph Swift said that a legacy had been bequeathed to him, and that he
+was on his way to a distant city to claim it. He had stopped at the
+near-by port in order to break the monotony of the journey. "Before the
+disaster that befell me," continued he, "I lived in comparative comfort,
+but ever since I have been struggling. I was obliged to begin all over
+again and build a new house and start a new business. You can easily
+understand that I soon fell behind in money matters. The news of this
+legacy was very welcome, for every little helps. Some difficulty,
+however, has arisen, so I decided to go personally; and whether I shall
+get the money or not, remains to be seen."
+
+"I trust you have all the necessary papers and credentials with you."
+
+"O yes," said Joseph, drawing out a wallet containing the papers, in
+order to prove his words.
+
+Mr. Trent looked them over and found them correct, but conjectured that
+the outcome would be somewhat doubtful. Besides, when he took into
+consideration the cost of the journey, living expenses, the cost of the
+trial, he found that very little would remain of the legacy after all.
+
+Mr. Trent, who was as noble as he was rich, said: "Do you know what I
+think, my dear friend? The rest of this journey would be very tiresome
+for you; and besides, you would have to remain there for some time
+before you could claim the money. I will give you the sum stated, and
+you can give me a power of attorney so that I can get the money. I can
+then instruct my business manager in that city to look after this matter
+for me."
+
+Joseph Swift was delighted with the proposition, and took the proffered
+money with the heartiest thanks; although he did not realize to its full
+extent the thoughtfulness of this act.
+
+Mrs. Trent, who was as kind-hearted as her husband, inquired after the
+other members of Mr. Swift's family, and then said: "Now that you have
+been spared the weariness of the rest of the journey, I beg you to spend
+a week with us. Then Daniel may escort you home, and remain a few days
+with you, and have the pleasure of meeting his mother and sisters and
+brothers face to face."
+
+Joseph declared that he had never met such good people, in all his life
+and Daniel was overjoyed in the anticipation of seeing his mother.
+
+"I feel I must give my mother and my sisters each a gift," said he. "How
+pleased I am that I saved my money. Now I can use it for a good
+purpose."
+
+Early the next morning, Mrs. Trent and Daniel went forth to purchase the
+gifts, and many a beautiful present did they bring back. Turning to Mr.
+Swift, she said: "Here is a handsome gold watch which Daniel bought for
+you, and also the material for a new suit of clothes. I have ordered the
+tailor to come and take your measurements, and he promised to deliver
+the suit in a week."
+
+Poor Mr. Swift could hardly find words to express the thanks that filled
+his heart.
+
+But Mr. Trent, noticing his deep emotion, said: "Never mind, Mr. Swift,
+let it be so. Why would God give some people more than they need, unless
+he intended they should give some of it to those who didn't have enough?
+Sharing with others, brings us happiness."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+THE JOURNEY
+
+
+Early the following week Daniel and his father started on their journey.
+The dog accompanied them and sat on the front seat of the carriage, next
+to the driver.
+
+As Mr. Swift neared his home, the linen lying in the bleachery was
+plainly discernible, and the dog, recognizing the locality, leaped out
+of the carriage. Mrs. Swift and her daughters were wetting the linens
+and the two boys were busy in the vineyard. The dog ran up to his old
+mistress, sprang at her joyously, and then ran to her daughters. They
+were much surprised to see the dog that they had thought dead. The sons
+joined the group, and while they stood discussing the dog's return, they
+heard the toot of the tally-ho horn. Suddenly the horses galloped up to
+the door and halted.
+
+Said Mrs. Swift, "What can this mean? The driver must have made a
+mistake." But in an instant Mr. Swift alighted and greeted his family
+warmly.
+
+Mrs. Swift's expression was very grave as she said: "What ever possessed
+you to return in such a carriage; and now that I look at you, I see you
+are dressed in new clothes from head to foot. Even the dog, for which I
+suppose you paid a good price, has a new collar. I always looked upon
+you as a better business man than that, I fear now that nothing remains
+of the legacy. Most likely you lost your senses when you saw so much
+money. If you begin by spending it so lavishly it will soon be gone."
+
+Mr. Swift laughingly replied: "Don't be so sure, my dear. Let me unpack
+the things. You will see that not a penny of the legacy is missing." He
+opened the trunk which the coachman had just brought in, took out a bag,
+and shook the golden contents upon the table.
+
+"Oh, my," cried his wife in glee, "so much money! I never saw that much
+in all my life. It dazzles me. It seems as if I were dreaming--But, tell
+me, where did you get the clothing?"
+
+"O, never mind, just yet; I haven't shown you all, for I have brought
+material for new suits for you and all the children." He laid out the
+goods, the velvets, and the laces upon the table, which was scarcely big
+enough to hold them all.
+
+"This is too much. My reason actually refuses to take it in. Do tell me,
+how did you get these costly things?" continued his wife.
+
+"All these things, my dear wife, have been presented to you by my
+fellow-passenger," pointing his finger at Daniel, who had kept somewhat
+aloof.
+
+[Illustration: "As I notice it now you are dressed in new clothes from
+head to foot."]
+
+Mother and children had scarcely noticed him in their happiness, but all
+the while Daniel had been enjoying their rapture.
+
+The mother looked sharply at Daniel and said: "This young man brings us
+all these things! Well, who is he?"
+
+Mr. Swift bent his head and folded his hands; then he spoke with devout
+earnestness: "This friendly young man is your son, our child, whom we
+mourned as dead. A rich merchant and his good wife took him into their
+home and heart."
+
+Daniel could no longer restrain himself. He fell on the neck of his
+new-found mother and embraced her tenderly. Then he greeted his brothers
+and sisters heartily. The ecstacy of moments like these is indescribable.
+
+At first, a little shyness existed between the brothers and sisters and
+this long-lost brother. But as he was entirely without vanity and modest
+and friendly, he soon won their confidence and respect, and they
+conversed with him as naturally as if they had been with him always.
+
+One morning the family mounted the hill to show Daniel the spot where
+they had spent the night of terror.
+
+"Yes," said the father, "in the morning light, we found that our house
+had been swept away. In the face of all that disaster, I remember
+saying: 'This dreadful calamity will yet bring us some blessing,' and so
+it has happened. The people in the whole country around became more
+industrious than they had been in the time of their prosperity. Many who
+had been haughty and extravagant became humble, thrifty and moderate.
+God awoke many people to the performance of good deeds. Many a family
+quarrel was terminated; all the people became peace loving; each helped
+the other in the hour of need.
+
+"Who would have believed that we would again see our beloved child? Who
+would have thought it possible that we, who once spent on this hill the
+worst night of our lives, would live to spend upon it the happiest day.
+Let us learn not to give up hope, no matter how bad the prospect may
+seem, for better times will come--God will make all things right at
+last."
+
+In the course of time, when Mr. Trent knew to a certainty of Mr. Swift's
+honesty, he gave him the position of treasurer in his large business
+enterprises. This position was accepted, and Mr. Swift transferred his
+bleachery and vineyard to the care of his eldest son. With his wife and
+the other members of his family he then moved to a house adjacent to the
+Trents.
+
+Daniel became his foster-father's assistant, and proved himself worthy
+of all the care which had been bestowed upon him; and he remained a
+good, true, helpful son to his own and his foster-parents.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+The Damaged Picture
+
+
+
+
+Chapters.
+
+I. The Artist.
+
+II. The Picture.
+
+III. The Discovery.
+
+
+
+
+THE DAMAGED PICTURE
+
+
+
+
+Chapter I
+
+The Artist
+
+
+If one had been seeking for a man who combined all the qualities of
+goodness and greatness, one would have chosen artist Laurier. He bore
+the title of "Master of Arts" and his works, mostly landscapes, were
+famous far and wide. He had amassed a considerable fortune, and his
+house was the handsomest building in the city, equipped with every
+luxury. Besides, it was the home in which all artists, rich or poor,
+found welcome at all times.
+
+But conditions changed. Hard times, following quickly in the wake of
+recent wars, had made the demand for art, particularly painting, less
+and less urgent, till there was no market whatever for the artist's
+works. Little by little, he had to draw upon his capital in order to
+support his family. However, he continued to paint with unabated
+diligence, for he hoped with the betterment of the times to sell his
+paintings; or if he should not be permitted to live so long, he would
+leave them as a heritage, for the benefit of his wife and children.
+
+Alas, the great man did not live to carry out his purpose. A contagious
+disease swept over the country, numbering him among its victims; and he
+intuitively felt that he would never again rise from his sick bed.
+
+One morning, following a night filled with great pain and misgivings,
+his dutiful wife was seated at his bedside trying to cloak the great
+sorrow which she felt at his approaching death. His two little daughters
+stood at the foot of his bed. The dying man looked tenderly at his wife
+and children, and said: "Be comforted and weep not. True, I can bequeath
+you but little; but God, the Father of the widow and orphans, will watch
+over you." He then invoked God's blessing upon them, and with his last
+breath said, "In heaven we shall meet again." His eyes closed and he
+passed out of this life. Mother and daughters stood convulsed in tears.
+
+The widow now found herself in very straightened circumstances. Her
+house was so heavily mortgaged that she could no longer hold it. The
+pictures which her husband had bequeathed to her were valuable as works
+of art, but the widow could not realize their worth in money. Soon it
+became imperative to sell them at auction, at any price. Before the day
+set for the sale, mother and daughters saw, with anguish, these works
+hurried off to the auction room. The house, too, fell under the hammer.
+The poor, miserable family left the home in which they had lived for
+many years in love, peace and contentment. Still, a certain pride and
+satisfaction filled the widow's heart when she realized that, though her
+husband had died poor, yet he owed no one a penny--that his name stood
+in the community respected and revered by all the good people. The poor
+particularly held him in loving memory.
+
+The widow was obliged to seek a new home in a cheap section of the city.
+She was an expert in all household arts, particularly in the art of
+sewing. Each night found the widow busily engaged with her work, the
+proceeds of which kept the wolf from the door.
+
+Her two daughters, whom she had brought up with the utmost care, were
+her only joy. They grew into beautiful girlhood, were modest and good,
+and loved their mother with all the tenderness of devoted childhood.
+They, too, helped with the sewing; and their combined efforts, though
+feeble, were not without visible returns.
+
+Mother and daughters often talked about their departed father. "It gives
+me great pain," said the mother, "that every picture which your father
+painted should have been taken from us. If it were but a little
+landscape that we possessed, how happy I should be. It would enrich our
+otherwise barren home and make it equal to the most beautiful salon of
+the grandest castle."
+
+Mother and daughters rarely went anywhere, but every Sunday found them
+attendants at a church at the other end of the city. There, on those
+sacred walls, hung a beautiful painting executed by their father. "This
+indeed is exquisite work," said the mother, and the children fully
+agreed with her sentiments.
+
+When the services were ended they all slowly wended their way through
+the city to their modest home. Sunday after Sunday, rain or shine, found
+them carrying out the same program, always returning with hearts filled
+with reverence and peace.
+
+The long, weary winter nights were passed reading the books which their
+father had collected during his lifetime, and which, by the merest
+accident, had not been disposed of.
+
+Thus they passed their days, quietly and contentedly, each one
+cheerfully doing her daily share of good deeds and good works in this
+great vineyard of the world, where we have all been placed to do our
+best.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter II
+
+The Picture
+
+
+One day, as the mother was examining the apparel, she turned to her
+daughters and said: "Children, I see that your summer frocks are really
+very much worn and faded. As we have saved a little more than we
+expected, I feel that I want to reward you for your diligence and
+willingness in helping me so faithfully and uncomplainingly, by giving
+you each some money, with which to buy material for a few new dresses."
+She then handed each daughter a hard-earned ten dollar bill, and said:
+"Select what you wish, and we can make the dresses ourselves."
+
+Both daughters were elated with this generous gift; and at once began to
+argue with each other as to the shade and material which would be most
+desirable, and which would also be most durable, from an economical
+standpoint. At last they started out to make the purchases. Soon they
+found themselves before a massive building, upon which was placed a
+sign: "Auction Sale of Paintings." Both girls, as an artist's daughters,
+had an inherited love for pictures.
+
+"Shall we go in?" said Lottie, the elder, to Louise--"Not to buy, of
+course; for how could we do that? But just to look at the beautiful
+works."
+
+They stepped timidly and modestly into the great gallery where several
+gentlemen and many richly gowned ladies had already assembled. Lottie
+and Louise remained unnoticed, standing not far from the door.
+
+The auctioneer just then raised a picture to view, and cried: "A
+landscape, in a handsome gold frame, by the artist Laurier--ten dollars
+for the first bid."
+
+"Hm," said a portly gentleman, "this picture was certainly executed more
+hastily than any of his other works. It lacks a certain finish. However,
+I'm an ardent admirer of Laurier. I bid fifteen dollars."
+
+The children had forgotten all about their dresses, and after a moment's
+whispering and hesitation, Lottie called out with a beating heart and
+trembling voice: "Seventeen dollars!"
+
+Several of the ladies and gentlemen turned to see where this gentle,
+timid voice had come from, and noticed the poorly clad children standing
+so far back that they could scarcely see the picture. When the children
+became conscious of the many eyes fastened upon them, they turned pale.
+The portly gentleman, without taking any notice of them, continued: "I
+give nineteen dollars."
+
+Then Lottie said, timidly and almost inaudibly, "Twenty dollars."
+
+"Oh, those dear children," said a friendly lady, "they are the artist's
+daughters; let us bid no higher, so the picture may be theirs!"
+
+Everyone was deeply affected, praised the deceased artist and father,
+and respected the love of his daughters.
+
+Then the auctioneer went on calling, "twenty dollars once--twice--for
+the third and last time." He then summoned Lottie, the purchaser, to
+take the picture.
+
+Lottie stepped forward to the long table, and laid upon it the two ten
+dollar bills which her mother had given her.
+
+"You have made a good purchase, my child," said the portly gentleman,
+"and were you not the daughter of the artist, I would not have let you
+outbid me."
+
+The assembled people wished the children luck; and taking the picture,
+which was not large, both sisters hurried out of the gallery.
+
+"O mother," they cried, as they entered the neat little living room of
+their home, "we have had great good luck. The wish you have so long
+expressed is at last fulfilled. See, here is a picture painted by our
+beloved father."
+
+The mother looked at it for a long time in deep silence, and at last
+broke forth in tears of joy and homesick longing.
+
+"Yes," said she, "the picture is his, though I cannot remember ever
+having seen him work at it. But I know his art, his beautiful thoughts
+and his delicate colorings. It is an exquisite landscape. Notice the
+evening glow over the wooded hill, behind which the sun has just
+disappeared; the huts, from whose chimneys the light-blue smoke ascends;
+the distant village, with the old church tower which the last rays of
+the declining sun still illumine; and the rosy, hazy light which spreads
+over all. It is beautiful beyond description, and stirs within me
+memories of the past. Such scenes have I ofttimes viewed in company with
+your father. But how did you ever get this picture?"
+
+Lottie related the incidents leading up to its purchase, and said:
+"Louise and I are perfectly willing to wear our old clothes."
+
+"We certainly have a treasure in the house now, in comparison with which
+all the grandeur of the world counts as nothing," said the mother. "You
+are, indeed, good children, and I appreciate your self-sacrificing
+spirit. I consider that more acceptable than a great collection of
+paintings. The love which you have shown for your departed father and
+for me affords me unbounded joy. Come now, let us hang the picture at
+once."
+
+Often all three would stand before the painting and gather from it such
+joy and strength that the work of the day seemed lightened and
+brightened.
+
+"When you study with exactness the details of a beautiful landscape,"
+said the mother, "you will find more and more to admire at each view. So
+it is with reading. We learn much that may befall us in life from
+books, and by thinking and reviewing the good and the beautiful in the
+lives of others we may better know how to act under the changing scenes
+of life."
+
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+The Discovery
+
+
+With the returning spring, the mother received an urgent letter from her
+best friend, a widow, who lived in the country. This friend had been
+seriously ill for some time, and her life was despaired of. She was
+particularly desirous of seeing Mrs. Laurier about making a few final
+arrangements.
+
+The mother made hasty preparations, and at break of day started on her
+journey, her two daughters accompanying her a short distance from the
+house.
+
+The mother gave them a parting injunction to work diligently and to
+remain at home. "Within two or three days, I shall return," she said. "I
+know that my friend has much to tell me, and will not hear of my going
+sooner. Behave yourselves in such a manner that when I return, I may be
+so pleased with your conduct that my troubles will be the lighter to
+bear."
+
+As the two girls returned to the house, Lottie said to her sister: "Do
+you know, dear Louise, our rooms have become somewhat dingy during our
+stay here. Let us, while mother is absent, have them painted. We could
+launder the curtains and polish the floors. These bright spring days
+seem to demand it. Then, when mother returns, steps into the house, and
+sees its whitened walls, its beautiful fresh draperies and its
+brightened aspect, what a pleasure it will give her. What do you think
+about it?"
+
+Louise clapped her hands in joy, and said: "You always have the
+cleverest ideas. Yes, let us send for the painter at once."
+
+The girls then worked industriously for two days, and everything seemed
+to glide along swiftly and entirely to their satisfaction.
+
+On the morning of the third day, Lottie said: "Everything is now in
+readiness, and I will hasten to the market and order some things, so
+that we may provide a good dinner for our mother when she returns this
+evening."
+
+"That is wise," said Louise, as she helped Lottie put on her coat.
+
+When Lottie returned after an hour's absence, Louise rushed up to her
+with red-rimmed eyes, and cried: "Oh, Lottie, I have met with a great
+misfortune. Through ignorance, I damaged the beautiful painting. Come
+quickly and see it."
+
+Lottie looked at the picture, in horror.
+
+"Oh," said Louise, "it seemed somewhat dusty to me, and I tried to wash
+it off with soap and water. But, not until it was too late, did I notice
+that the colors ran together and the beautiful painting was completely
+ruined."
+
+"Completely!" said Lottie, and began to cry. But, in order to reassure
+her sister, she said, "Perhaps it may yet be restored by some good
+artist."
+
+As the two girls sat conferring as to the best method to pursue, the
+mother stepped into the house. She was exceedingly delighted to find her
+home in such exquisite order and newness. "You certainly are very
+dutiful children. But what is troubling you? What has happened that I
+find you both in tears?"
+
+"Oh," cried Louise, "just look at the painting. I wanted to clean it. I
+meant well, but met with such disappointment. Forgive me, forgive me!"
+and she fell at her mother's feet.
+
+The mother was greatly agitated, as she gazed at the painting. She paled
+and trembled. "This misfortune is indeed pitiable," said she. "You know
+not how much I would give had it not occurred." She drew on her glasses
+and viewed the damaged picture scrutinizingly. "The colors," said she,
+"were but water-colors, and that is why they were so easily blurred.
+But, it is peculiar. I see, under these water-colors, a ground work of
+oil paint, and there, I see a little finger, most assuredly painted by a
+master. What shall I do? I will dare, as long as the picture is damaged
+and past restoration, to wash it off entirely."
+
+The mother then took a big sponge and deliberately began to wash the
+painting. A hand, an arm, an angel's form appeared to view, such as only
+the greatest master could portray. Though the mother hated to destroy
+the work of her beloved husband, yet she worked assiduously to remove
+all the water-colors, and lo! a painting of extraordinary beauty and
+genius met her admiring gaze.
+
+It was a historical picture of ancient times The figures stood forth in
+living beauty and seemed to speak from out the canvas.
+
+"If I see rightly," said the mother, "this is a painting by an old
+master. On a journey, which I once took with your departed father, I saw
+many paintings by this same artist. But this painting, unless I am very
+much mistaken, is classed among his best productions. It is one of the
+finest in art. Nothing in this picture is without purpose and shows the
+stroke of a genius.
+
+"I must seek advice from Mr. Raymond--an old, true friend of your dear
+father. He is a connoisseur on works of art." So she hurriedly donned
+her cape and hastened to his house.
+
+The venerable gentleman was only too glad to welcome her to his home. He
+had scarcely looked at the picture, when he cried in astonishment: "Yes,
+truly, this painting is by one of the earliest Italian masters. It is
+exquisite and sublime. And now it dawns on me how this beautiful work
+came to be hidden by the brush of another artist.
+
+"During the late war, as the besiegers were drawing nearer and nearer a
+certain castle, the owner had his paintings and works of art concealed
+in the cellar.
+
+"As this picture, however, was the most valuable and the choicest of his
+wonderful collection, he could not for one moment think of parting with
+it. So he sent for your worthy husband to paint a picture over it in
+water-colors, which could be easily removed, and yet serve to conceal
+the picture's real value. In this way, he hoped to save it from the
+hands of the besiegers.
+
+"However, he did not live to see the war ended, and your dear husband
+passed away also. This twice painted picture could have remained forever
+undiscovered, but it has been destined otherwise. A wonderful treasure
+has been sent to save you and your children from all future want. It
+only now depends upon finding a lover of pictures, and an admirer of
+genius, who will pay the full value for this work of art."
+
+"But," said the good woman, "can I with a clear conscience keep in my
+possession so valuable a picture, for which we paid but such a trifling
+sum of money?"
+
+"Of course you can, and no person can dispute your right to it. The
+owner of this picture was a noble, right-living man, whom I knew well.
+He had no relatives and did much good to the poor. For himself he needed
+but little. His only pleasure in life was buying the paintings by the
+old masters. Little by little, he collected quite a gallery. This
+constituted his entire fortune. After his death, the pictures which had
+been concealed in his home were brought forth and were sold, together
+with this beautiful one. The late merchant, Mr. Pinole, purchased most
+of them.
+
+"If you take my advice, I would suggest that you advertise in the daily
+papers the fact that you have this beautiful picture for sale. Then a
+purchaser will surely present himself who will pay you its value."
+
+Mrs. Laurier then asked him to undertake this responsibility, to which
+he kindly acceded.
+
+Soon the whole city was aware of Mrs. Laurier's wonderful possession,
+and people were filled with astonishment. Mr. Pinole's son, at whose
+salesroom the picture had been sold at auction, hastened to Mrs.
+Laurier's house.
+
+He had, he said, not only received less than half his due, but the
+picture was worth a thousand times more than she had paid for it. As she
+made no attempt whatever to return the picture to him, he left her
+presence in rage, and determined to sue her at once.
+
+When he presented the case to his lawyer, the latter explained that as
+the picture had been sold at public auction, he could do nothing about
+it. "Besides," said the lawyer, laughingly, "remember, your father paid
+still less for it."
+
+Disappointed and chagrined, Mr. Pinole returned to his home.
+
+Through the untiring efforts of Mr. Raymond, the picture was at last
+sold to a wealthy gentleman, who paid a high price for it.
+
+The money which Mrs. Laurier realized from this sale enabled her to live
+with her two daughters in comparative ease and comfort. The two girls
+soon married well-to-do merchants, who succeeded in purchasing Mrs.
+Laurier's former house, which happened just then to be on sale. It was
+large and sufficiently commodious to admit of the two families occupying
+it. The best room in the house was accorded to Mrs. Laurier.
+
+The families lived together harmoniously, and vied with each other to
+brighten the declining years of the mother's peaceful life.
+
+
+
+
+MEMORIES AWAKENED
+
+
+
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Change of Circumstances
+
+II. The Revelation
+
+
+
+
+MEMORIES AWAKENED
+
+
+
+
+Chapter I
+
+The Change of Circumstances
+
+
+A very wealthy and worthy merchant, named Vollmar, lived in a large
+commercial city. Here he carried on a prosperous business which had
+descended to him from his father. By clever management, industry and
+honesty, he succeeded in enlarging it; and thereby increased his wealth.
+
+Up to the present time, Mr. Vollmar had had unusual success, but
+circumstances were soon to change. One morning as the family was
+breakfasting, the postman delivered a letter containing the information
+that the ship which carried a valuable cargo belonging to Mr. Vollmar
+had been lost at sea.
+
+This was a severe blow; for the greater part of his fortune was now
+gone. But as luck and riches had not made him proud, so this misfortune
+and loss did not make him despondent.
+
+Turning to his children, he said: "God gives and He also takes away. He
+may restore all things unto us when His wise purposes have been
+fulfilled. You can see that this is true, when you review the lives of
+your grandparents and great-grandparents, whose pictures in the golden
+frames grace this room so beautifully.
+
+"Your great-grandfather, Lucas Vollmar, was the richest man in the city.
+All that we once had and now have would not have equalled his fortune by
+one quarter. Owing to the 'Thirty Years' War,' he lost all. He was
+obliged to flee from the enemy. His wife did not survive the journey.
+Their only son, my father, was then but a tender youth, and suffered
+much during those troublous times.
+
+"Soon this city was invaded by the enemy and plundered. Many bombs were
+fired into it and homes were reduced to ashes. Into this very house,
+which belonged to him, fell a great cannon ball which did much damage
+but did not set it on fire. All the families, too, suffered the greatest
+misery. Hunger and pestilence carried off many of them.
+
+"Your worthy great-grandfather sought refuge in strange lands and
+suffered many hardships. He had taken as much money with him as he could
+carry, but on the way he was robbed. He earned his livelihood in various
+ways, and soon put his son out as an apprentice. When the lad was
+fourteen years old, he was called upon to face another hardship in the
+loss of his father, who died in misery and poverty, although he had once
+been the richest man in this city.
+
+"This son, my father, now alone in the world, continued as an apprentice
+and made progress in his trade. At last, when the war was over and peace
+had been restored, he returned to this city, poor in the world's goods,
+but rich in knowledge and goodness.
+
+"Through a decision of the court, this house was returned to him. The
+things that he found when he entered were empty chests and those two
+pictures hanging on the wall opposite. Look at them. Do you not read in
+those faces kindness and true worth? Yes, my children, they were indeed
+good people.
+
+"You never saw your great-grandparents, but you do remember your
+grandfather, for he often held you both on his lap. He had to work hard
+to build up a business, but through the help of his good wife he soon
+acquired wealth.
+
+"So, my children, you have now seen how from wealth one may be reduced
+to poverty, and how from nothing one may rise and become something.
+
+"My father showed me that no matter how rich he became, he always laid
+by some money for the time of need. He employed the best workers and
+paid the best wages; and was a great benefactor to the poor.
+
+"His example and his teachings I have followed, or to-day we would be
+very poor indeed, now that I have lost my goods at sea. We must be very
+economical and, perhaps, in time we may retrieve our loss."
+
+Other tradesmen, too, suffered by this shipwreck. Mr. Vollmar did what
+he could to help them and, little by little, they were able to go on
+with their business. But times changed, and there was little demand for
+Mr. Vollmar's goods. Failure stared him in the face.
+
+"If I must give up my business, it will comfort me to know that when I
+have paid all my debts I shall still have a few dollars left. My
+conscience will be clear when I know that no one has lost one cent
+through me, and that my honor before God and man remains unspotted."
+
+Pressed on all sides, he was almost forced to give up, but as a last
+resort he made up his mind to seek aid from two friends, both very rich
+men. But the one said: "I am sorry that I cannot help you, for I need my
+money myself." The other man said: "I would lend you some money, but I'm
+afraid I won't get it back."
+
+This treatment at the hands of his best friends, pained him sorely, and
+he returned in sadness to his home. Before entering, he seated himself
+in a little bower to review the situation. The sun shone with a friendly
+light; the birds sang their gladsome songs; and the flowers stood forth
+in all their gay coloring.
+
+"How hard it will be for me to leave this beautiful garden upon which I
+have spent so much money, and in which I have enjoyed so many happy
+hours. Who knows in what corner of the earth I shall be obliged to seek
+a new home?"
+
+He became sadder each moment, and, sinking upon his knees, he prayed for
+help. Hearing footsteps, he arose, and, looking down the footpath, he
+saw an old man with snow-white hair being led by a little boy. Both
+seemed very poor, but they were neatly clothed.
+
+Just then the boy said to his companion: "Here, under this tree, is a
+nice seat. You are so tired, dear grandfather, rest here a little and be
+comforted; for the way is not much longer." Then they both seated
+themselves.
+
+"It is a great undertaking for a man like me, blind and feeble, to
+travel such a distance," said the old man. "'Tis true, oculists often
+cure blind people, but I wonder if my blindness can be cured by that
+doctor of whom we have heard so much? Besides, we have so little money,
+and what will we live on while we're in the city? It must soon be fifty
+years since I worked as a mason there. I really know no one to whom we
+could apply for aid; for all my friends have passed on to a better land.
+But I trust God will help us find some place to rest."
+
+As Mr. Vollmar heard these words, he became greatly touched. "To be
+blind," said he, "and not to see the blue sky, the trees, the flowers,
+the sun and the people--that must be hard indeed. This man's sorrows are
+greater than mine. I have my two strong eyes; and should I lose my whole
+wealth, it would be as nothing compared to the loss of my sight.
+
+"These poor people--this blind man, this brave boy--know how to find
+comfort in their sorrow by trusting in God. I will learn from them and
+trust, too."
+
+Just then Mrs. Vollmar entered the garden with her two children, and Mr.
+Vollmar beckoned them to join him. He related all that he had heard the
+old man say.
+
+"My dear husband," said Mrs. Vollmar, "let us take them into our house.
+Though we are getting poorer each day, I am sure that what we do for
+them will not hurt us; for, it is written: 'Be merciful and you shall
+obtain mercy.'"
+
+"True," said Mr. Vollmar, "and you certainly have a bigger heart than I
+have. Let us not only give them food and shelter, but let us call in an
+eminent eye doctor and have him examine this man's eyes."
+
+Just then the old man rose to depart with the boy, but Mrs. Vollmar
+hastened toward them, and said that they could remain with them for a
+while.
+
+Thanking them for this exceeding kindness, the strangers entered the
+house, and soon the old man began to talk about himself.
+
+"My name is Armand Seld. At one time I was a builder and mason, and
+lived with my son in this city. I have been blind for the last seven
+years."
+
+As he seemed very tired, Mrs. Vollmar urged him to rest. She prepared a
+repast for him and after he had partaken of it, she showed him to his
+room.
+
+On the following morning, Mr. Vollmar sent for the doctor. After
+examining the old man's eyes, he said that they were both covered with
+cataracts, of such a nature that he could remove them. He also held out
+the hope that he could cure them in a very short time.
+
+"But," said he, "the old man must rest for three days before I can
+undertake the work."
+
+After three days had elapsed the doctor returned and began the
+operation. Then the eyes were bandaged and the old man was kept in a
+darkened room. At the end of a week, the doctor removed the bandage from
+the patient's eyes and slowly led him to the light.
+
+"I see! I see the light!" cried the old man. "I see your faces! Oh, I
+thank God!" Then he folded his hands and silence filled the room; for
+each one was in sympathy with the old man and thanked God for his mercy.
+
+"But now," interrupted the doctor, "we must cover the eyes again, and
+let them become accustomed to the light by degrees, and each day they
+will grow stronger. I will return daily and watch their progress;
+meanwhile the patient must have nourishing food, in small quantities,
+and he must be kept very quiet in order to save his strength." Then he
+bade them good-bye and Mr. Vollmar and his wife escorted the doctor to
+the door.
+
+The children kept shouting: "He sees! he sees!" and tumult and joy ran
+riot.
+
+At last the bandages were removed for good, but the doctor warned the
+patient not to strain his eyes nor look into the sunshine for another
+week.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE REVELATION
+
+
+Armand Seld was now able to go about the house. The first room that he
+entered, after his tedious stay in his own darkened bedroom, was the
+dining-room, where the family loved best to sit. The walls of this room
+were graced by the pictures of the Vollmar ancestors, together with a
+landscape by a famous master.
+
+The old man's attention was attracted to this painting.
+
+"What do I see?" he shouted. "This picture I once saw by candlelight,
+and I cannot forget it."
+
+"Strange," said Mr. Vollmar, "that it should have made such an
+impression upon you."
+
+"May I ask," continued the old man, "have you owned this picture long?
+Have you lived here some time?"
+
+Mr. Vollmar replied: "This house, as well as the picture, descended to
+me from my sainted grandparents. But why do you ask?"
+
+"I must inquire still further before I can answer. Tell me--did your
+grandfather die in this house, or did he flee to a distant country
+during the war?"
+
+"He died far from here, in a strange land. But it surprises me how you
+should hit upon this question."
+
+"Did your grandmother die first?"
+
+"Yes; but your questions disturb me."
+
+The old man continued: "Was your own father present before your
+grandfather's death, and did he not disclose to him a very important
+secret?"
+
+"My grandfather died of a malignant fever which robbed him of his
+senses. My father, then a boy, was sent for, but when he arrived he
+found his father dead."
+
+"One more question I must ask--and I know you will forgive me. Did your
+father receive a big fortune?"
+
+"My father," continued Mr. Vollmar, "returned to this city and this
+house a poor man. He married a woman as poor as himself, but with
+industry they at last became rich."
+
+"Do you know," continued the old man, "you look just like your
+grandfather? He, too, was about the same age as you are now, and I feel,
+as I talk to you, as if he were here. But listen to my story and perhaps
+it may be of value to you.
+
+"Shortly before this city was plundered I worked as a mason. One day my
+employer, a very honest man, received word to call at once upon a
+gentleman who wished him to do some work which was to be kept a secret.
+As my employer was sick, he sent me in his place, vouching for my honor
+and trustworthiness.
+
+"I entered the house and was ushered into a room where your grandfather
+(for I have no doubts but that it was he) was seated. He started, and
+was indeed surprised that my employer should have sent as a substitute
+such a young man as I was then. After reading my recommendation, he
+ordered the servants to light two candles and set them on the table over
+which this picture hung. He made me vow never to tell the secret which
+he would entrust to me, except in time of need, and then only to one of
+his descendants. He spoke the oath and I repeated it, word for word,
+looking up at this picture all the time.
+
+"Then he led me into the cellar, down another stairway made of stone
+into a lower cellar, where he opened a strongly bolted door. I gazed
+into a hollow in the wall, where many chests were standing. 'These boxes
+hold all my valuables, which I wish to save,' said he. 'Now, I want you
+to cement this door so cleverly that no one will discover its
+whereabouts.'
+
+"As all the tools were lying there in readiness, and the mortar had been
+previously prepared, I started to work at once. It cost a little labor
+and much pains to do the work well and to hide the door, but I
+succeeded, and received a gold piece for my labor.
+
+"The gentleman laid his finger on my lips, and said: 'Remember your
+vow.'
+
+"Soon after the enemy appeared. Your grandfather fled and so did I.
+Never again did I return to this city, nor did I think of the valuables
+secreted in these walls. The sight of this picture, however, recalls to
+my mind my vow." With a sigh of relief, Armand Seld continued: "My dear
+Mr. Vollmar, God moved your heart to help a poor, strange, blind man. He
+helped to open my eyes, so that I could behold this picture, and to
+disclose to you your buried riches. Thus has He rewarded you for your
+kindness to me."
+
+Mr. Vollmar had listened attentively to the old man's story, and said:
+"You need not thank me. I did only what was my duty. You may be right
+about the treasure, for we often wondered what could have become of all
+my grandfather's wealth.
+
+"Being the wise man that he was, he would have known what havoc the war
+would bring, and consequently would have collected his money and
+possibly have hidden it somewhere. But where? Neither my father nor I
+could ever get the slightest clue. What you have said of the little
+stone stairway and the lower cellar describes exactly the place under
+this house. I am more and more convinced, each moment, that my
+grandfather hid his treasures there, but now the question is whether
+they are still there. Let us go, at once, and find out."
+
+[Illustration: "The chests were opened."]
+
+They went, arm in arm. As they reached the lower cellar, the old man
+shouted: "This is the place. I remember this little round spot that I
+filled with putty and covered with cement."
+
+By means of a long crow-bar, an opening was at last made, and one stone
+after another fell to the floor.
+
+"Victory!" shouted the old man. "Here are the chests, untouched. I know
+my work. The treasure is still here."
+
+Mr. Vollmar then called his son and a helper to his assistance, and the
+chests were soon opened. Bags upon bags of money, jewels unnumbered,
+silverware, hammered copper ornaments and some papers which had yellowed
+and had almost fallen to pieces--all these, met their astonished eyes.
+
+Taking the papers first, Mr. Vollmar read many important family records,
+besides an index of the contents of the chests, and the disposition to
+be made of them.
+
+"Oh, what good luck this is! It has all been sent to us just when we
+need it most," said Mr. Vollmar.
+
+The family soon assembled to hear the good news and see the treasures.
+
+A feast followed and fun and great merriment filled the house. The care
+of the old man and his grandchild was willingly undertaken by the
+Vollmars; and these good people lived together in peace and contentment
+for many years.
+
+
+
+
+THE INHERITANCE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTERS.
+
+I. MR. ACTON AND HIS SON.
+
+II. THE UNINVITED GUEST.
+
+III. THE FLOWERING PLANT.
+
+IV. THE TWO FAMILIES.
+
+V. THE FEAST.
+
+
+[Illustration: "By this time they had reached the grave, which was
+graced by a flowering plant."]
+
+
+
+
+THE INHERITANCE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+MR. ACTON AND HIS SON
+
+
+Mr. Acton was a clever and highly respected merchant who owed much of
+his success in life to the system and exactness with which he carried on
+his business. Then, too, he was so reliable, so honest, and sold his
+goods so cheaply, that everyone preferred to trade with him.
+
+His home, which he could have furnished luxuriously, was the model of
+simplicity.
+
+The only surviving member of his family was his son George, who was now
+twenty years of age. He was a sturdy, manly, upright youth; willing and
+obliging to his friends and kind-hearted to the poor. He reverenced God
+and everything which should be held sacred in life. He was the joy of
+his father's heart.
+
+Partly on account of his father's business and partly to increase his
+own knowledge and ability, George had journeyed to England, and Mr.
+Acton daily awaited his return.
+
+Late one afternoon, after a day of strenuous work, Mr. Acton sat
+dreamily near the fireside, smoking his pipe. Mr. Richmond, his
+bookkeeper, who had been one of his school-mates, and who on account of
+his loyalty and honesty was classed as his nearest and dearest friend,
+sat beside him. Together they were planning for a banquet which they
+would give in honor of George's return.
+
+A knock at the door interrupted their conversation, and in response to
+the pleasant "Come," the servant entered and delivered a package of
+letters. Mr. Acton broke the seals and hurriedly glanced over them, in
+turn. As he took one which seemed to please him, his face suddenly
+changed color, and the hand which held the letter began to tremble. Mr.
+Richmond became startled, for he well knew that business losses, which
+Mr. Acton had often experienced and borne calmly, could not be the cause
+of this agitation. He touched him lightly on the shoulder and said, with
+deep concern: "Do tell me what has happened."
+
+"There, read it," said Mr. Acton, with a deep sigh, as he handed him the
+letter. Then, sinking back in his arm chair and folding his hands, he
+stared blankly into the distance, his grief too deep for words.
+
+Mr. Richmond read the letter which a fellow merchant in a distant city
+had written, and which referred incidentally to the sinking of a ship in
+the English Channel. Unknown to the merchant, this ship had been the one
+on which George Acton was to have taken passage.
+
+This sad news stunned Mr. Richmond, but he tried to reassure his friend,
+and said: "Perhaps your son is among the saved, or possibly he may not
+have embarked, owing to some business delay."
+
+"You certainly do kindle a faint spark of hope in my heart, my dear
+Richmond, but I fear it will be extinguished. Let us lose no time in
+getting all the information we can." He rang, and said to the servant
+who answered: "Go at once and send this telegram." Then taking up the
+evening newspaper his eye glanced hurriedly over column after column,
+and finally he read that the ship Neptune had been sunk, and that eleven
+persons had been rescued, but no names had been reported.
+
+Between hope and fear, the next day passed. He summoned all his courage
+and waited anxiously for an answer to his telegram.
+
+All the neighbors, in fact all the people of the town, held Mr. Acton
+and his son in the highest esteem, and they awaited the news of George
+Acton's fate in dread suspense. At last the answer arrived: "George was
+numbered among the passengers on board, but not among those rescued."
+
+Poor Mr. Acton was so overcome that his eyes held no tears. With dumb
+grief he shut himself up in his room to find his comfort in God, alone.
+
+Several days later, there came to Mr. Acton's house an old sailor, who
+had been on the ill-fated vessel, and who could give an accurate account
+of the calamity.
+
+"We encountered a storm," said the sailor, "such as I, an old sea-dog,
+have never experienced. It broke shortly before midnight, and in less
+than two hours it had driven us out of our course and seriously damaged
+our ship. Suddenly, we felt a great thud, which threw us off our feet,
+and a dreadful crash told us that the ship had foundered. The water
+poured into the vessel from all sides, and the ship was soon submerged.
+
+"The helmsman, seven sailors, two passengers and myself swam through the
+tempestuous sea toward the cliffs which had shattered our ship. The
+brave captain and all the other passengers went to their watery grave.
+
+"The loss of young George Acton," continued the sailor, as he dried his
+eyes, "was deeply lamented by us all. The sailors loved him very much,
+for he was always so helpful and friendly. I know positively that every
+one of us would willingly have sacrificed his life, in order to save
+that of your son. But there was no moment to wait; the ship went under,
+and we were obliged to sink or swim.
+
+[Illustration: The Helmsman.]
+
+"I last saw him near the bow of the vessel, just as the storm was
+threatening to break. From that time on, I saw no more of him; but I
+chanced to find this wallet, as I descended from the rigging;" and he
+passed it over to Mr. Acton.
+
+"It contains several letters from you to your son, and a bank note of
+value. That is why I wished to deliver it myself."
+
+Mr. Acton took the wallet, and opened it with trembling fingers. He
+found the letters there which he had sent his son. "My good boy," said
+the father, "kept all my letters so carefully, carried them with him,
+and as I would have wished, read them often!"
+
+The affectionate father whose grief had been dumb and dry, for the first
+time shed the tears that would give relief to his pent-up feelings.
+
+The sailor continued: "On the morning following the disaster, we found
+ourselves on the bare rocks, with nothing about us but the immeasurable
+sea. We found a stick and a piece of sail which had been cast upon the
+rocks, and this we hoisted. We were taken up by the sailors of another
+ship and landed at Havre."
+
+Mr. Acton had listened attentively to each word. Then, taking the money
+from the wallet, he presented it to the sailor, saying: "Take this for
+your love to my son and for your honesty in returning the wallet to me.
+Lay the money by for your old age."
+
+The sailor was astonished at this rich gift. He thanked Mr. Acton for
+his generosity and then departed.
+
+Mr. Acton felt the loss of his son more and more each day, and soon his
+health began to fail. One Sunday morning, as he returned from church, he
+suddenly became very ill. He hadn't the strength to remove his clothing,
+but sank into the nearest chair.
+
+Mr. Richmond, who had accompanied him, hoped that the illness would be
+slight, and buoyed his spirits with the thought that he would soon
+recover.
+
+"My dear Richmond," the merchant said, "my hopes in this world are over,
+and I must now set all my affairs in order. Come, seat yourself at this
+table. There is pen, ink and paper. I wish to dictate to you my last
+wishes. The notary can then sign and seal the instrument.
+
+"The great wealth with which God has blessed me would, in the natural
+course, all fall to my relations. But, as I know them, this would not be
+the best thing for them, but rather unfortunate. They shall each receive
+a suitable portion, with the understanding that the money be not wasted,
+but invested and bequeathed to their children. If the children do not
+wish to study and learn some trade, they shall not get a penny of mine.
+
+"For you, my dear Richmond, and for all my faithful assistants who
+helped me amass my fortune, I shall provide generously. The worthy poor
+and the afflicted, I shall not forget. Come now, write quickly; I fear
+the time is short."
+
+Mr. Acton began to dictate, but suddenly he stopped and cried: "I hear
+my summons. I must go. God, who has not permitted me to finish this
+deed, will in His wisdom fulfill it, and let it reach my heirs to their
+best advantage!"
+
+He paused, prayed silently and passed away.
+
+All the members of the household were grieved at their loss. Mr.
+Richmond spoke gently to them and said: "Our good, helpful, pious friend
+sleeps in peace. Richly did he sow good deeds while here on earth, and
+now he has gone to the land beyond where richly he will reap."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE UNINVITED GUEST
+
+
+The death of Mr. Acton cast a gloom over all the people, with the
+exception of his relatives, who felt such unbounded joy over the
+unexpected inheritance, that it gave them much trouble to mask their
+true feelings.
+
+"The inheritance is enormous!" was all they could say and think. When
+the time came to make the division, and it was found upon investigation
+that the value of the estate to be divided was only about a million, the
+heirs were heard to grumble at the amount. They reprimanded the worthy
+bookkeeper, Mr. Richmond, and all the other able assistants, as if they
+had embezzled some of the money. These good, faithful men, instead of
+receiving what Mr. Acton had fully intended they should, were obliged to
+accept reproaches and immediate dismissal.
+
+Soon the heirs began to quarrel among themselves, and for a time it
+seemed as if they would have to settle their affairs in the court.
+However, their eagerness to possess the money soon brought them into
+accord, and each one accepted his portion.
+
+Then, one began to build; another bought a country estate; another gave
+up his business, and rode about in his carriage. Not one of them ever
+thought of Mr. Acton, much less of erecting a monument on his grave.
+
+Mr. Acton's house, besides a large share of his money, fell to the lot
+of a man named Mr. Bond. He immediately had the house renovated and
+furnished magnificently, and when it was completed to his satisfaction,
+he invited all his relatives to celebrate the event. On the appointed
+night, hundreds of lights illumined the house and gleamed in the
+crystal, like so many colors of the rainbow. They were reflected from
+the mirrors and shone upon the highly polished silver.
+
+All the heirs of the departed Mr. Acton had responded to the invitation,
+and were dressed to honor the occasion. Especially happy were the wives
+and daughters, whose elaborate gowns were works of art. Mr. Bond's
+daughter resembled a princess in the elegance of her attire, and
+strutted about, in order to display her beautiful diamonds.
+
+After supper had been served, the guests retired to the grand salon. The
+entrancing tones of the music soon led couple after couple to dance to
+its rhythm, and the revelry ran high.
+
+It struck twelve by the big church clock. Suddenly there flashed over
+the faces of the assembled guests, consternation and horror. The music
+stopped--the dancers seemed rooted to the floor. A sudden stillness,
+broken only by the echoing tones of the clock, or here and there a gasp
+of fear or an exclamation of surprise, hovered over all. In one instant
+the doors had been thrown open, and there on the threshold, clad in
+black, and with a countenance pale as death, stood George Acton.
+
+If he had really returned from the grave, the fear and shock that his
+appearance caused could not have been greater.
+
+All present felt a shudder pass over them, as they realized the
+certainty of his return. However courteous it would have been for them
+to have hidden their displeasure and to have extended their greetings to
+him, not one came forward. The loss of their fortune was too distasteful
+to them; the awakening from a happy dream, from a life of joyous
+forgetfulness of right and duty, to a life of hard work was too
+revolting for them. Mr. Bond had been obliged to seat himself to recover
+his strength. Some swooned and had to be carried out.
+
+The noble George Acton had not for one moment thought that his entrance
+would have caused his relations such a shock. So he withdrew to another
+room. Then the questions were heard: "Do we sleep or dream? Was it
+really he, or was it an apparition?"
+
+The heirs could not understand how George Acton, who was considered as
+dead by everyone, even by the courts, could have the audacity to live,
+and by his unexpected return to give them such a blow; but it came about
+in a very natural way.
+
+George Acton had, on the night of the shipwreck, swung himself from the
+fast sinking vessel to a plank. Wind and waves soon carried him many
+miles. Then the storm had subsided and a gentle wind had arisen. He
+found himself very much exhausted, for it had taken all his strength to
+cling to the plank.
+
+After a while he managed to seat himself upon the board. At dawn, all he
+could see on every side was water and sky. Completely drenched, and
+faint from hunger and cold, he passed the day.
+
+As the sun was beginning to sink, he felt that there was nothing for him
+but death. He raised his eyes to heaven and prayed silently. Suddenly,
+in the distance he saw the smoke-stacks of a ship, lighted by the rays
+of the declining sun. The ship came nearer and nearer. At last, he was
+spied by the captain and saved. His thanks to God and man for his rescue
+were as hearty as his prayers had been fervent. When George had been
+warmed and nourished, he begged the captain to land him at the nearest
+port.
+
+The captain expressed his willingness to do all that lay in his power;
+but, said he, "This is an English warship. I dare not deviate one hair's
+breadth from my appointed course. You will be obliged, unless we meet
+another vessel, to continue with us on the journey to St. Helena."
+
+The ship reached its destination, and after a weary wait of several
+months, George was advised to take passage on board a coaling steamer,
+then in port, and bound for Lisbon. "From there you can easily get to
+London," said the captain.
+
+George accepted this good advice, but found himself in a very great
+dilemma. He, the son of a rich merchant, was, what he had never thought
+possible, without one penny. As he sat lost in thought, the captain
+aroused him and said: "What is it that troubles you?"
+
+George looked up at him abashed, and said: "How can I make this trip
+when I am entirely penniless?"
+
+"Is that all?" said the captain. "Well, I have provided for that."
+Whereupon he counted out to the astonished George a good round sum of
+money. "Now all I want is a receipt."
+
+"What?" cried George. "You intend to trust me, a person of whom you know
+so little, with this large amount of money! You know nothing of my
+circumstances, but what I have told you."
+
+"I know your sentiments, your thoughts," said the captain, "and that is
+sufficient. I would willingly give you more, if I had it to give. But
+the amount will be sufficient to carry you to your destination. Were I
+not able to trust a boy like you, I should not want to deal with anyone.
+Now perhaps you would not mind doing a little favor for me. When you
+arrive in London, please deliver this money to my old mother, who needs
+my help." George promised faithfully to carry out the captain's wish.
+
+On the morning of departure, George bade the captain and his crew
+farewell, and after a devious journey, he at last arrived in London. He
+hurried to the home of his father's friend, at whose house he had so
+recently sojourned.
+
+The merchant was speechless with astonishment when he recognized George,
+whom he had reckoned among the dead. But greater still was George's
+grief and despair when he learned that his kind, loving father had
+passed away.
+
+Without further delay, he transacted the business which the captain had
+deputed to him, bought some clothing for himself, and sailed with the
+next steamer to Havre. From there he took the train to his native town,
+arriving late at night.
+
+With a heavy heart, he walked through the streets to his father's house.
+He expected to find it quiet and gloomy, but the brightly illuminated
+windows were a painful sight. The joyous laughter and the music all
+wounded his saddened heart. He could not resist the temptation to
+present himself, unannounced, and end this wild revelry, this dreadful
+disrespect for the dead. So, it happened that he appeared on the
+threshold of the grand ball-room--an uninvited guest.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE FLOWERING PLANT
+
+
+On the following morning, George wended his way to the cemetery to visit
+his father's grave. After wandering about for some time, he thought:
+"How strange it is that I can not find it." At last he met a worker
+there, to whom he said: "Friend, would you be so kind, as to direct me
+to the tomb-stone that marks the grave of the late Mr. Acton."
+
+The old grave-digger thrust his spade into the newly, upturned sod, and
+said to George, whom he did not recognize, "Yes, I can show you the
+grave, but the tomb-stone is still missing. His heirs have set up no
+stone, and probably will never erect one. They have forgotten the good,
+noble old soul."
+
+By this time, they had reached the grave, which was graced by a
+beautiful hydrangea, handsomer than any plant of its kind that George
+had ever seen. A mass of beautiful flowers crowded forward between the
+dark-green leaves and thousands of dew-drops hung on the plant and
+sparkled in the morning sun.
+
+George stood there silent, with his hands clasped tightly before him,
+and his head bowed in grief, while the tears fell on the grave. The
+beauty of the plant was a little comfort to him.
+
+After he had spent some moments thinking of his departed father, he
+turned to the grave-digger, and said: "Who planted this beautiful bush?"
+
+"Oh, that good child, Lucy, the oldest daughter of Mr. Richmond who was
+the book-keeper for the late Mr. Acton, she planted it. She was very
+much concerned because it seemed as if the good man were never to have a
+tomb-stone.
+
+"'Oh, that we were rich' said she, 'then he certainly should have the
+finest monument here in the church-yard. However, I will do what I can.
+I will plant this bush and, though it be not costly like a monument, yet
+it represents no less in good intentions.'
+
+"She bought the bush last April and brought it here; and with the spade
+I loaned her, she dug the earth with her tender hands and set it here.
+You see it is a long distance from yonder stream and yet, she brought
+the water that distance, to wet this plant whenever she visited the
+grave. She really felt grateful to Mr. Acton for his kindness to her
+father. All her people, too, loved him."
+
+While George listened with interest to the grave-digger's recital, a
+young man from the village happened along. He joined the group and
+admired the bush. After a pause, he added; "I, too, remember Mr. Acton,
+everyone speaks of his goodness. It would have been better for the old,
+honest Mr. Richmond and his children had Mr. Acton lived a little
+longer, for then, they would have suffered no want. Nor would Mr.
+Richmond have been thrust out of business so shamelessly.
+
+"As one misfortune seldom comes alone," continued the stranger, "so it
+happened that Mr. Richmond had put all his savings into Mr. Acton's
+business, where he thought it would be well invested. The heirs accused
+him of falsifying the accounts and brought him to court. But the case
+was deferred, and put on the calender for some distant date. In the
+meantime Mr. Richmond lost his all.
+
+"His daughter's needle is now his only support, as Mr. Richmond's
+failing sight keeps him unemployed. The other members of the family are
+too young to earn anything."
+
+George had been deeply touched by these revelations. He picked a flower
+from the bush, and put it into his button-hole. Then he slipped a golden
+coin into the old man's hand, asked for the street and number of the
+humble house where the Richmonds now resided, and turned his steps in
+that direction.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE TWO FAMILIES
+
+
+The report that George Acton had returned was the talk of the town and
+had reached the ears of the Richmond family in their out-of-the-way
+home. Mr. Richmond had gone forth in search of more facts on the
+subject. He returned highly elated, with the good news confirmed, and
+stood in the midst of his family relating it to them. Lucy stopped
+sewing and her hands dropped in her lap, for the news was such a
+wonderful surprise to her. Mr. Richmond closed his remarks by saying
+that he regretted his inability to find George Acton anywhere, and
+nobody seemed to know what had become of him. To search for him in the
+cemetery had not occurred to anyone.
+
+Just then a knock at the door announced a visitor. The door was opened,
+and George stepped into their midst. Everyone was dumbfounded. The old
+Mr. Richmond ran forward and pressed him to his breast. Lucy and her
+brothers kissed his hands and wet them with their tears. "Oh, that your
+father were with us," was all Mr. Richmond could say.
+
+George then seated himself and learned the history of his father's last
+days. Mr. Richmond told everything as he remembered, and every eye was
+moist. He told, too, how rough, mean and cruel the heirs had been,
+particularly Mr. Bond.
+
+Hours passed like seconds to George, who listened breathlessly. He
+assured them of his good will and promised them soon to return and
+better their condition. He then left to make a few visits and to attend
+to some important business.
+
+In the meantime, the affairs in Mr. Bond's household were not very
+agreeable. Following the unfortunate feast and revelry, Mr. Bond and his
+wife and daughter had passed the remainder of the night planning what
+they would do next.
+
+"Nothing worse could have befallen me," said Mr. Bond, "than the return
+of this boy. I would rather that this house had tumbled in on us, and
+killed us all as we stood there. When I return my inheritance to George
+Acton, I become a beggar. What we have wasted, is twice as much as we
+ever had, and nothing will be left for us."
+
+"Oh," said his wife, "then we must sell our jewels and our carriages,
+and I must again walk to the theatres, like other ordinary people. I
+shall never survive it!"
+
+"You will, most likely, never get to a place of amusement," said Mr.
+Bond. "What we have spent in one night for pleasure alone, will have to
+support us for almost a year."
+
+His daughter, who had been admiring her diamonds, then said: "Must I
+return my diamonds, too?"
+
+"Yes," said her father, "jewels, gold, silver, house, garden, money must
+be returned and all luxury is at an end."
+
+Suddenly the Bonds resolved upon a plan to flatter George Acton, beg his
+pardon for their seeming disrespect, and invite him to a celebration in
+honor of his return. As they were still devising how best to carry out
+the plot, George Acton entered. They jumped to their feet, hastened to
+greet him and assure him that his return gave them the greatest joy and
+happiness, and informed him of the feast with which they proposed to
+honor him.
+
+George hesitated a moment. Then, as if it had suggested some new idea to
+him, he agreed, with the understanding that he would be the host on that
+occasion, and that he would reserve the rights to invite a few of his
+old friends. He also requested that the feast be postponed for two
+weeks, as he wished to pass that time quietly, out of respect to his
+father.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE FEAST
+
+
+The day that was to be crowned by a night of joy at last arrived. Late
+that afternoon, George Acton called upon his friends, the Richmonds and
+invited them for a walk. Lucy begged for a few moments in which to
+change her dress, but George dissuaded her, saying that her simple frock
+of beautiful white linen could not be improved upon.
+
+After strolling leisurely for some time, they came to the cemetery. "Let
+us go in," said George, "and visit my father's grave."
+
+Lucy felt awkward, for she feared that he would consider the planting of
+the bush as audacious on her part, but she said nothing. He stepped
+toward the grave and held his hat in his hand. All were silent. Only the
+breeze sighed through the trees, and scattered here and there a leaf or
+flower upon the grave. Every eye was wet with tears.
+
+"Lucy," said George, turning toward her, "the first bit of comfort that
+came to my heart after I learned of my father's death, was the sight of
+this bush, planted here by your hands. I always respected your high and
+worthy thoughts and I have learned now to respect them even more. Were
+my dear father living, I would lead you to him, and say that next to him
+I cared most for you, and ask him to give us his benediction. But, now I
+lead you to his grave, which to you as well as to me, is holy ground,
+and here I ask you to give me your hand, that I may care for you and
+protect you while I live; and I will ask your parents for their
+blessing."
+
+Mr. Richmond, quickly recovering himself from his surprise, said: "My
+boy, remember that you have millions and that my daughter is penniless."
+
+"Your daughter's kind heart is worth more than millions." He then broke
+a flower, and placing it in Lucy's hair, said: "This flower with which
+Lucy decorated my father's grave, represents her dower. My dear Mr.
+Richmond, add your blessings."
+
+Recognizing George's earnestness, then Mr. Richmond said: "God bless
+you, my children, and may He keep you as happy, as He has made us all
+this day."
+
+Silent and engrossed in deep thought, they approached George Acton's
+house. "Here," said he, "I am expected. It grieves me that I must spend
+this night in the company of relatives who have dealt so cruelly with
+you, my good people, whom I love so dearly. But I must remain, for I
+have given my word; and you must all accompany me."
+
+With Lucy at his side, followed by the Richmond family, George Acton
+stepped into the brilliantly illuminated room, which was gorgeously
+decked with flowers. They were greeted by soft strains of sweet music.
+The Bonds were all prepared with flattering speeches, but the sight of
+the Richmond family surprised them as greatly as George Acton's return
+had done, and words failed them.
+
+"They have complained to him," whispered Mr. Bond, "and so he has
+dragged them here in their shabby clothes. Such impertinence on their
+part."
+
+George stepped forward into the ball-room and beckoned to the musicians
+to stop. The guests had risen by this time, and stood about him in a
+circle.
+
+Mr. Bond then addressed George saying: "I know why you come with these
+good people. Probably, it is on account of the law-suit which I have
+brought. It gives me great pain to think that any difference or
+ill-feeling exists between Mr. Richmond and myself, but I shall certainly
+call off the law-suit and I will pay him the money which belongs to him,
+this very night." Turning to his servant, he said: "Summon my
+book-keeper, at once."
+
+"Don't bother any further about it," said George, "for it is no longer a
+matter which concerns you, but me. I will see to it that Mr. Richmond's
+rights are restored to him. It was not for that purpose that I brought
+him here. I have an entirely different object in view. Where do you
+think we have been? We come, just as we are, from the grave of my
+beloved father."
+
+Mr. Bond felt embarrassed and said: "Oh, I feel very much disturbed that
+the idea of giving your father a tomb-stone has never been carried out,
+but the stone-cutter disappointed me so often."
+
+Then his daughter took up the thread of the conversation and said: "Yes,
+we regret so much that this delay has arisen, for only two days ago I
+visited your father's grave, and thought how beautiful a monument would
+look there, if it were chiseled from Carrara marble."
+
+"If you were there but two days ago," said George, "then you must have
+noticed that it has a tombstone, though not of marble. How did it please
+you?"
+
+She paled and began to stammer: "I was--I don't know--it must have--"
+
+Then followed a painful silence which was broken by George saying: "It
+is evident that you never visited the grave. However, that monument has
+stood there several months.
+
+"It pains me deeply, Mr. Bond, that you did not consider my father, who
+so generously enriched you, worthy of a slight token of your thanks. Let
+me tell you that this night my relationship to you changes."
+
+Turning to the other members of the party, George said: "I notice in
+this gathering many true friends of my father who loved me and esteemed
+me as a boy. I feel gratified that you have come to celebrate my return.
+But I must tell you that this celebration has a double purpose; for this
+is the night on which I present to you my future wife--Lucy Richmond.
+She it was who planted the flowering bush on the grave of my father,
+never dreaming that it would be recognized by any one. But I think more
+of that flower, than of all the riches of the world."
+
+His friends came forward and with hearty cheers cried: "Long live George
+Acton and his bride."
+
+"Now," said he, "as this house and all the fortune of which Mr. Bond
+still holds the greatest share, falls again to me, I take upon myself
+the rights of host, and heartily invite all those who are my friends, to
+spend the rest of the night in celebration of this threefold event: My
+return, the restoration of my fortune and Lucy to share it."
+
+One by one, the Bond family quietly slipped out of the room.
+
+Later in the evening, during the feast, Mr. Richmond offered a toast to
+the health and happiness of George and his daughter, and ended by
+saying: "Noble purposes and noble thoughts are the only foundation for
+happiness; and yield at all times buds and blossoms unnumbered."
+
+
+
+
+HOW IT HAPPENED
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTERS.
+
+I. THE WOODED ISLAND
+
+II. FAR FROM HOME.
+
+III. THE SMOKE.
+
+
+[Illustration: "As soon as David saw that the boat was firm on the rocks
+he hurried out."]
+
+
+
+
+HOW IT HAPPENED
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE WOODED ISLAND
+
+
+In a quaint little cottage not far from the sea-coast, David Duval first
+saw the light of day. His father, a very industrious man, supported his
+family by making willow baskets, and his children, as they grew able,
+helped him considerably. David, the oldest child, was the father's
+favorite, for he showed great skill in his work, was quick and obliging
+and rendered his father considerable assistance. Although David gave
+promise of being a great man some day, yet he had a very grave fault,
+and this was his headstrong will. He always wanted to have his own way
+in everything, would never yield to another's rights, and his parents
+found great difficulty in teaching him to obey orders. His sisters, too,
+suffered much from his bad temper and from his overbearing manner.
+
+His rich uncle, Philip, gave him many invitations to dine with him.
+David enjoyed nothing better than to have the feasts which his uncle
+provided, but they made him dissatisfied with the simple fare of his own
+modest little home. He grumbled all the while he was eating in his own
+house, and did not think it worth while to thank God or his parents for
+his food.
+
+When he was reminded of his faults, he would promise to do better, but
+in a little while he would fall back to his old ways. This saddened his
+parents and they thought that the fond hopes which they held for his
+future would all be blasted.
+
+His uncle would often say to him: "David, David, take care! God will yet
+send you to a special school, the 'School of Experience,' where He will
+discipline you, in order to make something good of you."
+
+From the hill upon which David's house stood, one could see a vast
+expanse of water. A little island which lay not far from the coast lent
+beauty to the scene by its wealth of verdure. No one lived upon it and
+David's father visited it, from time to time, in order to gather willow
+branches for his basket weaving.
+
+David, who was now strong enough to help his father row and also to cut
+down the branches, often accompanied him. One night his father said to
+him: "If the sky and the sea stay propitious, we will both row over to
+the island in the morning." David leaped for joy, and the prospect of
+the trip would hardly let him sleep.
+
+At dawn on the following day, as the sky began to glow and the morning
+star grew paler and paler, David stood ready. He helped his mother carry
+food and wraps into the little boat. It had once happened that the
+weather had suddenly changed, and David and his father had been obliged
+to remain on the island for three days, suffering much for the want of
+food and covering; therefore, mother took the precaution to give them a
+pot, a pan and some matches, so that they could start a fire and cook
+something, if necessary.
+
+As everything was now in readiness for the trip, David took his straw
+hat, while his sister playfully pinned a feather in the ribbon.
+
+"Oh," said his father; "get a couple of baskets, David; we'll need
+them."
+
+"What for?" asked David.
+
+"You'll find that out soon enough," said his father, laughingly. "Don't
+you trust that I well know to what use I will put them? You do the same
+to me, as many people do to their Father in heaven. They always want to
+know why this or that was ordered. Do what I tell you, and in the end it
+will come out all right." David then hurried and brought back the
+baskets.
+
+They both seated themselves in the boat, and pushed from the shore.
+Mother and daughter called after them: "A pleasant trip and a happy
+return." David vied with his father in rowing, and it made him so warm
+that he took off his coat.
+
+Soon they reached the island and made a landing, while David tied the
+boat to a tree stump. They hurried toward the willow trees, cut the
+branches, tied them together in bundles and carried them to the little
+boat. The father was delighted with David's helpfulness, and said: "That
+is right; children should help their parents as much as their strength
+will permit."
+
+When they had gathered as many branches as were needed, the father said:
+"Now, let us rest a while and eat some lunch. After labor, rest is
+sweet, and one's food tastes so much better." When the meal was ended,
+the father said: "Now I want to give you another pleasure. Get the
+baskets and follow me." Soon they came to a beautiful walnut tree, whose
+branches, spreading far out on all sides, were laden with nuts. David
+was overjoyed at this sight, as he had never seen the tree before. He at
+once filled his pockets with nuts and tried to crack one with his teeth
+and get at the kernel. "Father," said he, "why did God put the sweet nut
+between two shells, a bitter and a hard one?"
+
+"My dear boy," said his father, "God had the wisest purpose for doing
+this. He wanted to protect the sweet kernel, out of which such a
+beautiful tree could grow and save it from the gnawing animals. This
+teaches us how to take the bitter and hard trials of this life. As we do
+not despise or throw away this sweet nut, because it has a bitter and a
+hard shell, so we must not resent the sorrows and disagreeable
+situations that come to us. The first experience we feel is that sorrows
+are bitter and hard, but we must trust that the good and sweet kernel
+which they have hidden within them will come to light at last, and will
+be not only of use, but also a blessing to us."
+
+The father then climbed the tree and began to shake it. David gathered
+the nuts which rained down and put them into the baskets, which he
+carried to the boat, where he emptied them, returning many times for
+more.
+
+"How your mother will rejoice when she sees these nuts," said the
+father, "and what shouts of joy we'll hear from your sisters when I
+divide them. The thought of it pleases me now, for certainly there is no
+joy greater than that of giving pleasure to others."
+
+While David and his father were busy with their work, there crept over
+the heavens heavy black clouds. Then there arose a dreadful wind storm,
+just as David stood in the boat emptying his last basket of nuts. The
+wind bent the trees and raised the waters into high waves. All at once,
+a blast came, tore the boat from its moorings and took it far out to
+sea.
+
+David cried loudly, in horror. His frightened father hurried to the
+shore and saw the boy in the boat, in the far distance. The waves
+increased in size and soon the little boat could be seen, first on the
+crest and then hidden in the trough. It was carried rapidly along.
+
+The father saw his boy wringing his hands, but of his cries he could
+hear nothing, for the sound of the roaring waters and rushing wind
+drowned them.
+
+The entire sky was now enveloped in black clouds and dark night hovered
+over the sea. Flashes of lightning illuminated the heavens and dreadful
+crashes of thunder filled the air. Seeing no more of his son or of the
+boat, the father sank disheartened under the willow tree and spent the
+night alone with his grief.
+
+Meanwhile, his wife and other children were distracted with fear. As the
+lightning broke forth, followed by thunderous crashes, and the island
+was shrouded in rain, they prayed for the absent ones. When the storm
+abated, they gazed long and patiently, in the hopes of getting a signal
+of the returning boat. They saw and heard nothing. The mother spent the
+night in sleepless anxiety.
+
+As the morning broke forth in beautiful sunshine, and still no sign of
+the little boat could be seen, the mother's fears grew greater and
+greater. She ran crying to Philip, and told him her troubles. He knit
+his brow and shook his head. "It is strange that they have not come back
+yet. I'll just row over and see what has happened to them." He stepped
+into his boat lying close at anchor, and, with his assistant, rowed over
+to the little island. Mother and children stood watching them in anxiety
+and dread.
+
+At last, they saw the little boat, in the distance, returning with its
+load. "Oh thanks," cried the mother. "Philip has other passengers in the
+boat, besides his assistant. Now, it is all right." She hurried down to
+the shore, but as the boat neared them she cried in fright: "Where is my
+David?" The father, deathly pale, looked at her in silence. His deep
+grief had made him dumb. Uncle Philip then spoke to her: "May God
+comfort you, for our David has been drowned in the sea. Poor David had
+his faults, but he was a good-hearted boy."
+
+The mother could find no comfort and the children cried.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+FAR FROM HOME
+
+
+While David was being wept over as dead, he still lived. He had had a
+dreadful shock, riding on the tumultuous waves, far, far out to sea. His
+boat, over which the waves had dashed in fury, threatened each moment to
+sink. At last, after hours and hours of torture, the wind drove his boat
+upon the coast of a rocky island.
+
+As soon as David was sure that the boat was firm on the rocks, he
+hurried out, waded through the foaming, shallow water to the land and
+climbed up the rocks, while his clothes dripped with rain and sea water.
+
+After he had recovered a little from his shock and fear, he gazed out at
+his little boat and wondered how it had been so well guided into the
+clefts of the rocks. A good sailor could have made no better landing.
+"Who steered this rudderless boat so safely into this haven? God's great
+goodness and mercy has certainly led me to this safety, and all my life
+I shall be grateful."
+
+The storm had now been broken and the rain ceased. David thought he
+could see the green island, with its trees but it seemed no bigger than
+a bush, that he could easily have covered with his straw hat. The land,
+still farther away, seemed to touch the horizon, and it looked like a
+little cloud.
+
+"Oh," cried David, "how dreadfully far I am from human help. This
+island, on which I have been cast, cannot be seen by my people; I never
+saw it when I looked out to sea. They will never think that I am here
+and they will mourn me as dead. The men will go and get my father, but
+no one will come for me. I have often heard them say, 'for fifty miles
+out, there is no sign of land.'"
+
+The waters, little by little, grew calmer, so David hurried down to his
+boat; but, as he was about to step into it, he noticed that it had
+sprung a leak. "Oh," cried he, "my little boat is useless now, and I am
+a prisoner on this rocky island. I must stay here till I die and never
+again shall I see my people." His face grew white with fear and the
+tears rolled down his cheeks.
+
+As David saw starvation staring him in the face, he collected the nuts
+that were in the boat, put them into the baskets and carried them to
+safety, where he also placed the few utensils that had not been washed
+overboard. Then he pulled his little boat as far up on the rocks as he
+could get it.
+
+The fear through which he had passed had now exhausted him. He felt
+almost afraid to sleep, out in the open, all alone, but he prayed his
+evening prayer as he had been accustomed to, lay down beside his nuts
+and his few kitchen utensils, and soon was fast asleep. After a restless
+night, filled with many strange dreams of home, he was awakened by the
+noise of sea birds, fluttering overhead. As he gazed before him and saw
+nothing but the boundless sea, he uttered a loud cry.
+
+A bevy of birds flew toward the land. "Oh, dear birds, I wish you could
+carry a message to my people and tell them that I am here. My good
+father and uncle would risk their lives to get me."
+
+After he had breakfasted on a few nuts and a little piece of bread, he
+decided to examine the island. "Perhaps I shall find some fruit trees
+that will afford me nourishment till God delivers me from this
+captivity; and maybe I shall find some people living here who will take
+me to my home."
+
+He wrapped a few pieces of bread and nuts in his handkerchief, tied the
+bundle to the end of a stick, slung it over his shoulder and started
+forth. It was a dangerous, weary journey that gave no signs of human
+life. Nor did he see any of the narrow paths usually made by animals.
+Numberless trees were there, but none that bore fruit.
+
+"If I have to stay long on this island, I'll die of starvation," said
+he, as the perspiration rolled down his cheeks. "But before hunger kills
+me, I know I'll die from thirst." As he continued his way, he heard a
+murmuring sound, like that of water. He hurried in the direction of the
+sound, and found a little spring, cold and clear as crystal. He seated
+himself beside it to cool off, and then drank to his heart's content. He
+had never before noticed what a blessing from God water really is; but
+now he appreciated the drink and offered his thanks for it.
+
+He proceeded on his way, and at last reached the highest point of the
+island. It filled him with dread, as he saw the entire island covered
+with trees, and lying there, at his very feet and on every side--the
+immeasureable sea. Now he realized that he was all alone and far from
+help. "I will come to this point every day and watch. Perhaps a passing
+steamer will pick me up and take me home."
+
+The sun began to sink and colored the heavens with gold-rimmed rays of
+purple and red. As David stood gazing at the beauties of the sky which
+he had never before noticed, he prayed to the Creator to send him help
+and guide some ship to this lonely island. Then he descended the rocks
+and retraced his steps. Soon he lay down under a clump of trees and fell
+fast asleep. When he awoke, he ate a few nuts and some bread.
+
+Each day he wandered to the rocky summit and watched for a ship. But all
+in vain, for on the great, wide sea no ship was to be seen. He saw the
+necessity of eating sparingly, or his food would not last; so he took
+his little knife and made cuts across his bread, showing how much he
+could eat daily, and only when he was very hungry. The little piece of
+bread had become very hard and he had to soften it in the water from the
+spring.
+
+"Oh," cried he, "how many good things I had at my father's table, that I
+grumbled about and for which I never thanked God." As he sat thinking
+about himself and all his ingratitude, he saw the fishes swimming in the
+water. "I'd catch some fish," said David, "if I only had a line."
+Picking up his straw hat, he ripped out the thread, and taking the pin
+with which his sister had fastened the feather, he made a hook out of it
+and tied the thread to it. He searched for some worms, and soon, he
+began to angle. He tried again and again, but not a nibble could he get.
+At last luck favored him, and soon he had three fishes. Remembering the
+matches which his mother had put into the tin-covered pail, he decided
+to start a fire and cook his fish, adding a little salty water for
+seasoning. He relished this little repast more than the finest feast
+served at his rich uncle's house.
+
+One morning, as he again ascended the rocky summit, he saw a large ship
+that seemed no more than a mile away. Its sails were all unfurled and
+gilded with the rays of the bright sun. Hope filled his breast and he
+trembled with fear. He watched it, as it came nearer and nearer.
+Suddenly, he seized a stick, and tying his red handkerchief to it, moved
+it to and fro like a signal of danger and distress. But before the ship
+had come close enough to see the sign, it changed its direction and
+sailed away into the far distance. David followed its course, till it
+was lost to view, and then he sank upon the ground disheartened and
+cried bitterly.
+
+The hours of the day that were not used in fishing, cooking, or
+chopping, he spent gathering shells, in which he often found pearls. As
+no person had ever been there to gather them, he found them in
+quantities. Then, too, he found many beautiful corals in the
+moss-covered rocks. "If God permits me to return to my people," said he,
+"I will bring them these pearls and corals, as presents."
+
+He spent his time as best he could and often sighed for companionship.
+For hours he would gaze at the friendly moon, at which he had never
+before gazed more than a second. And the twinkling stars, too, seemed to
+have a new meaning for him. "The heavens truly show God's wonderful
+work," said David. Even the delicate green moss that he had never
+deigned to notice now had its value, since it afforded him a soft bed.
+"I see God's finger in everything about me," said he. "How well
+everything has been ordered." Good thoughts were now awaking in his mind
+and they were, like wings, carrying his heart to heaven.
+
+"Loneliness must be sent for a good reason," thought he. "Perhaps God
+sent me to this dreary, lonely place to make me see and feel what I
+never understood before." David realized now that he had never been
+grateful to his parents for their care. Nor as obedient to their wishes
+as he should have been.
+
+"Oh, if I ever get back to my home, I will be grateful and obedient to
+my parents." He remembered, too, how disagreeable he had often been to
+his sisters, and said: "Oh, how sorry I am. If God lets me return I will
+ask their forgiveness and be a good brother to them. I never appreciated
+my home, my parents, nor my sisters. God forgive me and let me return,
+and I will try to repay them in kindness and love for all my
+negligence."
+
+An intense longing for his people filled David's heart; and it grew
+stronger every minute. Each day he watched for ships and often sighted
+one, but they never neared the island. At last he came to the conclusion
+that the coast was rocky and dangerous, and so no ship would ever come
+near it.
+
+With this sad thought, he was retracing his steps one day, carrying some
+wood to his little retreat. But what a terror seized him. He saw in the
+direction of his little retreat thick, black, clouds of smoke ascending
+to the heavens, and two red flaming brands of fire, like two church
+spires. David had often heard of islands that were volcanic and sent
+forth fire, and now he thought that this was one. He threw his wood to
+the ground and with palpitating heart drew closer and closer: but all he
+could see was smoke and flames. The crackling of the fire filled him
+with more fear. At last he saw that it was not from the earth that the
+fire issued. He realized that the wind had blown the flames of his
+little fire, which he always kept lighted, against some bushes and had
+set them on fire. Almost everything he owned was being destroyed and two
+immense trees were being consumed.
+
+When he considered, above all, the loss of his little fishing line that
+meant so much to him, he cried aloud: "Oh, what a misfortune this is!
+Now, I'll die of hunger. I often heard my father say that from
+misfortune, fortune sometimes grows, but, when I look at this damage, it
+doesn't seem possible that any luck could come from it.
+
+"Oh, how good it is to live with people. How easily one can help the
+injury to another. Oh, if ever I have the luck to get back to my family,
+how willingly will I help them in times of need. But who will help me, a
+poor, lost boy, on this lonely island? I am like a poor bird driven from
+her nest." A mighty painful longing for his father's house again seized
+him. "If only a ship would come and take me back," he said.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE SMOKE
+
+
+His people too, were mourning through these weary, weary weeks. One day
+the father said to the mother: "I need some willow branches and although
+it is very painful for me to go to that island, still, there is no other
+place where I can get them."
+
+"Then you must not go alone," said the mother. "Take the children with
+you. They will be a help and a comfort to you." Soon they were all ready
+and rowed over to the island. After landing, they sat under a tree for a
+while.
+
+"This poplar tree," said the father, "is the very one under which David
+and I sat the last day we were here. And over in that direction,"
+pointing toward the island, "he was carried in his little boat." Tears
+stood in the father's eyes; the boy, Andreas, turned his head to wipe a
+tear; while the girls cried.
+
+"Let us go now and gather nuts," said the father, to cheer them again.
+They soon filled their baskets and were about to return to the boat,
+when the boy said: "Dear father, let us go to the top of the hill and
+get a view. I've never been up there." "Oh, yes," begged the girls, "do
+let us go."
+
+The father consented and they all mounted the hill. It was a beautiful
+day. The sky was cloudless and the air was so clear and dry, that one
+could see distinctly far out into the distance. Suddenly Andreas
+shouted: "Father, what is that I see? Isn't smoke coming up out of the
+water?" The father looked in the direction pointed, and seeing smoke,
+said: "I don't know what it is. I fear it is a steamer on fire. It
+seems," continued he, shading his eyes, "that I see a dark spot, out of
+which the smoke is ascending. Don't you see it?"
+
+"Oh, yes," cried the girls, "and it has two sharp points at the top."
+
+"I see it, too," cried Andreas. "One point is higher than the other."'
+
+"That is no ship," said the father, "for a ship would have a different
+shape, and wouldn't look so big from such a great distance. It must be
+an island, but I am sure I never heard of it. People must live there, or
+how could smoke arise from it."
+
+"Oh, my," cried one of the girls, "wouldn't it be wonderful if our dear
+David lived there."
+
+"Maybe so," cried Andreas.
+
+"Nothing is impossible with God," said the father. "We must leave
+nothing undone in our search for him. We will ask Uncle Philip's advice
+and get him to help us. Let us retrace our steps, now, for it is time
+for us to return."
+
+Little did they know how truly they had prophesied, for the smoke which
+they saw was ascending from the fire on the rocky island--the same that
+had cost David many tears of anguish and fear.
+
+When they reached home, they told the mother their happy conjecture at
+once, and a faint ray of hope filled her heart.
+
+The neighbors were now called together, but their ideas on the subject
+were varied.
+
+"Nonsense," cried one. "How did that island get there. I never heard
+about it in my life. It must be a burning ship."
+
+"No," cried another, who always thought he knew better than anybody
+else, "that's no ship, but a volcano sending out its fire. I have often
+heard that such islands appear over night. We would come to a nice
+place, if we should sail near such a fire-brand."
+
+"It's either a ship or a volcano," said a third; "but for a hundred
+dollars I wouldn't go over there in such little boats as we have."
+
+"If you'll pay me," said a fourth, "I will go, but not otherwise."
+
+The old, honest Uncle Philip raised his quiet voice, and said: "Brother,
+I will go with you. Here is my hand on it. David was my beloved nephew.
+It may not be certain that he lives, hardly probable, but still
+possible. Therefore it is worth the trouble of undertaking the dangerous
+trip; and God, who gives us courage to go ahead, will also see us
+through."
+
+Peter, a young, strong lad, shouted: "I will go too. I have often risked
+my life for a fish, so I'll risk it now to save a human life, if I can.
+I want no money, for as long as I live I would be happy in the thought
+that I had helped to save David, and this thought would be a sufficient
+reward."
+
+"God give us all this joy," said Uncle Philip. "If wind and weather
+continue favorable, we will set sail at daybreak." The other men
+departed, shaking their heads and predicting misfortune.
+
+Peter and Uncle Philip remained and discussed the matter a little
+further. "I will take my sail boat and furnish the food," said Philip.
+
+The following morning proved perfect and a light wind was blowing.
+Mother and daughter accompanied the men to the boat landing, and said:
+"God grant that you may return safely, bringing our David with you."
+
+The men unfurled the sails and pushed off from the land, passing the
+green island and going in the direction of the smoke. Nearer and nearer,
+did they come, and at last Peter cried: "It is really an island. Let us
+help with the oars." Suddenly Uncle Philip shouted: "Stop, and furl the
+sails. There are many dangerous rocks in the sea. We must be very
+careful or we will founder."
+
+By means of the rudder and much care and pains, they at last made a
+landing. Peter was the first to leap on shore, and cried: "Now we have
+reached the island and perhaps we shall find David. Whatever is begun in
+God's name and out of love to humanity, will succeed."
+
+The other two men now stepped out and fastened the boat securely. Uncle
+Philip looked at the rocks, shook his head and said: "This isn't a nice
+place to live."
+
+They began to search the island and climbed over the rocks and deep
+clefts. At last they reached a little trodden path which led them to
+David's retreat. Peter hurried ahead.
+
+David had passed a sleepless night in fear and sadness. As the morning
+sun shone over all, a little lightness had crept into his heart, and he
+sank upon his knees and prayed.
+
+As David was kneeling, the three men came behind him. But he was so
+absorbed that he heard no steps.
+
+Peter saw him first, and said to the others: "See, there is a hermit,
+maybe he can direct us. Brother, can you tell us?"--he had no time to
+finish his question, for David had risen to his feet. He recognized his
+father, and cried: "Oh, my father! my father!" Then a silence broke over
+them, for neither had the power to speak.
+
+At last they controlled their emotion and thanked God in one voice, for
+bringing them together. David then greeted his uncle and Peter and
+gathering up his belongings, hastened with them to the boat.
+
+On the homeward trip, David related all his adventures, and shed tears
+of joy. Even his father had to dry his eyes several times. "You were
+very wise, and helped yourself wonderfully. Necessity awakened your
+understanding," said Peter.
+
+"Don't you remember?" said his uncle, "what I once said to you that God
+would send you to a special school? That's where you've been. In the
+school of Experience. In this school you learned to know God, to pray to
+Him, to love Him, and to thank Him for his blessings. What I find most
+wonderful of all in your story is about the smoke which arose from your
+island. What is more trivial than smoke, yet the smoke was like a sign
+from heaven, that this was an island upon which some one lived. That was
+God's finger." All silently gave thanks for the sign.
+
+"I thought," said David, "that the fire was the worst thing that could
+have happened to me, but now I see it was my greatest fortune."
+
+Then Uncle Philip said: "Our beloved ones at home are watching and
+waiting for our return." So, Peter quickly busied himself with a stick
+upon which he fastened some ribbons.
+
+"What are you going to do with that?" asked David.
+
+"I promised your sisters if we succeeded in finding you, to raise this
+banner. How they will rejoice when they see it." Then and there he
+fastened it to the prow of the ship.
+
+Each moment brought them nearer home and David's heart beat high with
+hope, for on the shore his mother and sisters and all the villagers, big
+and little, were gathered. As David stepped on land, a cry of joy arose
+from the people; but the mother's joy at seeing her David was so intense
+that she wept.
+
+Men and women, boys and girls, shook his hand and wished him a thousand
+times welcome. David's mother wanted to hear his story and was about to
+drag him home but the people wouldn't let her. "We want to hear it too,"
+and they led him to a big linden tree and bade him step upon the seat
+and tell his story. All pressed around him. All eyes were on him. When
+it was still, David began. He told them of his dangers, trials and
+suffering, and said, in the end, that these had taught him the things
+which he had never learned before. "I am grateful to God for my
+deliverance and for the joy of being with you all again."
+
+Thanking them for their interest in him and bidding them good-bye for
+the present, he entered his father's house, where a hearty meal was
+spread before him.
+
+When the meal was over, David opened his little bundle and displayed his
+pearls and corals and said: "I have brought you all a present from my
+island." All stood in astonishment and admired them.
+
+"My, my," cried Uncle Philip, examining them closely, "you have brought
+some valuable things. These pearls and corals will yield much money, for
+some of them are very large. Now you have helped your father out of all
+his debts and trouble."
+
+"No, no," said his father, "we will share them with Peter and yourself.
+You shared the dangers of this trip with me, and you shall also share
+the treasures. Philip, you take first choice, and then Peter next."
+
+Two of the men who had offered to go on the trip for money, now entered
+the room and wished they had gone for nothing. "For such a reward as
+that," they said, "it would have been worth while."
+
+"Go, go, you poor, miserable wretches," cried Philip, "you wouldn't move
+a hand or foot to help a fellow man in trouble without being paid for
+it. It serves you right that you get nothing,"
+
+"I wish none of this money," continued Philip, "I have enough and ask no
+more. But Peter must take his share, for the spirit which he showed gave
+all of us courage, and he must be rewarded. Besides, he needs it."
+
+Deeply touched, Peter took the reward with thanks.
+
+Then the grateful parents again urged Philip to take the pearls, but he
+replied: "Let it be, as I said before. The pearls and corals are the
+least that David brought back with him; for he has gathered unto himself
+costlier treasures: 'Love for God and to humanity.' These are priceless
+pearls."
+
+Turning to David, he said: "Not only have you found these treasures for
+us, but you have brought good fortune to our little community. For
+pearls and corals can now be gathered by the men of this village, and
+offered for sale. This will furnish a comfortable living for many of
+them. So, you have become a public benefactor."
+
+The little household soon resumed its usual routine and David entered
+into the life and spirit of his home. He became a model of virtue for
+the village youths, and the joy, staff and crown of his parent's life.
+He grew to be a noble, pious man, full of love and helpfulness to his
+fellow men; and his memory remains blessed.
+
+
+
+
+FROM ROYAL PALACE TO LOWLY HUT
+
+
+
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Suburbs
+
+II. The Retreat
+
+III. The Prison
+
+IV. The Purchase
+
+V. Reunited
+
+
+
+
+FROM ROYAL PALACE TO LOWLY HUT
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE SUBURBS
+
+
+During those unhappy times when the Empire of France was overthrown and
+a number of the richest people were plunged into the deepest misery, a
+very wealthy family, named Berlow, lived in a palace in Paris.
+
+Count Berlow was a high-minded, honorable man, and his wife was good and
+charitable. Their two children, Albert and Marguerite, were the exact
+counterpart of their parents.
+
+Just as those revolutionary times broke forth, Count Berlow, with his
+family, moved from Paris to his mansion in the suburbs. Here he lived
+quietly, surrounded by orchards of fruitful trees, free from the turmoil
+of the noisy city. His family rejoiced at having him constantly in their
+midst and he was glad at the opportunity of being the instructor of his
+children, particularly in music.
+
+One gloomy winter evening, the family was gathered in the brilliantly
+lighted music room. Count Berlow had composed a pretty little poem, and
+had fitted it to music. Albert had with difficulty mastered the playing
+of it, but Marguerite could sing the song remarkably well. The children
+had practised this piece faithfully and diligently and purposed to
+surprise their mother by singing and playing it that very evening. After
+the Count and Countess had sung several operatic selections, the father
+turned to his children, saying: "Let us hear what you can do." Albert
+seated himself at the piano and played, while Marguerite modestly sang
+in a sweet tone.
+
+The Countess was delighted over this, their first song. She embraced
+both the children affectionately, and praised them for their efforts and
+the pleasure which they had afforded her.
+
+Suddenly, the door was thrust open, and armed soldiers crowded into the
+room. The leader presented an order in which the Count was declared a
+friend of the King and an enemy of freedom and equality, and in
+consequence he was to be conducted to prison. Although the Countess,
+weeping and lamenting, threw her arms about her husband's neck to hold
+and guard him, and his children clung to his knees, the soldiers rudely
+tore him from their embrace. The cries of the mother and children were
+heart-rending.
+
+The unhappy wife did everything in her power to save her dear husband.
+She hastened to the city and appeared before the magistrate, to prove
+the Count's innocence. She called upon all her neighbors to bear
+testimony to her husband's quiet, retiring life, and to the fact that he
+had taken no share in the affairs of his country, and had talked with no
+one concerning them. But everything was in vain, and she was informed
+that in a few days her husband would be sentenced to death.
+
+After an absence of several days, the Countess returned to her country
+seat and found her home occupied by soldiers, who had ransacked it and
+reduced it to a common tavern to which admittance was denied her. Her
+two children were nowhere to be found, and all her servants had been
+driven away. It was late at night, and she knew not what to do next.
+
+As she turned, she met Richard, her old, true and faithful servant, who
+said to her: "My dear, good Countess Berlow, you, too, stand in danger
+of suspicion this very minute, for you have been heard to speak of the
+injustice and cruelty of the government. There is no escape for you,
+except by secret flight. You cannot save your husband, and your presence
+here will only bring trouble upon your own head. Your children are both
+in one of the out-houses with my wife. Follow me there. My brother,
+John, the old fisherman, has been notified, and I will take you to him
+to-night. He will conduct you and your children across the river to
+safety. In this way you will at least save your lives."
+
+She entered Richard's house, but there a new trouble awaited her, for
+Marguerite had become suddenly ill from the fright and the shock, and
+lay unconscious, sick with a high fever. The Countess wished to nurse
+her child back to health, but the doctor would not hear of it, and
+advised her immediate flight. Richard and his good wife promised to care
+for the sick child, as if it were their own.
+
+Countess Berlow knelt beside the bedside of her beloved daughter, and
+said: "If I must bow to this decree, I leave her in your care, my good
+people, and ask God in His mercy to watch over her and restore her to me
+in His good time." She paused for a moment, then rose quickly from her
+knees, kissed her unconscious child, took her son by the hand, and
+trembling and swaying, hastened out of the house, without one backward
+look.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE RETREAT
+
+
+Richard now conducted the Countess and her son to John, the fisherman,
+who quickly rowed them over the river to safety. As there was no time to
+rest, with the help of a guide, the fisherman's friend, she hastened on
+with her son to find the hut which Richard had suggested.
+
+After days and weeks of journeying hither and thither, over hills and
+through valleys, they found that their strength was almost exhausted. At
+last they came to a little low hut in a thickly wooded country. The
+guide pointed to it with his staff, saying: "That is the hut; there live
+the old shepherd and his wife who will harbor you."
+
+Countess Berlow sighed, and followed the narrow path to the hut.
+
+The old shepherd, who had been expecting her, came forward with a
+pleasant smile and welcoming, outstretched hands. To show his great
+respect for her, he had dressed himself in a gray suit. Around his neck
+he had tied a red handkerchief, and he wore a nice, green hat with a
+little bent feather at its side.
+
+"Greetings to you, noble lady," said he. "I consider it a great honor to
+protect you and your son. This is my wife, and between us we will do all
+in our power to make you feel contented."
+
+So saying, he turned to his wife, who repeated his greetings, and
+invited all to partake of her simple meal, which consisted of bread and
+milk and a few apples.
+
+The good shepherdess then conducted the Countess to a room which opened
+on an adjoining room. These two rooms were to serve as bedrooms. The
+larger one was meagerly furnished, and its only window looked out upon
+the forest and two high mountain tops.
+
+Countess Berlow was thankful for having been guided to this humble
+retreat. She cared for her own rooms daily and spent the remaining time
+in knitting, sewing or reading. But her greatest anxiety was to find
+amusement for her son, Albert. She undertook to continue his
+instruction, but she was at a loss for books.
+
+One morning, as she sat musing over her wants, she was aroused from her
+reverie by the ringing of the near-by church bell. The good, old
+shepherdess came running into the room saying that the clergyman from
+over the hill would hold services in the chapel that day. Countess
+Berlow, with her son, hastened at once to attend.
+
+The clergyman delivered a short sermon, every word of which touched the
+hearts of his earnest listeners. After the services, the Countess sought
+the clergyman and engaged him in conversation. She found him to be a
+thoughtful, devout, kind-hearted old man. He showed great interest in
+Albert. He promised to supply the much needed books for his use, and
+offered to give the boy two hours' instruction each day, provided Albert
+would take the trouble to journey over the hills to his house.
+
+Albert promised to come, overjoyed at the prospect of continuing his
+studies under such an able teacher. He could scarcely wait each day for
+the hour when, with his books under his arm, he would set out over the
+hills, whistling lively tunes and keeping step to his music.
+
+On rainy days, when the roads were heavy and ofttimes dangerous, he was
+obliged to forego his visits. His mother would then suggest some
+recreation for him, for she well knew that all work and no play would
+tend to make him dull.
+
+In this locality, large numbers of canary birds were raised and sold and
+sent far and wide to other countries. Even the old shepherd had many of
+these birds. Albert begged his mother to purchase one of them for him.
+"Marguerite always had one," said he, "and I would dearly love to own
+one, too. It would remind us of her and our own dear home."
+
+His mother agreed, and Albert chose a bird that closely resembled the
+one belonging to his sister. The bird with its beautiful yellow plumage,
+its clear, brilliant, coal-black eyes, afforded Albert much pleasure.
+Soon the bird became tame, flew upon Albert's outstretched finger and
+ate seeds from his lips.
+
+Whenever Albert wrote, the bird would alight on his penholder and peck
+his fingers. Though he enjoyed the bird's presence and tricks, yet he
+was obliged at times to cage him, in order to carry on his work
+undisturbed. Later, when the bird began to sing, Albert could not praise
+it enough.
+
+"You must teach it to whistle nice songs," said the old shepherd one
+day.
+
+Albert thought the old man was joking. He did not yet know that one can
+teach a bird to imitate. The old man then brought out a flute and
+presented it to him.
+
+"Oh, what a fine flute! How glad I am to own one," said Albert.
+
+The old shepherd took the flute, played a waltz upon it, and showed
+Albert how to use the stops, Albert was pleased with the light, clear
+tones of the flute, and as he had talent for music and had a good ear,
+he soon mastered the difficulties of the instrument.
+
+Often he played tirelessly for the bird and always a song which his
+father had taught him. After striving for hours and days and weeks to
+teach the bird, lo! his wonderful patience was rewarded. The bird began
+to sing the song, and sang it through without a mistake.
+
+[Illustration: "Soon the bird became tame and flew upon Albert's
+outstretched finger."]
+
+Albert leaped with joy and thanks. He praised the bird, over and over
+again, and rewarded it with lettuce, apple and hemp seed. The little
+flute and the little bird helped Albert and his mother to while away
+many an hour.
+
+As the months rolled along, the sorrows of the Countess still lay
+heavily on her heart. Many a night she spent in tears and sleeplessness,
+and many a day was sad and dreary. She tried very hard to cloak her woe,
+and hide it from her son. In her unselfishness, she choked back her
+tears and grief, filled each day with work, and gave strict attention to
+her son's comfort, instruction and diversions. She always had a pleasant
+word and smile for the old shepherd and his wife, whose life, though
+lonely, was spent in the satisfaction of right living and lending a
+helping hand. The joy that comes from doing one's best is the only
+lasting joy, for every other pleasure fades and passes away.
+
+Countess Berlow tried in every way to get news of the Count, but she had
+not been very successful, although some news was printed in the daily
+papers. The thoughtful old clergyman sent her a copy of the news, once
+each week, as he did not receive it any oftener.
+
+One night Albert returned carrying the paper, and said: "The good
+clergyman did not have time to read it through, but he noticed from the
+head lines, that the paper contains much good news."
+
+The Countess took it and read anxiously. Finding the news somewhat
+encouraging, she built hopes that soon she might return to her much
+loved home; but, alas, in the very last column of the paper, she read
+that many noblemen were to be sentenced to death for their loyalty to
+the king. In the list, she found the name of her worthy husband, Count
+Berlow. She reeled as if struck by a thunder-bolt, the paper fell from
+her hands and she sank in a swoon.
+
+A few minutes passed before the good shepherdess came in response to
+Albert's cry, and brought the Countess back to consciousness. She had to
+be carried to her bed, and it seemed as if she would never recover. Poor
+Albert, who rarely left her bedside for a moment, began to fail and fade
+day by day.
+
+The old shepherd often said, shaking his head at the same time: "The
+coming fall will surely scatter its leaves upon the grave of the
+Countess, and her poor son will doubtless never see the spring."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE PRISON
+
+
+The faithful old Richard had waited on that memorable day of the flight
+for the return of his brother John, the fisherman. He was elated when he
+heard of the safety of the Countess. Richard's greatest trouble now was
+how to save his master, the good Count Berlow. He considered it very
+unjust and cruel that an honest and right-living citizen should be
+sentenced to death for loyalty to his king.
+
+On the following morning, Richard hurried to the city where his son,
+Robert, served in the National Guard. With help he hoped to gain a
+meeting with this good-natured, intelligent boy, who from time to time
+acted as sentinel before the prison. He would try to secure his son's
+aid in releasing the Count, so unjustly imprisoned. At last the
+opportunity presented itself, and father and son had a hasty talk over
+the situation. Robert found no chance, however, and gave up hope of
+saving the Count.
+
+At last the day arrived when the Count's sentence was to be carried out.
+Sleepless and sad, with his head resting on his hands, the Count sat in
+his lonely cell. The warden had not considered it worth while to bring
+him a light, and heavy darkness enveloped him. He thought of his wife
+and his children. Not for himself did he suffer so much, but for those
+who were so dear to him. He knew not where they were, and he was greatly
+troubled about their condition.
+
+While the noble Count sat lost in these thoughts, a loud shouting arose
+in the corridors. Soldiers ran here and there, crying: "Save yourselves,
+if you can. Fire! Fire!" This reached the Count's ears. All at once the
+door of his cell was thrown wide open. Thick volumes of smoke and dust
+poured in and dreadful flashes of light illumined his dark cell. A young
+soldier stood before him, and cried: "Save yourself!"
+
+Through the carelessness of a drunken servant, a fire had started in the
+building. The soldiers had torn off their coats and weapons and had
+hurried to put it out. Robert had seized the first opportunity that
+afforded itself, had taken the clothing and weapons of a soldier, and
+had hastened to the Count with them, saying to himself: "The only chance
+to save him is to dress him as a soldier."
+
+"Hurry, put on these clothes," said Robert. He helped the Count pull on
+the coat, placed the hat on his head, buckled on his knapsack, and gave
+him a musket. The Count's face had not been shaved during his
+imprisonment, so that this gave him the wild appearance which all
+soldiers had at that time.
+
+"Now," said Robert, "hasten down the steps and out of the front door.
+With this outfit, I trust you will easily get through the crowd
+unnoticed. Then go directly to John, the fisherman, and there you will
+meet my father."
+
+Count Berlow knew exactly how to act his part. Earnestly, as if he had
+some urgent business to transact, he hurried down the steps and shouted
+in haughty tones to the men who were carrying buckets, "Aside, aside!"
+At last he reached the street without being detected. With quick strides
+and fast-beating heart, he made his way to the city gate and continued
+on, as Robert had taken care to give him the pass-word.
+
+At midnight, he reached the fisherman's hut. He knocked at the window.
+The fisherman came to the door, but stepped back frightened at seeing a
+soldier who might wish to arrest him or his brother. He based his fears
+on the fact that they had both made many enemies on account of their
+fidelity to the Berlow family. When John recognized the Count, he raised
+his hands and exclaimed, "Oh, it's you, Count Berlow; how happy I am to
+be able to help you!" Richard, who had waited and watched there for the
+last ten nights, rushed into the room and shouted: "Oh, my master!" and
+both embraced and wept.
+
+The first question which the Count asked was for his wife and children.
+Richard quickly related the details of their flight and the illness of
+Marguerite, who had now recovered and was sleeping in the adjoining
+room. The noise, however, had awakened her, and recognizing her father's
+voice, she rushed into the room. With great joy she hurried into his
+outstretched arms. He kissed her rosy cheeks and looked at her long and
+tenderly.
+
+The Count decided to continue his flight that very night from the land
+which once had been to him a paradise but was now only a murderers' den.
+On the same boat that had safely carried his wife and son, he now took
+passage. The old fisherman led the way and Richard followed last. The
+night was clear and the heavens bright with stars. Suddenly they heard
+sounds of shooting, and voices shouting: "Halt! Halt!--Halt, halt!--You
+are deserters!"
+
+It so happened that when the fire in the prison had been extinguished,
+the soldiers had carefully searched each cell, to find if anyone had
+escaped. To their great astonishment, they found the cell of Count
+Berlow empty. The soldier who had lost his uniform cried loudly with
+rage: "He has flown with my clothing and my weapons. Up and follow him!"
+The pursuers soon found a clue to the Count's route.
+
+[Illustration: "On the same boat that had safely carried his wife and
+son he now took passage."]
+
+The poor Count and Richard were almost stupefied when they heard the
+distant shouting, but they seized the oars all the more firmly and rowed
+with every muscle strained to the utmost. Soon the soldiers reached the
+shore and began to fire upon the occupants of the boat. Marguerite crept
+under the seat, while the men tried to dodge the bullets. One bullet
+pierced the Count's hat, two pierced Richard's oar. The little boat,
+which was scarcely an inch above the water, rocked and rolled and almost
+capsized, but the occupants escaped without injury and finally reached
+the opposite shore in safety.
+
+Count Berlow was thankful for his escape, and so were Richard and
+Marguerite. They seated themselves on an overturned tree trunk, to
+recover a little strength. When they had rested a little, the Count
+quickly threw off his uniform and donned some old clothes belonging to
+Richard. With a staff in his hand and a bundle on his back, Richard now
+led the way, while the Count and Marguerite followed. In order to allay
+all suspicion, Richard took a roundabout course through the
+thickly-wooded country.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE PURCHASE
+
+
+Count Barlow's greatest desire was to see his wife and son. "I shall not
+have a restful moment," said he to Richard, "until I shall have found
+them. You tell me they are safe in a shepherd's lowly hut, but how shall
+we reach them? My daughter cannot go on foot, and I have not the means
+to ride there."
+
+Then Richard drew out of his bundle a bag of gold. "You are not as poor
+as you think, my noble master," said he. "This money is all yours."
+Count Berlow stared first at the gold and then at his faithful servant.
+
+"You see," said Richard, "while you were rich, you paid me well and
+presented me with large gifts of money. Many people, too, were
+generously aided by you. During the time you were imprisoned, I set out
+to gather in as much money from these people as I could possibly move
+them to give you. 'Tis true we often find people who never feel grateful
+for any good they receive, but I must confess that these grateful souls
+not only returned all you ever gave them, but out of love and deep
+thankfulness added much more thereto."
+
+Count Berlow counted the money. "It is a very, very large amount," said
+he, and raised his eyes in thanks to heaven. "But how long can even this
+last us?"
+
+"We will economize," said Richard, "in every possible way, but let me
+first of all purchase a horse and wagon," This was soon accomplished.
+The wagon was provided with a canvas covering, which served to shield
+the occupants from view, and also to protect them from the sun and rain.
+
+They rode for days and days, and the way was long and dreary. Owing to
+the rough handling which the Count had received in the prison, the
+terror which his death sentence had caused him, the sorrow and fear of
+his flight, and the weariness of the journey, he soon became very much
+weakened and was forced to stop at a little village and rest for a
+while.
+
+Richard hired a few rooms and bought the food. As he was well trained in
+all household duties, he took upon himself the care of their temporary
+home. Marguerite helped, as best she could, and from morning till night
+performed each task willingly, always wearing a sunny smile.
+
+Count Berlow was confined to his bed for many weeks, and it was a long
+time before he could sit up, even for a little while. Marguerite cared
+for her father, read to him, cheered him, and thus made the time pass
+pleasantly. Her father returned his thanks with every evidence of love
+and contentment.
+
+Marguerite's birthday was now at hand. When she awoke one morning, she
+found the window-sills filled with potted geraniums, her favorite
+flowers, and a beautiful canary bird hanging above them in a pretty
+golden cage. The bird exactly resembled the one which she had had at
+home. She thanked her father in the tenderest tones for his selection.
+
+"Take these simple gifts, my child, for at present I can give you no
+more."
+
+Richard now served dinner and all seemed once more to be bright and
+happy. When the meal was ended, the Count drank to the health of his
+daughter and his absent wife and son. "I wonder, my child," said he to
+Marguerite, "where your mother and brother are this day, and how they
+are celebrating your birthday? What has befallen them? I always had a
+happy heart; but now I often have many troubled hours. I fear--I fear."
+
+Marguerite threw her arms about her father's neck and tried to reassure
+him. "Be comforted, dear father," said she. "We shall be brought
+together again, for surely God cares for us."
+
+"Yes, that is true," he said, and dried his eyes.
+
+All was silent. It was a deep, solemn, soul-stirring moment.
+
+All at once the canary bird began to sing a song--the song which father
+and daughter recognized at once as the one which the Count had composed
+and taught his children. No one else had ever heard it or played it.
+
+Marguerite clapped her hands and shouted: "What can this mean! That is
+the first piece that you taught us, dear father." All gazed at the bird
+in astonishment. The bird repeated the song, twice, thrice. "It is our
+song. No note is missing."
+
+"This is truly wonderful," said the Count. "Certainly no one could have
+taught that song to the bird but my boy Albert; but how? I do not know.
+Now, Richard, where did you get this bird?"
+
+Richard then related how he had purchased the canary on the preceding
+night from a bird fancier in the village.
+
+"Hasten to the village and possibly he may be able to tell you more
+about the bird."
+
+Richard ran to the village, and was gone what seemed an interminable
+time. At last he returned with the information that the fancier had
+bought the bird from a little boy who lived with his mother, many miles
+beyond, and who had trained this little bird to sing and whistle. The
+fancier described the boy and mother so well that all were unanimous in
+their decision that this was the boy and mother for whom they were
+seeking.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+REUNITED
+
+
+Preparations were now made for a hasty departure, for the Count seemed
+suddenly stronger. Richard packed their belongings and placed them in
+the wagon. The bird was hung from a hook fastened in the top of the
+vehicle. Everything was soon in readiness.
+
+On the following morning they started off. The Count and Marguerite were
+regaled on the journey by the sweet song of the canary. It cheered them
+and seemed to make the time pass all the more quickly. After a journey
+of twenty miles, they reached the village, at sunset.
+
+They repaired at once to the clergyman's house, where they learned that
+the Countess and Albert Berlow lived in the shepherd's lowly hut, some
+miles distant. "The Countess holds her husband as dead," said the
+clergyman, "and no joy can now penetrate her heart. Her health has
+failed and it seems as if she would not last very long."
+
+Count Berlow asked how she could have received such incorrect news. The
+clergyman then brought out a package of newspapers, searched for one
+sheet, and laid it before the Count. He read that, on such a day, and at
+such an hour, Count Berlow, with twenty others, had been hung. "Strange
+it is," said the Count, "either they forgot to cross my name from the
+list, or else they did not wish to, in the hope that in that way they
+would not be answerable for my escape."
+
+It pained the Count sorely that this false news had brought much
+suffering to the Countess, for death seemed almost to have enrolled her,
+too. The clergyman advised them to proceed slowly and cautiously, lest
+the joyful news of the Count's return should be too great a shock to
+her.
+
+Intending to follow the good clergyman's advice, they continued their
+journey. Soon they reached the summit of a wooded hill, and from the
+distance they discerned the low hut with its flat, thatch-covered roof
+and smoking chimney. Richard then went hurriedly ahead.
+
+Countess Berlow, dressed in black, sat knitting at the fireside, the
+light of which illuminated the room, which had been slowly filling with
+the shadows of the approaching twilight. Albert sat at her side, reading
+from her favorite volume. As she saw her faithful servant enter, she
+uttered a loud cry and her work fell from her hands. She hastened toward
+him, and with a thousand exclamations of joy and pain, she greeted him
+heartily, as if he were her dear father. Albert, too, was deeply
+affected.
+
+Countess Berlow then pointed to a chair which Albert had drawn close to
+the fire, and said: "My good, true friend, be seated. So we see each,
+other again. Over the death of my dear husband let us draw a veil. The
+memory of it is too painful for me. But tell me, how is my daughter! Did
+she die, as the doctor said she might?"
+
+Richard then explained that the doctor had diagnosed the case as more
+serious than it really was, in order at that time to hurry the mother's
+flight; and that Marguerite had very shortly after recovered and had
+remained well ever since. The Countess was greatly pleased with this
+report, and her eyes gleamed with joy.
+
+"But," said she earnestly, and with a clouded brow, "why did you not
+bring her with you? Why did you not tear her from the unhappy
+fatherland where no hour of her life could be safe? How could you leave
+without her--you hard, cruel man? Why did you not--" she could say no
+more, for the door opened, and Marguerite rushed to her mother and
+embraced and kissed her as if nothing could ever again tear them
+asunder. Albert joined them and gladder tears were never shed than those
+which the Countess wept in her exceeding happiness.
+
+Alas, the joy soon melted into yearning. "Oh, that my dear, true husband
+still lived," said the Countess, as she looked to heaven, "for then my
+measure of joy would be full. Now, my dear children, you are poor and
+fatherless. The sight of you fills the heart of your oppressed mother
+with pain. For what can I, a poor, lonely widow, do for you?"
+
+Then Richard interrupted the conversation with the glad news of the
+Count's rescue. The Countess proved herself more self-controlled than
+Richard had anticipated, for the great joy of having seen her true
+servant, the greater joy of again clasping her daughter in her arms was
+for this woman the preparation for the greatest of joys--the joy of
+again seeing the husband whom she had mourned as dead.
+
+The Count had long stood, with palpitating heart, waiting before the
+door of the hut, where each word had fallen distinctly on his ear.
+
+Richard's last words had scarcely been uttered when the Countess cried:
+"He lives; he has been saved from the hands of his oppressors." The
+Count then opened the door, and overcome with emotion, fell at the feet
+of the Countess.
+
+Timid and fearful, as if she half doubted that he really lived, she
+gazed at him long and steadily as the light of the fire irradiated his
+face. She could scarcely express her rapture. Then after a long pause
+she said: "Oh, the joy of again seeing my loved ones for whom I have
+wept so long!"
+
+Father and mother, son and daughter, and faithful servant spent a
+peaceful, joyous evening in the little, lowly hut. The old shepherd and
+his good wife shared in the contentment which filled their little home
+to overflowing.
+
+On the following morning, there was brought into this lowly hut another
+guest who had rendered such helpful service in the speedy reuniting of
+the separated family--the little canary bird.
+
+Albert was delighted to see his bird again, for during his mother's
+illness he had found it impossible to care properly for it, and had
+reluctantly disposed of it at the fancier's in a distant village.
+
+Count Berlow then related at length the circumstances which had brought
+the bird into his possession and how it had helped to give him the
+needed hope and strength to continue the journey which had ended so
+successfully in their reunion.
+
+Albert joined in the conversation, and said, "Wasn't it a happy thought
+to teach the bird that particular song, when I knew so many songs? But
+then, you see, it was the song nearest and dearest to my heart. It was
+my father's song. Little did I think, when I had to part with my pet,
+that it would be taken from me only to restore my father and sister to
+me."
+
+"So we see," said the Count, "how through a little trial we may find a
+great joy. I trust that through our losses we all have gained in
+humility and sympathy, which have a lasting worth; and perhaps God will
+return to us our past fortune, just as he has returned your canary to
+you."
+
+Count Berlow was obliged to spend the winter under the roof of this
+lowly hut, and Richard was housed in a neighboring one.
+
+The canary bird was hung in the same place it had graced before it was
+sold to the fancier. Marguerite cared for it daily and never neglected
+to give it proper food and water.
+
+Often, when the family was gathered together around the friendly
+fireside, on a cold winter's evening, the bird would begin to sing the
+song so acceptable to them. The children and the parents would join in
+the chorus, and they found therein comfort and hope.
+
+The noble family was forced to live for some time in these same narrow
+quarters; but at last they were permitted to return to their fatherland,
+where they again came into possession of their property. The Count and
+Countess rejoiced in being wealthy once more, for now they could return
+in measure full and overflowing, the goodness and kindness of the
+friends who had proven themselves in the hour of need.
+
+The good, faithful Richard, with his kind wife and their clever, honest
+son; John, the brave old fisherman; and the helpful shepherd and
+shepherdess, together with the devout clergyman, were among the first to
+receive this reward--the expression of gratitude and love from a family
+of loyal members.
+
+
+
+
+THE UGLY TRINKET
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTERS.
+
+I. THE OPEN DOOR.
+
+II. THE TEST.
+
+III. REVERSES.
+
+
+[Illustration: "Nursed her foster-mother with the tenderest care."]
+
+
+
+
+THE UGLY TRINKET
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE OPEN DOOR
+
+
+Respected and beloved by all her neighbors, Mrs. Linden, a rich widow,
+lived a solitary life in her grand, old castle.
+
+One day some urgent business called her to the city of Antwerp. Here she
+was detained longer than she had expected, and during her stay she
+visited the principal points of interest, among them an old cathedral,
+famed far and wide for its beauty.
+
+With deep reverence, she entered this time-honored house of worship. Its
+high, vaulted roof, its long rows of stately columns, its beautifully
+painted windows, the altar in the distance, and the twilight and the
+stillness of the holy place filled her with admiration and awe. In her
+heart arose a feeling of the nearness of God, and she knelt and prayed.
+
+Then she passed slowly on, stopping often to study the wonderful
+paintings by the old masters, and the inscriptions upon tablets placed
+on the walls in memory of notable men and women long since passed away.
+
+Suddenly she stopped and read a tablet. It had been placed there in
+honor of a pious woman who had suffered much in her life, but had always
+striven to do good; and these words were written there: "She rests from
+her cares, and her good deeds live after her."
+
+Mrs. Linden then and there resolved that as long as she lived she would
+bear all her troubles and trials patiently, and do good to all, so far
+as lay within her power.
+
+As she neared the altar of this grand cathedral, she noticed a little
+girl eight years of age, clad in black, who was kneeling there and
+praying fervently. Her eyes were riveted on her hands, tightly clasped
+before her, so she noticed nothing of Mrs. Linden's presence. Tears were
+rolling down her cheeks and her face had a look of sorrow and reverence.
+
+Mrs. Linden was at once moved to pity. She did not wish to disturb her,
+but as the child arose, she said softly: "You seem sad, my little one!
+Why do you cry?"
+
+"I lost my father a year ago, and a few days ago they buried my mother,"
+said the child, as the tears rolled the faster.
+
+"And for what did you pray so earnestly?" asked Mrs. Linden.
+
+"I asked for help. 'Tis true I have some relatives in the city, and I
+would like one of them to take me. The clergyman says that it is their
+duty, but they do not want the trouble. I can't blame them, for they
+have children enough of their own."
+
+"Poor child," said Mrs. Linden, "no wonder you feel sad."
+
+"Truly, I was much sadder when I entered this cathedral," said the girl,
+"but all at once I feel much better."
+
+These words pressed on Mrs. Linden's heart and she said, in a motherly
+way, "I think that God has answered your prayer. Come with me."
+
+"But where? For I must return to my house."
+
+"Let us go to the clergyman. I know him well, and I will ask his
+advice," continued Mrs. Linden. Then she offered her hand to the child,
+and led the way.
+
+The aged clergyman arose with astonishment from his chair, as he saw the
+woman enter with this child.
+
+Mrs. Linden explained to him how and where she had met the little one,
+at the same time asking the girl to step aside while she engaged the old
+man in quiet conversation.
+
+"I have decided to adopt this little girl and be a mother to her. My own
+dear children died when they were infants and my heart tells me that I
+could give the love that I had for my own to this little orphan; but I
+would like you to advise me further. Do you think that my care would be
+given in vain?"
+
+"No," said the clergyman, "a greater deed of charity you could not do;
+nor could you easily find such a good, well-mannered child. Her parents
+were right-living people, and they gave this, their only daughter, a
+good training. Never will I forget her mother's last words: 'Father, I
+know that Thou wilt care for my little one, and send her another
+mother.' Her words are now being fulfilled. You have been sent to do
+this."
+
+The old clergyman then called the little girl into the room, and said:
+"Amy, this good, kind woman wishes to be your mother. Do you want to go
+with her and be a good daughter to her!"
+
+"Yes, yes," said Amy, and cried for joy.
+
+"That is right," said the clergyman. "Be to this gracious woman, the new
+mother whom God has sent to you, as good and obedient a child as you
+were to your own mother. Remember that trouble and sorrow may come into
+your life, as they must come into every life; but if you pray with the
+same trust in God as you prayed to-day, help will surely be sent in the
+same way."
+
+Her relatives were then summoned and acquainted with the fact, and not
+one of them objected; instead, they were very much pleased.
+
+When Mrs. Linden said that she would take the child just as she stood
+there, and that they could have all of her clothing for their own
+children, they were more than delighted.
+
+But Amy begged to keep just a few books which her mother had given her,
+and which she cherished; and this wish was granted.
+
+On the next morning, Mrs. Linden and Amy started for the castle home.
+The servant, who had expected them, had everything in readiness. After
+the evening meal had been served, Mrs. Linden showed Amy to her room.
+
+Amy was charmed with her home and her new mother. With tears of thanks
+she prayed, and soon was fast asleep. When she awoke, she found the sun
+streaming into the room. She walked to the window and gazed out into the
+lovely, sunny grounds and wooded walks surrounding the castle. In the
+distance, she could see the spire of the grand cathedral.
+
+After a few days, Mrs. Linden sent Amy to school. When she returned each
+afternoon, she helped in the garden and in the kitchen as much as her
+years would permit; for Mrs. Linden wished to train her to a useful,
+industrious life. Often, when the opportunity offered, she taught her to
+sew and knit and care for the house, something she thought that every
+girl should learn. Under the guidance of such a kind, loving woman, Amy
+grew to girlhood, simple and modest.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE TEST
+
+
+Ten years passed by, filled with joy and happiness. Then suddenly Mrs.
+Linden became dangerously ill.
+
+Amy nursed her foster-mother with the tenderest care and bestowed as
+much love upon her as if she were her own mother. She entered the sick
+room noiselessly; spoke in soft, gentle tones; opened and closed the
+doors without the least sound, so that Mrs. Linden preferred to have Amy
+rather than a nurse.
+
+Often Amy would sit in the darkened room and watch over her charge
+during the long, weary hours of the night. Days and weeks passed, and
+the invalid grew no better; still Amy nursed her with the same untiring
+patience and care.
+
+Mrs. Linden was very thankful that she had taken Amy into her home and
+heart, and realized it more and more each day, and said: "My dear Amy,
+you do so much for me. A daughter could do no more. God will reward you.
+I, too, will not forget you; and you shall see that I am not
+ungrateful."
+
+Amy bade her speak no more about it.
+
+Mrs. Linden said no more on the subject. After a lingering illness, she
+became very weak, and at last passed away.
+
+Amy cried as bitterly at this loss as she had done at the loss of her
+own mother.
+
+In the course of the week, many of Mrs. Linden's rich relatives were
+summoned to the house, where her will was to be read. The lawyer
+unfolded the document, and Amy was greatly surprised to learn that her
+foster-mother had bequeathed to her five thousand dollars, with the
+instructions to choose from her treasures the costliest, as a
+remembrance.
+
+The rich relatives were not pleased with this bequest, nor did they wish
+Amy to take any of the rings, pearls or jewels. Amy had never been
+covetous; and when she was told to select, she said: "It is not at all
+necessary for me to have a valuable remembrance. The smallest piece will
+suffice. Knowing that it comes from such a good woman, it will have
+great value in my eyes. It is more than enough that she has bequeathed
+to me such a large sum of money which I have not earned. Therefore, I
+choose the old, tarnished, clumsy locket which she held in her hand and
+wet with her tears as she bade me good-bye. This will be the most
+precious treasure for me, and I know her blessing will go with it."
+
+One of the onlookers laughed and said to Amy: "What a silly girl. Why
+didn't you take the diamond ring? That ugly old locket, what good is
+that! How ridiculous for you to choose such a worthless thing!"
+
+But Amy was more than satisfied and perfectly contented; while the rich
+relatives quarreled over the distribution of the other trinkets and had
+more disappointment out of it than pleasure.
+
+The relative to whom the castle had been bequeathed gave orders to Amy
+to find a new home. This she had in a measure expected, of course, but
+she did not know just where to go. At last the old gardener and his
+good, kind wife offered to share their home with her. She thanked them
+heartily and gladly accepted.
+
+Amy now invested her money in a business house in the city, and although
+her income was not large, still she had enough for her simple wants.
+
+One year went by in quietude and peace, in the simple surroundings of
+the old gardener's home. But as the new occupants of the castle no
+longer wished the services of a man as old as he was, he received orders
+to leave. This meant to give up his life-long work and the home which
+had become so dear to him.
+
+"Be comforted," said Amy, "for I will collect my money and buy a little
+house near the city. Then I will take in some sewing, and we can all
+three still live together contentedly." They soon found a house which
+suited them exactly.
+
+As Amy had not been able to get her money from the merchant, they were
+obliged, for the time being, to borrow it from another man, to whom she
+promised payment when her money fell due.
+
+The house was bought and renovated to suit them. It was small and
+simple, but ample for their wants. Amy kept the home bright and
+comfortable; flowers graced the windows, and the old people basked in
+the sunshine of her smiles and helpfulness.
+
+Although they could see the castle in the distance, where they had spent
+so many years of their lives, and from which they had all three been so
+rudely cast, they never longed to return; for their little home was
+filled with happiness and contentment. As joy and sorrow, however, must
+change places with each other now and then here upon earth, so this
+little household was called upon to meet an unwelcome friend, "Trouble."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+REVERSES
+
+
+One morning, after almost a year's sojourn in the little home, the news
+was brought that the large business house in the city where Amy had
+invested her money had failed, and that the whole amount was lost to
+her. The time was almost due to pay the debt on the house. Where would
+the money come from, now that they could no longer give security?
+
+Sad, troubled days had dawned for them.
+
+On the eve of the day when the payment on the house was due, Amy went up
+to the attic, where she could be alone and cry out her grief, and pray.
+
+In her anxiety and nervousness, she clutched the old, ugly locket that
+hung from a chain--the little reminder of the time of her joys, her
+sorrows, her patience, her trust and her gratitude, while she lived with
+her good foster-mother.
+
+In one moment of intense feeling, she pressed the locket tightly in an
+agony of grief. Lo! as she unfolded her hand in utter helplessness, the
+locket fell apart. Into her lap rolled one little stone after another.
+When she took them up to look at them, she discovered that each stone
+was a diamond, seemingly of great worth.
+
+She raised her thankful eyes to heaven and poured out her grateful
+heart. She paused, then gathering her treasure in her hands, she
+hastened with joyous steps to acquaint her two companions of her
+wonderful discovery.
+
+The good, old people were overcome with joy, and thanked God, again and
+again. Then the old man said: "With the money that these jewels will
+bring you, you can pay for the house and still have enough left to keep
+you comfortably."
+
+Early the next morning, Amy hurried to the clergyman, her very best
+friend, to show him the jewels and tell him how accidentally she had
+found them.
+
+"May I," said she, "keep these costly jewels or must I return them to
+Mrs. Linden's heirs? I think they are the most valuable of all the
+trinkets that she left."
+
+"No," said he, "the jewels belong to you. Mrs. Linden intended them for
+you, I am sure, when she gave you the right to choose first, and take
+the best. When you selected the least attractive trinket, you
+unknowingly chose a treasure which to you was only valuable because worn
+by the one whom you hold dearest. God sent you this secret treasure; and
+it is worth many thousand dollars, at least. Take it, sell it, and enjoy
+the benefits which you derive therefrom. But always keep the locket, as
+a memento of Mrs. Linden and her great benevolence."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of After Long Years and Other Stories
+by Translated from the German by Sophie A. Miller and Agnes M. Dunne
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AFTER LONG YEARS AND OTHER STORIES ***
+
+This file should be named 7alyr10.txt or 7alyr10.zip
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, 7alyr11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, 7alyr10a.txt
+
+Produced by Charles Aldarondo, Tiffany Vergon, Tonya Allen,
+Charles Franks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date.  This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.   Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month:  1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+    1  1971 July
+   10  1991 January
+  100  1994 January
+ 1000  1997 August
+ 1500  1998 October
+ 2000  1999 December
+ 2500  2000 December
+ 3000  2001 November
+ 4000  2001 October/November
+ 6000  2002 December*
+ 9000  2003 November*
+10000  2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states.  If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154.  Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law.  As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause:  [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this
+     requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+     eBook or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,
+     if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+     binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+     including any form resulting from conversion by word
+     processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+     *EITHER*:
+
+     [*]  The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+          does *not* contain characters other than those
+          intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+          (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+          be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+          author, and additional characters may be used to
+          indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+     [*]  The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+          no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+          form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+          the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+          OR
+
+     [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+          no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+          eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+          or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2]  Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+     "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+     gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+     already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you
+     don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are
+     payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+     the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+     legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+     periodic) tax return.  Please contact us beforehand to
+     let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees.  Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart.  Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+
diff --git a/old/7alyr10.zip b/old/7alyr10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ef00f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/7alyr10.zip
diff --git a/old/8alyr10.txt b/old/8alyr10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5479ddc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/8alyr10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6167 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of After Long Years and Other Stories
+Translated from the German by Sophie A. Miller and Agnes M. Dunne
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file.  Please do not remove it.  Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file.  Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used.  You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: After Long Years and Other Stories
+
+Author: Translated from the German by Sophie A. Miller and Agnes M. Dunne
+
+Release Date: May, 2005 [EBook #8111]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on June 15, 2003]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AFTER LONG YEARS AND OTHER STORIES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Charles Aldarondo, Tiffany Vergon, Tonya Allen,
+Charles Franks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: "The Count then opened the door and overcome with emotion
+he fell at the feet of the Countess."--From _"Royal Palace to Lowly
+Hut"_]
+
+
+
+_SUNSHINE AND SHADOW SERIES_
+
+
+
+AFTER LONG YEARS
+
+AND
+
+OTHER STORIES
+
+
+TRANSLATIONS FROM THE GERMAN BY
+
+SOPHIE A. MILLER
+
+AND
+
+AGNES M. DUNNE
+
+
+
+
+NOTE
+
+
+These ethical stories have been translated from the German with the view
+of instilling into the minds of youthful readers such truths as will
+help materially toward building a character that will withstand the
+trials and temptations of life.
+
+It is conceded by educators that ethics presented in the lecture form
+fails of its purpose; therefore the writers have presented this subject
+in the form most appealing to children--the story.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+I. AFTER LONG YEARS
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Journey
+
+II. Apprenticeship
+
+III. Alfred Banford
+
+IV. The Stranger
+
+
+II. THE CAPTIVE
+
+Chapter
+
+I. Home-Coming
+
+II. The Slave
+
+III. In the Turkish Family
+
+IV. The Lion
+
+V. The Offer
+
+VI. The Plans
+
+VII. Restored to Freedom
+
+
+III. THE ARTIST'S MASTERPIECE
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Gift
+
+II. Under the Emperor's Bush
+
+III. No Prophet in His Own Country
+
+IV. The Condition
+
+V. The Fulfilment
+
+
+IV. THE VINEYARD ON THE HILLSIDE
+
+Chapter
+
+I. Missing
+
+II. The Faithful Dog
+
+III. The Fond Foster-Parents
+
+IV. The Errand
+
+V. The Old Man
+
+VI. The Legacy
+
+VII. The Journey
+
+
+V. THE DAMAGED PICTURE
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Artist
+
+II. The Picture
+
+III. The Discovery
+
+
+VI. MEMORIES AWAKENED
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Change of Circumstances
+
+II. The Revelation
+
+
+VII. THE INHERITANCE
+
+Chapter
+
+I. Mr. Acton and his Son
+
+II. The Uninvited Guest
+
+III. The Flowering Plant
+
+IV. The Two Families
+
+V. The Feast
+
+
+VIII. HOW IT HAPPENED
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Wooded Island
+
+II. Far From Home
+
+III. The Smoke
+
+
+IX. FROM ROYAL PALACE TO LOWLY HUT
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Suburbs
+
+II. The Retreat
+
+III. The Prison
+
+IV. The Purchase
+
+V. Reunited
+
+
+X. THE UGLY TRINKET
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Opened Door
+
+II. The Test
+
+III. Reverses
+
+
+
+
+AFTER LONG YEARS
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTERS.
+
+I. THE JOURNEY.
+
+II. APPRENTICESHIP.
+
+III. ALFRED BANFORD.
+
+IV. THE STRANGER.
+
+
+[Illustration: "He halted, offered his assistance to the two half-frozen
+men, helped them into the sleigh and hurried on with them."]
+
+
+
+
+AFTER LONG YEARS
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE JOURNEY
+
+
+The Duchess of Banford and her two children were driving toward their
+villa, when, owing to the roughness of the road, the front wheel of
+their coach was suddenly broken. Considerably frightened, mother and
+children quickly alighted. The approaching darkness, coupled with the
+loneliness of the place, added to the difficulty; for the prospect of
+spending the night in the woods was particularly distressing.
+
+Just then a stable-boy chanced along and seeing the predicament, said:
+"Oh, that wheel can be easily mended. Not far from here there lives a
+wheelwright, and I am sure he can repair it in a very short time." The
+boy then looked about him, and seeing a long pole, said: "We can use
+this to support the wagon as it drags along. The road is rugged, and it
+will take us about an hour to get there."
+
+"Is there no shorter route?" inquired the Duchess.
+
+"This is the only wagon road; but if you wish, I will lead you along a
+shorter path across the fields which will cut the distance in half."
+
+The Duchess thanked him, and asked: "Do you think that we may take this
+pole? It seems to me as though some wood-cutter had left it here to prop
+a tree."
+
+"Oh, yes," he answered, "it belongs to the wheelwright to whom I am
+taking you. All the wood around here belongs to him, and he will be glad
+to have this pole so handy." So saying, he hurried to get the pole and
+helped the coachman fasten it in place. The horses then drew the
+carriage slowly over the rocky road, while the coachman walked
+alongside.
+
+The family, however, followed the footpath, which led between tall elms
+and blooming shrubbery along the edge of a babbling brook.
+
+The silence was broken now and then by the plaintive song of a
+nightingale. The Duchess and her two children seated themselves upon the
+trunk of a fallen tree and listened to the music till it ceased. A
+gentle wind sighed softly through the leaves of the trees, and merrily
+flowed the near-by brook. As the nightingale repeated its song, they all
+listened intently.
+
+When the song was ended, the Duchess said: "I would give twenty pounds
+if I had such a bird in my garden. I have heard many nightingales sing
+in the city, but here in the country, in this wooded region and deep
+stillness, and at this twilight hour, its song seems doubly enchanting.
+Oh, that I might hear it sing in the little bower near my villa."
+
+"Hm," whispered the stable-boy, who stood near her oldest son, Alfred,
+"those twenty pounds could be easily earned."
+
+Alfred nodded, and motioned to the boy to be still, for just then the
+nightingale began to sing. When the song ceased the Duchess arose to
+continue her way. Alfred, however, lagged behind with the stable-boy,
+with whom he was soon busily engaged in earnest talk.
+
+"A nightingale in a cage is not what my mother wants; what she wants is
+a nightingale that is at liberty, to sing and nest and fly as it pleases
+in our beautiful garden, and to return to us in the spring from its
+winter home."
+
+"I understand very well what you mean. I should not want to catch a bird
+and deliver it into captivity." After questioning Alfred more closely
+about the trees near his villa, the boy said: "I feel sure that I can
+get a nightingale and its nest for you. I know just how to go about it.
+You will soon hear its song resound from all parts of your garden--
+possibly not this week, but surely next."
+
+Alfred stood still for a moment and looked at the boy--clothed in a
+shabby suit, with his hair protruding from his torn hat. Then he asked,
+wonderingly, "What would you do with the money?"
+
+"Oh," said the boy, and the tears stood in his eyes, "twenty pounds
+would help us out of our troubles. You see, my father is a day-laborer.
+He is not a very strong man, and I was just on my way to visit him, and
+do what I could to help him. My foreman has given me a few days' leave
+of absence. I don't earn much, but it helps my father a little. I often
+feel that it would be a great help to him if I could earn more. I
+certainly should like nothing better than to be a wheelwright. It must
+be grand to be able to take the wood that lies here in the forest, and
+make a beautiful carriage out of it, like the one you own. I have often
+talked with the wheelwright, but he will not take me as an apprentice
+until I have a certain amount of money. Besides, I should need money to
+buy tools. It would cost twenty pounds, and my father and I haven't as
+much as that together.
+
+"Poor boy," thought Alfred, "if what he says is true, we must help him."
+Then he said aloud, "Bring me a written recommendation from your
+schoolmaster; and if the wheelwright really wants to take you, I will
+give you ten pounds as soon as the nightingale sings in our garden; and I
+know that the missing ten pounds will soon be forthcoming. But you must
+say nothing about this to anyone until my mother's wish is gratified. I
+should like to give her an unexpected pleasure."
+
+Soon they struck the main road again, and the rest of the distance was
+quickly covered.
+
+While the wheelwright was repairing the carriage, Alfred engaged him in
+conversation concerning the stable-boy, all of whose statements the man
+corroborated. He also showed a willingness to apprentice the boy on the
+terms stated.
+
+The damage had now been repaired, so the Duchess paid the charges,
+giving the stable-boy a few coins, and seated herself in the carriage
+with her children.
+
+After whispering a few words to the boy, to tell him how to reach the
+villa, Alfred joined his mother and sister, and with tooting of horns
+they proceeded on their journey in high spirits.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+APPRENTICESHIP
+
+
+The little stable-boy, Michael Warden, hurried on to his sick father. It
+was late, and the journey would take him two hours. On his way he
+stopped to buy a few delicacies for his father with the coins the
+Duchess had given him. To his surprise, he found on arrival that his
+father was very much improved.
+
+Before daybreak on the following morning, Michael hurried to the woods
+to find the nightingale's nest he knew so well. When he had last visited
+it, he had seen five brownish-green eggs there. But as he now peered
+into it he found, to his great astonishment, that the young birds had
+broken through their shells. With all haste he set out for the villa,
+several miles distant, to study the situation and decide where he could
+best fasten the nest. Arriving there, he found a suitable place, and
+then hurried back to the woods.
+
+In the course of a few days, he succeeded in caging the parent birds.
+Placing the nest beside them in the cage, he carried it to the garden of
+the Duchess. He arrived there toward evening, and was hospitably
+received by the gardener, who had been fully acquainted with the idea.
+
+Adjoining the villa was a large tract of land, well wooded, which was
+beautifully laid out with garden plots, pebbly, shaded paths,
+vine-covered bowers and rustic seats. In one corner of the garden there
+stood an odd little thatch-covered arbor, nestling between high rocks in
+the shadow of the tall trees. A brook which fell in foaming whiteness
+flowed past this little nook, clear as crystal, and made the stillness
+fascinating by its intermittent murmuring. This spot the Duchess loved
+well, and many hours of the day she spent here.
+
+Scarcely a hundred feet distant, there stood a willow tree closely
+resembling the late home of the caged nightingales. The boy had chosen
+this tree and had prepared a place for the nest on a forked branch. He
+went there late one evening, as the moon was shining brightly, and
+placed the nest securely on this tree; then he gave the parent birds
+their freedom.
+
+The next morning, the boy returned to the spot and hid himself in the
+thick shrubbery, to see whether the birds would feed their young, who
+were loudly crying for food. In a little while the parent birds returned
+and fed them.
+
+"Now I have triumphed," said Michael; and he hurried to the villa to
+carry to Alfred the welcome news that in a few days the nightingales
+would be singing their song in his garden.
+
+"Fine," said Alfred, "and then the money will be yours. Stay a few days
+longer and you can take it with you."
+
+Two days later, the Duchess invited her friends to a lawn-party. The sun
+had risen in all its glory, the sky was unclouded, and the breezes were
+light and refreshing. The garden, with all its natural beauty, afforded
+a most entrancing spot for the feast, which proved perfect in every
+detail and was enjoyed in full measure.
+
+After the guests had departed, the Duchess said to her children, "Let us
+spend this delightful twilight hour here in quiet. My soul is satisfied;
+for what can compare with this blessed evening hour? What comparison can
+there be between the grandeur of our salon and the beauty of nature?"
+
+Just then the nightingale broke the stillness with its ecstatic song.
+The Duchess was surprised, and listened intently until the song was
+ended.
+
+"I wonder how this nightingale came to my garden. The oldest residents
+cannot remember ever having heard one in this region."
+
+"Dear mother," said Alfred, "you often wished that a nightingale would
+lend its song and its presence to grace this beautiful spot. The same
+boy who assisted us out of a difficulty recently, helped me gratify your
+wish. You remember, dear mother, that you said at that time: 'I would
+give twenty pounds to have a nightingale in my garden.' That boy has
+helped us please you, and we have paid him half this amount out of our
+savings. The boy is worthy of the money, and it may be the foundation of
+his future success."
+
+"You have acted nobly," said the Duchess. "I am transported with ecstasy
+at hearing the nightingale sing for the first time in my garden, and
+also at the love which you have shown for your mother. It moves me still
+more, however, when I think that my children possess a heart big enough
+to part with money intended for their own use, and voluntarily give it
+up to afford help and joy to others. I, too, will reward the boy
+generously. I wonder what use he would make of the money."
+
+"We could not give the money to a more worthy person," said Alfred, who
+then related to his mother the boy's aspirations. "Besides, I have
+written to his teacher, and this is what he says about him: 'A greater
+deed of charity you could not perform than to help Michael Warden carry
+out his desire to learn a trade. He is a clever, ingenious boy, and
+would learn quickly. I think he would like best to be a wheelwright, and
+I would suggest that you apprentice him with the master in our village.'
+So you see, mother, the money would not be spent in vain."
+
+"Very well, the money shall be his."
+
+On the following morning, Alfred sent for Michael, and counted out to
+him the money, increasing it to fifty pounds. Michael's astonishment
+almost carried him off his feet, and he thanked Alfred profusely for the
+extra money. He hurried home to his father and laid his wealth before
+him on the table. The old man stared at it in blank amazement, and said:
+"My boy, I hope you have not stolen this money!"
+
+"No, father, but a little bird in the forest helped me," and Michael
+related the incident.
+
+His father, overjoyed, now made all preparations for Michael's outfit.
+He then conducted him to the master wheelwright, paid the stipulated sum
+and entered him as an apprentice. At the end of three years, the boy was
+as accomplished in his trade as his master.
+
+Before starting out into the world, Michael returned to the Castle of
+Banford to tell of his progress, and once more thank the Duchess and her
+children for their kindness to him. They praised him heartily for the
+strides he had made. The Duchess then gave him another gift of money for
+his journey, and said: "Success be yours. We must never do good by
+halves; the sapling that we plant we should also water." Then with many
+encouraging remarks, the Banfords bade him good-bye.
+
+Touched by their interest and charity, Michael was so stupefied that he
+could scarcely speak. When he recovered his self-control, he thanked
+them all, and promised faithfully to do his best and always remember
+their good advice.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+ALFRED BANFORD
+
+
+Alfred Banford had always been kind to the poor and dutiful and
+affectionate to his mother. Suddenly he was seized with patriotic
+fervor. For some time he had nursed the desire to be a soldier. At the
+age of seventeen, he studied the art of warfare at a military academy.
+He surprised all the officers with his military genius.
+
+The Duchess, too, loved her fatherland, and at last she tearfully
+recognized that she must give up her son to fight in defense of his
+country.
+
+"Go, then," said she, "fight for the right and your country; and may God
+protect you."
+
+Alfred fought valiantly and well, and at last was forced to proceed with
+the great French army against Russia. On the way to Moscow the ranks
+were greatly depleted, owing to the long, wearisome marches and
+privations. After untold hardships and bloodshed, the army at last
+reached Moscow, with her many palaces and temples and spires and the old
+palace, the Kremlin. It was a pleasing picture. Alfred, like every other
+soldier, now hoped to recuperate from the hardships of warfare. But he
+found the city uninhabited, the streets deserted, the palaces and houses
+empty.
+
+At midnight, a dreadful fire which had been smoldering for several days,
+broke out in wild fury and laid the greater part of the city in ashes.
+The army was obliged to retreat; and many thousand brave soldiers,
+exposed to snow and ice, hunger and cold, met a horrible death. One
+single freezing night killed thousands of horses, Alfred's among them.
+He was obliged to walk knee deep in icy water.
+
+They traversed miles and miles of country without passing one hut; and
+when in the distance a human habitation appeared and gave promise of
+warmth and food, they found upon approach that it was deserted and
+devoid of everything.
+
+The poor, miserable, weakened soldiers were obliged to spend many a
+weary night on the snow-covered ground, with no roof but the sky. The
+need of food became more and more imperative each moment; yet if they
+had had the wealth of kings, they could not have bought a dry crust of
+bread; so they were reduced to the extremity of eating the flesh of
+their fallen horses. They quenched their thirst with snow.
+
+The street upon which the greater part of the army had gathered was
+marked with deserted cannons and powder wagons; and on both sides lay
+the dead, upon whom the fast falling snow had spread a white coverlet.
+Many of the soldiers of Alfred's regiment had fallen, and lay frozen in
+the snow; others were scattered here and there.
+
+Alfred and a chum, both in a weakened condition, tried to go on. They
+descried a little village, about half an hour distant; but before they
+reached it, Alfred had become so weak that he fell exhausted in the
+snow, saying: "Thus must I die here!" He extended his hand to his friend
+and with tears in his eyes said: "Should you ever reach the Castle of
+Banford, bear my love to my mother and sisters. Tell them that Alfred
+Banford fought bravely, and fell in the service of his country."
+
+These words reached the ears of a Russian gentleman, Vosky by name, who
+in a rude sled was going in the direction of the village. He halted,
+offered his assistance to the two half-frozen men, helped them into the
+sleigh and hurried on with them. A few minutes' drive brought them to a
+little inn, half concealed by the drifted snow.
+
+The men were conducted into the house and furnished with food and
+warmth. The host asked them no questions, for he saw that they were
+benumbed and almost unconscious. At last, when they had recovered, he
+raised his glass and said: "To your health, gentlemen. All brave
+soldiers should live. I sympathize with you, although I am a Russian
+subject. The sad fate of your fellow soldiers pains me. I will do all in
+my power to help you. I know you are not our enemy. We have but one
+enemy--the man whose iron will has forced all these hundreds of
+thousands of men into our country." Then he arose and went about the
+place, giving orders to his assistant.
+
+The sleigh still stood at the door, and the horses impatiently shook the
+sleigh bells and pawed the snow. As Vosky re-entered the room, his two
+guests had finished their repast.
+
+"Now," said he, "let me conduct you to a room where you can rest and
+sleep, undisturbed and undiscovered." After climbing a ladder and
+walking through a narrow passage, they came to a secret door which
+opened into a bedroom. Alfred Banford looked about him, and was startled
+when he saw in a mirror the reflection of such a pale, hungry-looking
+visage and such tattered clothes.
+
+Pity was plainly written in Vosky's kind face, but all he said was:
+"Stay here and recuperate. To my sorrow, I must leave you for a little
+while in order to transact some urgent business; but I will instruct my
+valet to provide you with every possible comfort. Everything in this
+house stands at your service."
+
+Alfred Banford ventured to ask whether it would be perfectly safe to
+remain, for he feared that Russian soldiers might capture him and that
+he would be sent to Siberia.
+
+"I give you my word," said Vosky. "You will be as safe here as the Czar
+is in his Castle. Give me your word of honor to remain until my return.
+I will then devise means to help you reach your country. But I must be
+off now. Take good care of yourselves." And hurriedly he closed the door
+behind him.
+
+Alfred Banford marveled at the friendliness and goodness of this strange
+man who had come to his rescue so unexpectedly and so opportunely, like
+an angel from heaven. "It seems like awakening from a dream, to find
+myself transported from an icy field to a warm, cozy room," said he. "It
+borders on the miraculous--I cannot fathom it." But sleep was fast
+overpowering him. He had lain for so long on straw, on icy ground, and
+even in the snow, that it seemed as if he had never felt anything softer
+or warmer than this bed. He soon fell asleep and rested quietly and
+peacefully till the dawn.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE STRANGER
+
+
+On the following morning, at breakfast, Alfred Banford turned to the
+kind-hearted Russian servant, and said: "Do tell me what sort of man
+your master is, and what is his name?"
+
+"He is a very good man," said the servant. "I can think of no one who is
+kindlier. His name is Vosky, the Czar's chief financial adviser, and he
+is particularly concerned with the care of the Russian army. He has
+always shown me great consideration, for I was only a poor beggar boy.
+
+"One day one of Mr. Vosky's assistants lost a package containing some
+valuable papers and a large sum of money. It was extensively advertised.
+I fortunately found the package and brought it to Mr. Vosky, who was so
+pleased with my honesty that he offered me a home, had me trained for a
+commercial life, and now takes me with him on his journeys, partly as
+secretary and partly as valet.
+
+"His home is in St. Petersburg. This house is only used as a stopping
+place when his business carries him to this region, which happens quite
+frequently. Before leaving yesterday, he gave me strict orders to look
+after your welfare. I trust you will be pleased with my efforts, and
+give Mr. Vosky a good report when he returns."
+
+By slow degrees Alfred Banford recovered his strength. He found books
+with which to while away the time. The stillness of this secluded spot
+was a gratifying change from the noisy battlefield.
+
+One night, Mr. Vosky returned. As he entered the house, his face shone
+with enthusiasm and gay spirits. "I come," said he, turning to Alfred,
+"to give you liberty after your long confinement. I stand at your
+service, and wish to do everything in my power to see you safely
+restored to your own country. I would suggest that you go with me to St.
+Petersburg; from there you can easily return to your own home by water.
+I should like to introduce you to my wife and children. Besides, I could
+not let you depart without suitable clothing, and I cannot provide you
+with that here."
+
+"My good man," said Alfred, "your extraordinary kindness to me exceeds
+all measure. I cannot understand how I should merit such consideration
+from you."
+
+"But," said Mr. Vosky, almost choked with emotion, "I find nothing
+extraordinary or bountiful in my acts. It is my duty, an act of
+gratitude."
+
+"I fail to understand you," said Alfred. "I cannot remember the
+slightest favor that I have ever proffered you. I never saw you before,
+and what is more, I never heard of you in my life."
+
+"Never?" cried Mr. Vosky. "Then listen to what I have to say. My entire
+fortune I owe to you. All my success I lay at your door."
+
+Alfred looked at him in astonishment and shook his head.
+
+"Did you never help a poor boy, by giving him fifty pounds?"
+
+"Just now I don't remember ever having done any poor boy such a
+charity."
+
+"Now," said Vosky, "perhaps you may remember a nightingale that you
+wished to have brought to your mother's garden. You will recall that
+poor stable-boy who managed it for you."
+
+"Oh, yes," said Alfred, "I remember the boy very well. He was a poor,
+worthy, ambitious lad, named Michael Warden. The last I heard of him was
+when he went out into the world as a wheelwright, to make his fortune."
+
+"So, you do remember him. Well, that boy Michael was none other than
+myself. Now I am the owner of a large factory, besides being financial
+adviser to the Czar. I had my name legally changed to Vosky. I was that
+stable-boy, that wheelwright."
+
+"You!" cried Alfred, filled with admiration and astonishment. He sprang
+forward and embraced his benefactor. "But why didn't you tell me all
+this at first?"
+
+"That was impossible," said Vosky. "It would have taken too long to
+explain; and my business affairs were so pressing, and you were so
+exhausted, that you could not have listened to a detailed account. I
+deferred it for a more quiet, restful time, when I could express to you
+my thanks. I saw that you did not recognize me, and I, too, would never
+have recognized you had you not said that day as you sank in the snow,
+'Give my love to my mother and sisters and say that Alfred Banford fell
+in the service of his country.' Let us be thankful that we have been
+brought together, and that the opportunity has been afforded me to show
+you that I am not ungrateful. I cannot express to you the joy it gives
+me to see you, and to be able to serve you."
+
+Mr. Vosky then related some of the events of his life. How he had
+visited the principal cities of Europe; and how he had studied under the
+best men, in order to make himself proficient in his line of work.
+Having heard that many Londoners were competing for the construction of
+carriages for Russia, he had hastily sent in his estimate. The work was
+accorded to him, and in a few years time he had amassed a large fortune.
+He had also opened a large wagon factory, and as soon as the war broke
+out with France, he had received orders from the Czar to supply the
+Russian army with additional powder wagons. The government had been as
+pleased with his promptness as with his honesty. Later, he had received
+the title of "Imperial Financial Adviser."
+
+Alfred listened earnestly, and said: "God blessed you with excellent
+talents. Even as a child you showed genius. You certainly made good use
+of your gifts. I see from all that you have told me, that you were
+always ready to embrace an opportunity; that you worked with diligence,
+honesty and system, and that you began and ended all your work with an
+honest purpose. God, upon whom you relied, has blessed all your
+undertakings."
+
+"That is true," said Mr. Vosky. "The fortune which I have accumulated
+gives me pleasure; for with it I can help the needy. Many a poor lad,
+like myself, have I (in memory of my own childhood) taken by the hand
+and helped to become a man of standing in the world."
+
+Mr. Vosky became silent, and after a long pause said, "I sorely regret
+that my poor father did not live, to see how valuable was the good
+training which he gave me, and that I was not permitted to make some
+return to him for his love and devotion."
+
+On the following day, Mr. Vosky and his guests started on their journey
+to St. Petersburg. The route lay along a beautiful section of the
+country; and so, with entertaining conversation, they reached their
+destination before they had expected.
+
+Mr. Vosky's home was a beautiful place. His family came forward with
+warm greetings, and were introduced to Alfred Banford. The children
+could hardly understand how any man who looked so shabby and worn could
+ever have been their father's benefactor. The father, however, explained
+to them that the trials and tribulations of warfare, through which
+Alfred had passed, accounted for his appearance; and they were moved to
+sympathy for his sufferings.
+
+Mr. Vosky had his tailor furnish Alfred with a complete outfit, suitable
+to his station.
+
+Alfred remained with the Vosky family until the following spring, when
+they escorted him to the wharf. Mr. Vosky gave him a large roll of
+bills, for which Alfred thanked him, and said: "I will send you a check
+for this amount as soon as I reach home."
+
+"Oh, no," said Mr. Vosky; "rather give the money to some poor boy. What
+we give to the poor always returns to us."
+
+With many adieus and handshakes, Alfred departed; and the Vosky family
+continued waving their handkerchiefs until the vessel was lost to view.
+
+
+
+
+THE CAPTIVE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTERS.
+
+I.   HOME-COMING.
+
+II.  THE SLAVE.
+
+III. IN THE TURKISH FAMILY.
+
+IV.  THE LION.
+
+V.   THE OFFER.
+
+VI.  THE PLANS.
+
+VII. RESTORED TO FREEDOM.
+
+
+[Illustration: The Master of the House.]
+
+
+
+
+THE CAPTIVE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+HOME-COMING
+
+
+Early one morning, Antonio, a noble youth of sixteen, was wandering by
+the seashore. He had just come from a high school in Salerno, Italy, and
+wished to spend the Easter holidays at his father's ancestral home. The
+earth looked gay in all the beauty of spring, and the sea shone in the
+rosy light of the morning sun. Antonio's heart glowed with adoration as
+he gazed upon the scene, and he thanked the Creator of all these
+wonders. With hurried steps he continued his way, thinking of his home
+and the reception awaiting him.
+
+His parents were of noble birth. They had lost considerable property and
+money; but they desired to give their son every advantage and--what was
+worth more than money--an excellent education. From his earliest
+childhood, they had taught him to reverence God and respect the laws.
+All his talents were being carefully developed. At a great personal
+sacrifice, they had sent him to the high school. Here Antonio denied
+himself many pleasures in which his richer classmates indulged, and
+tried in every way to live economically. He made no secret of his lack
+of money, nor did he envy those who possessed more than he did. So on
+this particular morning we find Antonio saving traveling expenses by
+making the journey to his home on foot.
+
+The path led through some tall bushes and curved around a huge rock.
+Here he suddenly espied a queer looking vessel lying at anchor. Several
+men with swarthy faces, clothed in a strange, odd fashion, were drawing
+water from a spring which gushed from the rock. They were pirates from
+Algiers. As soon as they caught sight of the boy, they sprang upon him,
+like tigers upon a harmless lamb, seized him, dragged him to the ship,
+robbed him of his beautiful clothing, dressed him like a slave, bound
+him hand and foot and placed him beside some other captives, who greeted
+Antonio with loud cries.
+
+When Antonio had recovered from the first great shock, he folded his
+chained hands, and turning his eyes towards the heavens, he cried aloud
+to God for strength to bear this great trial, and for safe deliverance
+from, the hands of his enemies.
+
+The other prisoners, mostly Italians, had understood his prayers and
+were deeply touched by his great faith. They soon became confidential,
+and little by little they unfolded to one another the story of their
+lives. One prisoner, well versed in law, who knew Antonio's father,
+showed the boy much sympathy. Another prisoner, a sailor, grieved over
+the old parents whose mainstay he had been for many years. "Oh," sighed
+he, "now hunger and want will overtake them." Another, a fisherman,
+somewhat older than the rest, was the saddest of them all. He sat apart
+at one end of the ship, holding his head in his hand and weeping
+silently. He was the father of five children. He grieved sorely when he
+thought what his absence would mean to them. Antonio tried to comfort
+the old man with the assurance that some rescuer would be sent to save
+them.
+
+All the prisoners listened to Antonio. His appearance, his friendliness,
+his cheerfulness, his faith, his trust brightened them all and gave them
+renewed hope. Then the fisherman stood up and said: "This boy has been
+sent to cheer us. Let us trust as he does, and some day, perhaps, our
+chains may be removed." Then he began to sing and all the prisoners
+joined in the song.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE SLAVE
+
+
+The pirates now weighed anchor, and slowly the ship began to move.
+Antonio watched the mountains, the hills, the temples and the palaces
+gradually become smaller and smaller and finally fade from view. Then a
+great pain at leaving his beloved fatherland, his sunny Italy, clutched
+his heart. Soon he was able to see nothing but the heavens and the vast
+expanse of water.
+
+For several days the vessel sailed hither and thither, in search of more
+prey. Suddenly the pirates spied in the distance a warship, which was in
+pursuit of them. The prisoners rejoiced in silence and felt buoyed by
+the hope of an early rescue. The pirates lashed the prisoners to greater
+activity, and made them help with the oars. Under cover of the night,
+the pirates made their escape.
+
+As the morning sun broke over the sea, Antonio gazed upon the waters,
+and saw nothing of the warship. His heart sank, and he could scarcely
+repress his tears. But suddenly he raised his voice, and said to his
+fellow-prisoners, "Though our trusting prayers have not been answered,
+they will not pass unheeded, and our deliverance will surely come."
+
+In less than an hour they saw in the distance the city of Algiers,
+glistening in the sunlight. Little by little they were able to
+distinguish the houses, and the Temple of the Turks, with the sign of
+the Crescent upon it.
+
+The ship anchored, the prisoners were landed, and after a short rest
+were led through the narrow, dirty streets to the market place. Here
+they were exhibited for sale like cattle. The purchasers passed among
+the prisoners, and examined them as they would horses. In order to
+display their strength, the prisoners were obliged to lift heavy stones,
+placed there for that purpose. Many sales were made. The lawyer, the
+sailor and several others went for a good price. As Antonio could not
+lift the heavier stones, the buyers considered him too weak for a slave
+and scornfully passed him by.
+
+A little removed from the crowd, there stood a merchant with a very
+wrinkled face, who seemed to be taking but little interest in the sale.
+After all the captives had been sold, except Antonio, the merchant
+stepped nearer, put on his spectacles, and surveyed Antonio from head to
+foot. He examined his hands, and hesitated when he found them soft and
+white. "But," said the merchant, speaking in Italian, "there must be
+something that you have learned." Antonio thought a moment, and not
+wishing to hide anything, said confidently that he could do clerical
+work and could write in the Italian and French languages. "Hm, hm," said
+the merchant, "that is something, but what else can you do?"
+
+Antonio said, "I understand Latin and Greek."
+
+"Oh, my, such wares we cannot use here. Is there nothing else that you
+know?"
+
+"Yes," answered Antonio, "I can sing and play the guitar."
+
+"I wish I had an instrument at hand," said the merchant; "but suppose
+you sing a song for me."
+
+Antonio did as the old man wished, and his voice was sweet and clear.
+
+The merchant offered three gold pieces for Antonio, but as the dealers
+kept on raising the price, the merchant shrugged his shoulders, turned
+and went on.
+
+The pirates called him back and offered him the boy for ten gold pieces.
+The merchant paid the price, and the boy belonged to him.
+
+It grieved Antonio to think that he had been bought like a horse or a
+dog; but his trust and faith were so steadfast that he knew, in the
+fullness of time, some good would result from it.
+
+The merchant was named Jesseph. He carried on a slave business, but only
+occasionally. Slaves who were accustomed to rough, hard work he never
+deigned to purchase; such as were young, active, refined or clever
+suited his purpose best. Besides, he tried to buy at the lowest figure,
+and sell at a great profit. He certainly hoped to sell Antonio at a high
+price.
+
+When he reached home, he said to his overseer: "See what a fine specimen
+I have brought. Notice his manly bearing and refined, handsome face. See
+the intelligence that beams from his eyes. All these things fill me with
+the expectation of soon disposing of him profitably.
+
+"Now," said he, turning to Antonio, "go with my overseer and buy
+yourself a guitar of the very best make." Then, addressing the overseer,
+he said, "Be sure you pay the very least amount possible."
+
+When they returned Jesseph bade Antonio play and sing.
+
+"Oh, that is beautiful!" cried he. "That touches the heart. You talk
+well and you sing well; both are good recommendations and will certainly
+secure for you a fine position." And, thought he to himself, "will bring
+me a good price, too."
+
+Jesseph did not try to sell Antonio immediately. He hoped to teach him a
+little of the language, manners and customs of the Turks, so that he
+could the better fill a position in a Turkish household. He gave him
+instruction, and was surprised at his rapid progress. He fed him well
+and housed him well, and exacted from him daily labor at clerical work.
+Often Antonio was obliged to unpack large cases of goods; but he
+performed all the work with patience, cheerfulness and obedience.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+IN THE TURKISH FAMILY
+
+
+A year had slowly passed. One day Jesseph called Antonio to him and
+said: "I have some good news to impart. I have secured a very desirable
+position for you, and I am certain that you will meet all the
+requirements."
+
+Jesseph bade Antonio gather together his things, and provided him with a
+suitable outfit. At the end of the week, he conducted Antonio to a
+Turkish house in the heart of the city. The servant, having announced
+their arrival, ushered them into a magnificent reception room.
+
+The master of the house, a Turk, clad in rich Turkish garments, sat upon
+a divan, smoking a long bamboo pipe which was filled with fragrant
+tobacco. Beside him, on a low table, stood a cup of coffee.
+
+Turning to Antonio, the Turk said, "I have been told that you are a fine
+singer and player. Let me hear you perform."
+
+Modestly Antonio addressed the Turk and said: "I can sing nothing in
+your language; I know only Italian songs."
+
+"That will please me, as I understand Italian. Just sing and play what
+you know best," said the Turk.
+
+Then Antonio, who felt himself an outcast from his own pleasant, sunny
+Italy, and transported as a captive to Africa, softly lifted his voice,
+and sang a song of home and fatherland, with deep tenderness and
+soulfulness.
+
+The Turk listened attentively, the smoke rising from his pipe, and said
+as soon as the song was ended: "Bravo! your talent exceeds my
+expectation."
+
+After plying Antonio with a few more questions, he said, "I think you
+possess the necessary qualifications."
+
+Then the Turk counted out one hundred gold pieces to Jesseph and laid
+them upon the table. Jesseph counted them and placed them in his leather
+bag. "Your honor," said he, turning to the Turk, "will be pleased with
+this bargain, I am sure; and you, Antonio, must show by your good works
+that you are worthy the price. Live well! Adieu!"
+
+The Turk, Ashmed by name, was a rich merchant who traded extensively
+with other countries. He wished Antonio to carry on his correspondence
+with French and Italian merchants, and to serve in his house.
+
+As it was now time to dine, he directed Antonio to prepare himself and
+then proceed to the dining-room.
+
+[Illustration: "Now you may sing and play for us."]
+
+Here Antonio became acquainted with the other members of the household.
+At the table there were four persons, Ashmed, his wife, Fatime, and
+their two children, a boy and a girl.
+
+As Ashmed's wife removed the veil which had concealed her face, Antonio
+was struck by her exquisite beauty. The children, who were very well
+behaved, greeted him in a friendly way and watched him attentively.
+Antonio tried to do his best, and felt amply repaid when Ashmed said:
+"Your services this day have pleased us. Now you may sing and play for
+us."
+
+As Antonio had noticed the affection which existed in this household, he
+sang a sweet Italian song of motherly love.
+
+"The song is beautiful," said the girl. And the boy said, "I wish I
+could sing like that."
+
+"Very well," said the father, "Antonio shall teach you."
+
+The children were overjoyed, and Antonio assured the father that it
+would give him great pleasure to instruct them. The music served as a
+bond to draw them closer, and soon the children grew very fond of
+Antonio. This pleased the parents, and won for Antonio their full
+appreciation.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE LION
+
+
+Ashmed now decided to take his family, Antonio included, to visit his
+country estate, which lay in the southwestern part of Algeria near the
+mountains. Here he owned a large house, surrounded by a beautiful
+garden. A short distance from the house stood a great number of olive
+trees belonging to the estate. Many slaves were busily employed
+gathering the olives, which were afterwards pressed to extract the oil.
+
+Shortly after their arrival, Ashmed took his family to view the estate
+and to watch the laborers finishing their day's work. The sun was fast
+declining and the men, before leaving the grounds for the day, tried to
+extinguish a small fire which they had shortly before lighted. They
+stamped on the burning material and scattered it, leaving a brand or two
+to die out slowly.
+
+Ashmed and Fatime walked on to view the mountains, whose tops glowed in
+the sunlight, while the valley lay in shadow. The two children enjoyed
+themselves chasing insects that looked to them like flying diamonds.
+
+Suddenly there came down the mountain path a ferocious lion, with
+bristling mane and wide open month. All fled toward the house, pale with
+fright. The little girl, Almira, who could not run so fast, lost her
+footing and fell helpless on the ground as the lion was approaching her.
+Antonio quickly seized a glowing fire-brand, swung it in circles and
+thus renewed the flames. With this fiery torch whirling before him, he
+walked boldly in the direction of the lion.
+
+He knew that all animals fear fire. The lion stumbled, stood still,
+shook his mane, uttered a roar that brought a thunderous echo from the
+mountains, then slowly retreated, always keeping his eyes fixed upon the
+torch. The enraged lion again stood still, growled and roared louder
+than before, and once more stood ready to spring. Antonio plucked up
+courage, and steadily swung his fiery weapon before him. The lion stood
+still for the third time. Suddenly it turned, trotted up the mountain
+path, and soon disappeared in the darkness of the approaching night.
+
+In the meantime the frightened child had reached her mother, who had
+tried hard to save her, but had found herself too helpless to move.
+Almira sank into her mother's arms, overcome with the shock. The mother
+pressed her child's pale face close to her own, and their tears mingled.
+The father turned his eyes, full of gratitude, toward heaven. He drew
+Antonio, inwardly trembling, close to his side and pressed his hands in
+silent thanks. Little Aladin caressed his sister and said: "How glad I
+am that you are saved. If Antonio had not been here, the lion would have
+eaten you."
+
+The father and mother praised Antonio for his heroism. But Antonio was
+only too glad to have saved Almira; and at night he thanked God for the
+strength and courage which He had sent him to save a human life.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE OFFER
+
+
+In his whole life Antonio had never slept so peacefully as he did on
+this night; never had he arisen from his bed in such a happy frame of
+mind as on the following morning. He walked out into the garden and
+gazed for a long time at the sun, just peeping over the hills; he
+thought it had never shone so brightly. Never had the heavens appeared
+so blue or the flowers more vivid. Each dewdrop, too, seemed to be more
+brilliant. All nature proclaimed itself friendlier than ever. With the
+fragrance of the flowers, his grateful prayer ascended to heaven. As he
+went about gathering blossoms for the decoration of the house, he met
+his master, Ashmed, who wished him a pleasant good-morning.
+
+"Come with me; I have something important to tell you," said Ashmed.
+
+He took Antonio affectionately by the hand and led him to a pathway
+lined on both sides with flowering bushes, where they walked up and down
+for a few moments in deep silence. After a short pause, Ashmed said: "I
+am greatly indebted to you, Antonio. You have saved my child. Each
+moment I realize your bravery more and more fully. From this hour you
+shall no longer be my slave, but I will look upon you as my son. You
+shall share all our joys."
+
+For a moment Antonio seemed unable to utter a word, so completely was he
+lost in thought and overcome with emotion. Oh, the delight of being once
+more free, with the possibility of some day clasping in his arms his
+loved ones, still so far away. Suddenly awaking from his reverie,
+Antonio thanked Ashmed again and again.
+
+Resuming their walk, Antonio talked of his childhood and his home in
+Italy; and so tenderly and pathetically did he speak of his parents that
+Ashmed's heart was deeply moved.
+
+Appreciating the confidence and love which he felt drawing him closer
+and closer to the Turk, Antonio continued the conversation. He vividly
+described his home and country, and expressed a great longing to visit
+the familiar scenes again, and be clasped in the arms of his parents.
+
+This awoke in Ashmed a sense of the great loss which Antonio and his
+parents had suffered. As he had on the previous day almost lost his dear
+Almira, he now understood much better what the loss of a child could
+mean. He began to think how noble it would be to restore Antonio to his
+parents. He said nothing, however, and together they walked toward home.
+
+When Antonio entered the house he found Fatime awaiting her husband.
+
+"Good Antonio!" she cried, as he entered, "you certainly performed a
+heroic deed yesterday. You snatched my child from death's grasp, and you
+did it at the risk of your own life."
+
+"It was no more than my duty," said Antonio.
+
+Then Almira took his hand and said: "Antonio, how good you were to save
+me"; and she kissed him again and again.
+
+Fatime then led him to talk of himself, and became intensely interested
+in the tale of his home and early training. Her mother's heart went out
+to the boy who had saved her child.
+
+Breakfast had been long delayed. As Ashmed now entered the room, the
+meal was soon dispatched, and the children went with Antonio to an
+adjoining room, where they sang and played till dinner time.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THE PLANS
+
+
+Ashmed and Fatime withdrew to the library, and seated themselves to
+enjoy a quiet half-hour in conversation.
+
+"My dear husband," said his wife, "I wish you had come a few moments
+sooner, and you would have heard a sad story. It was so full of love and
+longing that if I could help Antonio get back to his mother I feel that
+I should be repaying him, in a measure at least, for saving my child.
+Oh, how much better I understand now what a mother must feel at the loss
+of a child."
+
+Ashmed's face brightened as he heard these words. "How thankful I am
+that you are so minded," said he. "I feel just as you do, and I wish to
+discuss the matter fully with you."
+
+Fatime was ready with plans at once. "You have," said she, "often spoken
+of taking a trip to Italy and making your residence there. What could
+better suit your purpose than to do it now. Our treasures of gold and
+silver, pearls, diamonds and other valuables we could take with us. Our
+landed estates and all your wares we could sell. Let us do so as soon as
+possible, and leave Algiers forever."
+
+Ashmed praised his wife for her cleverness, and resolved to carry out
+her plans immediately.
+
+After a few more months of planning, he met with unusual success in
+disposing of his property, real and personal, and with his wife, the
+children and Antonio soon took passage on a steamer bound for Italy.
+
+As the city of Algiers receded from view, Ashmed and his family felt
+happy. Antonio was the happiest boy in the world. The thought of home
+and parents made the voyage seem a short one to him; and soon the city
+of Salerno could be seen in the distance. When the steamer reached port,
+Ashmed and his family took up their quarters at a hotel, while Antonio
+was permitted to seek his home and family.
+
+One evening, as Antonio's parents were seated beneath a tree at the door
+of their cottage, thinking and talking of their loved boy, there came
+toward them a stranger. At first they did not recognize him as their
+Antonio, for he had grown taller and his complexion browner; but when
+they looked into his face, they saw there such an expression of love and
+tenderness, that they immediately knew their son. Oh, the great joy of
+this meeting, and the embracing and hand-shaking! Words failed them; for
+they were so overcome with emotion that they could not speak; but they
+drew him in triumph into the house. Antonio removed his cloak and stood
+before them, richly clad, suitable to his station. His mother soon
+prepared a sumptuous meal for him, and while partaking of it, he related
+to his parents the events that had occurred during his long absence.
+They wept over his woes, and rejoiced over his bravery, and praised him
+for his steadfastness.
+
+At the end of the week Ashmed and his family called upon Antonio's
+people. Ashmed honored them as if they were his own. He knew, too, that
+they had met with many financial losses, so he had made out a deed to
+them, which he handed to them, saying: "As I have been benefited through
+you and your son, whom you trained so well, and who saved my child, I
+feel that it is my duty to share my fortune with you. Here is a deed
+which represents one-fourth of my wealth."
+
+"No--no," answered Antonio's father. "Far be it from me to accept one
+penny. True, we are not rich; but neither are we poor, and in the return
+of our long-lost Antonio we feel richly repaid. We offer you our
+gratitude and thank you for your protection of him, and for your
+generosity."
+
+"I regret that you will not accept my offer, but I trust you will not
+prevent me from bestowing it upon your son, Antonio. He has been so well
+tested that I know riches will not spoil him. Here, my dear Antonio,
+take this deed."
+
+"I," answered Antonio, "cannot accept your handsome gift, but if I may,
+I would beg you to use your riches in behalf of those men who were taken
+captive with me on that pirate ship, particularly the young lawyer, the
+poor sailor and the old fisherman, and buy their freedom for them. There
+is a society here in Salerno which devotes its time and attention to the
+needs of the outcast, the lost and the captive; and as it is in great
+need of funds, I know that your donation would be most acceptable to it
+and be productive of much good. I beg you to use the money in this way.
+A greater charitable work you can never perform."
+
+Ashmed answered: "Not only half, but all of this money, I will give as a
+ransom for the three unfortunates you name, and for many more."
+
+This greatly pleased Antonio, and he said: "I thank you sincerely, and I
+am sure that many blessings will be sent you in return."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+RESTORED TO FREEDOM
+
+
+After searching for a suitable place to settle, Ashmed purchased a
+beautiful house not far from Antonio's home. The families exchanged
+visits, and their friendly relations continued for years and years.
+Antonio resumed his studies at the best colleges, his tuition being paid
+by his friend and benefactor.
+
+One day, at Eastertide, Antonio returned home for a short visit. Ashmed
+and his family called upon Antonio, to whom they presented a letter
+which they had just received. In it, Antonio read the greetings which
+his friend, the lawyer, extended to him, together with thanks to him and
+Ashmed for their kind helpfulness in securing his liberty for him.
+
+On the following day, as the guests were all seated at the table, a
+knock announced some strangers. They were the old fisherman and the
+young sailor who had been captives with Antonio, but were now free and
+had come to offer their thanks. It was a touching sight.
+
+Ashmed said, "Don't thank me, but rather this boy. He is your
+emancipator."
+
+"Yes," said the old fisherman, "this is the boy who appeared to us, like
+an angel, and comforted us as we sat in chains. We now lay our thanks
+at his feet."
+
+Antonio waved them back and said, "Thank my dear parents, for they
+taught me by word and example; and everything I have done is due to
+their training."
+
+Then Antonio's father stepped into their midst and raising his eyes to
+heaven, said: "All honor and praise we give to God. As always, He has
+made everything turn out for the best. He sends us great sorrows for
+some good purpose; but He also sends us great joys. When a child follows
+the good instructions received from good parents, makes good use of his
+talents, and forgets not to be grateful, he will become an instrument of
+good for the benefit of humanity. Antonio was sent to you in your
+captivity, and through Antonio you were all led back to your liberty.
+Let us give thanks."
+
+After a long silence, the conversation again became animated. The men
+narrated the varied incidents in their lives, and talked about their
+future prospects.
+
+Ashmed gave the men some ready money with which to start in business,
+and they promised to repay him as soon as they were able. Ashmed did not
+wish the money refunded, but they felt that it would be more manly to do
+this.
+
+As the time for departure arrived, the men bade Antonio and Ashmed
+good-bye, and were off.
+
+The next day Antonio returned to college. He continued his studies there
+for several years, and was graduated with high honors.
+
+In the course of time he became an opera singer of international fame.
+He always maintained a dignified bearing, free from any vanity; and
+recognizing his gift as coming from God, accepted the praise and
+acclamation of the world in all humility.
+
+He found time in his busy life to help the needy, and later became a
+director of the society which we have said was organized for the rescue
+of the outcast. He devoted his voice, his hands, his strength and his
+life to the betterment of mankind.
+
+
+
+
+THE ARTIST'S MASTER-PIECE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTERS.
+
+I. THE GIFT.
+
+II. UNDER THE EMPEROR'S BUSH.
+
+III. No PROPHET IN HIS OWN COUNTRY.
+
+IV. THE CONDITION.
+
+V. THE FULFILMENT.
+
+
+[Illustration: "Hans, undaunted, stepped up to her father."]
+
+
+
+
+THE ARTIST'S MASTERPIECE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE GIFT
+
+
+A little village with its scattered glimmering lights lay in peaceful
+dreams. Just as a black swan draws her young under her, so the mighty
+Cathedral rested in the midst of the low houses, which seemed to creep,
+like birds, under its wing.
+
+It struck twelve from the church tower, and larger and smaller clocks,
+near and far, carried the message onward. Dead silence again hovered
+over the sleeping village.
+
+Just as dawn bathed the hills in sunlight, two stately men wandered
+along the Cathedral Square. One seemed somewhat older, with his full
+gray beard. His hair, rich and abundant, curled beneath his velvet cap.
+He walked so majestically that one could see, at the very first glance,
+that he was no ordinary person, but one upon whose shoulders an
+invisible weight rested. Handsome, tall and noble, just as one would
+picture the highest type of man--a king from head to foot.
+
+Here, in the little village of Breisach, as he named it, Emperor
+Maximilian liked to rest from the cares of his Empire. Here, in this
+little retreat, filled with calm and quietude, he loved to wander. From
+here he sent letters full of tender thoughts to his daughter in the
+Netherlands.
+
+He loved the place well, and christened it "Care-Free."
+
+As Emperor Maximilian walked proudly, but with heavy tread, along the
+parapet of the Cathedral Square, his eye rested upon the gay scene at
+his feet. To-day the invisible world of care pressed heavily upon his
+shoulders. Suddenly he stood still, and turning to his private
+secretary, he said, "I wonder who those children are who are so
+industriously planting a rose-bush in the niche of the wall?"
+
+The children, a girl and a boy (the former about eight, and the latter
+twelve years of age), were so engrossed in their work that they had not
+noticed the approach of the Emperor, until his presence was so near that
+it startled them. They turned full face upon him. Then the boy touched
+the girl and said, "It's the Emperor!"
+
+"What are you doing there?" he asked, and his artistic eye feasted on
+the beauty of this charming pair.
+
+"We are planting a rose-bush," said the boy, undaunted.
+
+The Emperor smiled, and said, "What is your name?"
+
+"Hans Le Fevre, sir."
+
+"And the little one, is she your sister?"
+
+"No, she is Marie, our neighbor's child."
+
+"Ah!--you like each other very much?"
+
+"Yes, when I'm old enough, and when I own a knife, I'm going to marry
+her."
+
+The Emperor opened his eyes wide, and said, "Why do you need a knife?"
+
+"Surely," answered the boy, earnestly, "if I have no knife I cannot cut,
+and if I cannot cut I can earn no money. My mother has always said that
+without money one cannot marry. Besides, I should have to have much
+money to enable me to marry my little friend Marie, as she is the
+Counselor's daughter."
+
+"But," questioned the Emperor, "what do you want to cut?"
+
+"Wood!"
+
+"Ha! ha! I understand. You want to be a wood-carver. Now, I remember
+that I once met two young boys, named Le Fevre. They were studying in
+Nürnberg, with Dürer, 'The Prince of Artists.' Were they, perhaps, your
+relatives?"
+
+"Yes, my cousins, and once I saw them carve, and I would like to learn
+how, too; but my father and uncle are dead, and my mother never buys me
+a knife."
+
+The Emperor thrust his hand into his pocket, and after much fumbling and
+jingling, pulled out a knife with an artistically carved handle. "Will
+that do?" said he.
+
+The boy flushed, and one could see how beneath his coarse, torn shirt
+his heart beat with joy.
+
+"Yes," stammered the boy, "it's beautiful."
+
+"Well, take it and use it diligently," said the Emperor.
+
+The boy took the treasure from the Emperor's hand as carefully as if it
+were red hot and might burn his fingers.
+
+"I thank you many times!" was all that he could say; but in his dark
+eyes there beamed a fire of joy whose sparks of love and gratitude
+electrified the Emperor.
+
+"Would you like to go to your cousins in Nürnberg, and help them in
+plate-engraving! There's plenty of work there."
+
+"I would like to go to Dürer in Nürnberg, but I don't want to be a
+plate-engraver. I would rather cut figures that look natural."
+
+"That's right," said the Emperor, "you will be a man, indeed; always
+hold to that which is natural and you will not fail."
+
+At that moment the Emperor drew a leather bag from his velvet riding
+jacket and gave it to the boy.
+
+"Be careful of it. Save the golden florins within; give them to no one.
+Remember, the Emperor has ordered that they be used toward your
+education. Study well, and when you are full-grown and able to travel,
+then go to Dürer, in Nürnberg. Convey to him my greetings; say to him
+that, as I, while in his studio one day, held the ladder for him lest he
+fall, so should he now hold the ladder of fame for you, that you may be
+able to climb to the very top of it. Will you promise me all that, my
+boy?"
+
+"Yes, your majesty!" cried Hans, inspired, and, seizing the Emperor's
+right hand, he shook it heartily and kissed it. Then the Emperor passed
+on, while the boy stood there in a dream. Marie still held tightly to
+her apron.
+
+Just at that moment a servant appeared who had been in search of Marie.
+The children ran to meet her and related their experience with the
+Emperor. The servant called all the townsfolk together to see the knife
+and the contents of the bag, but wise Hans kept the bag closed.
+
+The next day the Emperor rode off; but for many days to come his talk
+with Hans was the town topic. "Surely, it is no wonder," said the
+envious ones. "Hans always was a bold boy and knew how to talk up for
+himself, so why shouldn't he know how to talk to the Emperor?" This
+speech was decidedly undeserved; but Hans was too young to understand
+their meanness. He was absorbed in the Emperor's greatness and
+kindliness.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+UNDER THE EMPEROR'S BUSH
+
+
+Years passed. Hans Le Fevre lost his mother and Marie hers; and closer
+and closer did the bond of companionship draw these children.
+
+In the evening, when her father was busy with a committee-meeting and
+the housekeeper was gossiping with the neighbors, Hans and Marie would
+climb the garden wall. Here they would sit together, while Hans cut
+beautiful toys for her, such as no child of those times had. He would
+talk with her about all the beautiful pictures and carvings he had
+lately seen, and of the masters in the art of wood-carving; for now he
+was attending art lectures and studying hard. Hours were spent in this
+way; but often, when the opportunity offered, they would run off to the
+Cathedral and water the rose-bush, which Hans had now christened the
+"Emperor's Bush."
+
+There they loved best to linger, for there they hoped always that the
+Emperor would return. And often they would cry out aloud, "Your Majesty,
+Your Majesty, come again!"
+
+But their voices died away unanswered; for, far from them, the Emperor
+was concerned with the affairs of State. The children waited for him in
+vain. The Emperor came no more.
+
+As the time went by, the children grew, and the rose-bush grew also.
+Just as if the tender threads of love in their hearts had unconsciously
+entwined them as one around the roots of the little bush, it kept
+drawing them to itself, there in the niche of the wall. There they found
+each other, day after day. The bush was like a true friend, who held
+their two hands fast in his. But their true friend was not strong enough
+to hold together what other people wished to separate.
+
+The lovely, highly respected Counselor's daughter was no longer
+permitted to meet Hans. Her father forbade her one day, saying that Hans
+was not only poor but was not even a native of the town. His ancestors
+were Hollanders who had wandered into Breisach. A stranger he was, and a
+poor stranger at that. He was a sort of Pariah and could not be fitted
+into their time-honored customs. Then, too, he did not pursue any
+regular trade. "He expects to be an artist." At that time that was as
+good as to be a robber, or a tramp or a conjurer.
+
+Whatever Hans did or whatever he worked at, he kept a secret. He had
+bought the little house in which he dwelt, and since his mother's death
+had lived there all alone. Nobody came or went, except a famous sculptor
+who had quarreled one day with a native in Breisach and been obliged to
+leave the town. People said that Hans helped him get away. Ever since
+that time Hans had been in ill-repute with his rich neighbor, the
+Counselor.
+
+Often Hans met Marie at the "Emperor's Bush," and these little meetings
+seemed to make them like each other more than they had ever dreamed.
+After Hans had missed Marie for many days, he sang a little song beneath
+her window.
+
+The next day she met Hans at the "Emperor's Bush," and there they
+promised to be true to each others always. Then, in a moment of ecstasy,
+Hans cried out, "Would that the Emperor were here!" Just as if he felt
+that no one but the Emperor was worthy of sharing his great joy.
+
+As the Emperor did not come, Hans cut the initials "M." and "H." in the
+bark of the rosebush, and above it a little crown. This meant "Marie,
+Hans and Emperor Maximilian."
+
+The fall passed and winter came; and the children now seldom saw each
+other. Hans sang so frequently beneath Marie's window that her father
+heard him one night, and in great anger threatened to punish her if she
+continued her acquaintance with this boy.
+
+One evening Hans and Marie stood for the last time under the rose-bush
+which they had planted eight years before. He was now a youth of twenty
+years; she a rosebud of sixteen summers.
+
+It was a lowering day in February. The snow had melted and a light wind
+shook the bare branches of the bush. With downcast eyes she had related
+to him all she had been forced to hear concerning him; and big tears
+rolled down her cheeks.
+
+"Marie," said the boy in deep grief, "I suppose you will finally be made
+to believe that I am really a bad person?"
+
+Then she looked full upon him, and a light smile played over her
+features as she said: "No, Hans, never, never. No one can make me doubt
+you. They do not understand you, but I do. You have taught me (what the
+others do not know) everything that is good and great and noble. You
+have made me what I am; just as your artistic hands have cut beautiful
+forms out of dead wood." She took his big, brown hands and gently
+pressed them to her lips. "I believe in you, for you worship the Supreme
+with your art; and the man who does that, in word or deed, cannot be
+wicked."
+
+"And will you always remain true, Marie, till I have perfected myself
+and my art, and can return to claim you?"
+
+"Yes, Hans, I will wait for you; and should I die before you return, it
+is here under this rosebush, where we have spent so many happy hours,
+that I wish to be buried. You must return here to rest, when wearied by
+your troubles; and every rose-leaf that falls upon you will be a good
+wish from me."
+
+Her tears fell silently, and their hearts were sorely tried by the grief
+of parting.
+
+"Don't cry," said Hans, "all will yet be well. I am going to Dürer, as
+the Emperor bade me. I will learn all that I can; and when I feel I know
+something, I will seek the Emperor, wherever he may be, tell him my
+desires, and beg him to intercede for me with your father."
+
+"Oh, yes, the Emperor--if he were only here, he would help us."
+
+"Perhaps he will come again," said Hans. "We will pray that he be sent
+to us, or I to him."
+
+They sank upon their knees in the cold, soft winter grass; and it seemed
+to them as if a miracle would be performed, and the rose-bush be changed
+into the Emperor.
+
+There--what was that? The big clock on the church struck slowly,
+solemnly, sadly--
+
+The two looked up. "What is it, do you suppose? A fire--enemies,
+perhaps? I sense a great calamity," said she.
+
+Just at that moment people were coming toward the church. Hans hurried
+up to them, to find out what was the trouble, while Marie waited.
+
+"Where have you been, that you don't know? Why, yonder in the market
+place the notice was read--'the Emperor is dead!'" they cried.
+
+"The Emperor is dead?"
+
+There stood Hans, paralyzed. All his hopes seemed shattered. As soon as
+quiet reigned again, he returned to Marie, and seated himself on a
+bench. Leaning his head in uncontrollable grief against the slender stem
+of the rose-bush, he moaned aloud: "Oh, my Emperor, my dear, good
+Emperor, why did you leave me?" Lightly Marie touched his shoulder in
+sympathy.
+
+The last rays of the setting sun had now departed. The last tones of the
+dirge had died away. Everything was still and deserted, as if there
+could never again be spring.
+
+"Oh, Marie!" lamented Hans, hopelessly, "the King will never come
+again."
+
+"Bear up," said Marie, "for we have each other." And as she gazed far
+off in the twilight, her eyes seemed like two exiled stars, yearningly
+seeking their home.
+
+As Hans gazed at her, standing there before him with her hands crossed
+over her breast, in all her purity and humility, a great joy lit up his
+countenance. He folded his hands, inspired.
+
+"Marie," he whispered, "let us not despair. In this very moment I have
+received an inspiration, and if I can bring to pass that which I now see
+in my mind's eye, I shall be an artist who will need the help of no one
+--not even an Emperor."
+
+The dawn of the next day found Hans ready to set out on his journey. He
+carried a knapsack on his back, and on his breast the little leather bag
+which the Emperor had given him, with the few florins that remained. He
+closed the door of his little house, put the key into his pocket, and
+walked slowly off. Loud and clear sounded his rich, soft voice as he
+sang, "On the rose thorn, on the rose thorn, there my hope is hanging!"
+
+Softly in Marie's house a window was raised, and with a little white
+handkerchief she gently waved her mute farewell.
+
+Quickly mastering himself, Hans grasped his staff more firmly, and now
+only his heavy tread echoed through the streets.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+NO PROPHET IN HIS OWN COUNTRY
+
+
+Year after year passed. Hans Le Fevre had not been heard from. People
+thought of him, however, when they passed his house with the front door
+firmly locked and the shades drawn, and wondered who would next lay
+claim to it.
+
+Only Marie thought constantly of him, and hoped and waited longingly. No
+pleading, no scolding, no threats could arouse her. She never left the
+house, unless it was to visit the rose-bush which she watered and tended
+so well that it had now grown tall and stately. She knew that the sight
+of it would cheer his faithful heart on his return. It was the only bond
+between them. He had planted it with her, and they both loved it. It was
+almost as high as the niche where it stood, and seemed as if it wished
+to stretch beyond. Marie bent it and fastened it to the wall with a
+string, so that its flowering top had to bend beneath the vaulted niche.
+
+These quiet acts were her only joy, her only recreation. In work and
+prayer she passed her days, and her fresh young cheeks began to pale.
+Her father noticed the change, but without pity.
+
+It was fortunate for her that his busy life took him away from home so
+often.
+
+Just at this time the people of Breisach desired a new altar for their
+church. A proclamation was accordingly sent forth to all German artists
+to compete, by submitting drawings and estimates for the work. To the
+one who sent the best the contract would be given to carry out the
+design.
+
+Marie heard little about this, as she seldom came in contact with the
+people. She lived lonely in her little home. It was now the fifth year
+since Hans' departure, and long ago his letters had ceased to come,
+because her father had forbidden any correspondence. Hans had no friends
+in Breisach through whom he could communicate. But such uncertainty
+gnaws. Marie was tired of waiting--very tired.
+
+One afternoon she seated herself at her desk and started to write her
+last wish. Her father was absent, and she was unwatched.
+
+"When I die," she wrote, "I beg you to bury me yonder beside the
+Cathedral wall, under the rose-bush which I planted in my childhood.
+Should Hans Le Fevre ever return, I beg you--" she paused, for just then
+a song, at first soft, then louder, greeted her ears.
+
+No star ever fell from heaven, no swallow ever flew more quickly than
+flew the maiden to her window, drawn by this call.
+
+In trembling tones the final words of the song died away. Her paper, her
+ink, her pen, everything had fallen from her in her haste. As a captive
+bird, freed from its cage, flies forth joyously, so Marie bounded forth
+from her home. Faster and faster she went, never stopping till she
+reached the rose-bush. Breathless and with beating heart, she halted.
+There before her stood Hans Le Fevre.
+
+They seated themselves upon the bench. Long, long they sat silently.
+
+At last Hans said, "My dear, true girl, how pale you have grown. Are you
+ill?"
+
+She shook her head. "No more, and I trust never again. But you stayed
+away much too long. Couldn't you have come back sooner?"
+
+"No, my dear, I could _not_. Had I returned as a poor, struggling
+carver your father would have banished me from his door-step. We should
+then have seen each other again, only to be parted for the second time.
+So I waited till I had accomplished what I set out to do. I have
+traveled extensively and feasted my eyes on the beautiful works of art
+in great cities. I have studied under Dürer, and now my name is
+mentioned with honor as one of Dürer's pupils."
+
+"Oh, Hans, do you really believe that that will soften my father's
+heart?" said Marie, anxiously.
+
+"Yes, Marie, I don't think that he can fail me. I heard in Nürnberg that
+a new altar is to be built in this Cathedral, so I hastened here to
+compete. Should I be deemed worthy to do such a piece of work, what
+could your father have against me?"
+
+Marie, however, shook her head doubtfully; but Hans was full of hope.
+
+"But see how our rose-bush has grown!" cried Hans in astonishment. "You
+tended it well; but it seems almost as if the roses had taken from you
+all your life and strength and health. Return my darling's strength to
+her," Hans said laughingly; and taking a handful of roses, he softly
+stroked her face with them; but her cheeks remained white.
+
+"Rejoice, my rosebud, rejoice, my darling, for the spring will soon be
+here; and with my care you will soon be well."
+
+A half hour later, the beadle walked timidly into the council hall of
+the high-gabled Council House, and said, "Honored Counselor, will you
+graciously pardon me, but there is a man without who pressingly begs to
+be ushered into your presence."
+
+"Who is it?" asked the Counselor.
+
+"It is Hans Le Fevre," answered the beadle, "but he is handsomely
+attired. I hardly recognized him."
+
+This was a great surprise to all. Hans, the runaway, the tramp, who
+slipped away by night--to me. "See! see! ingeniously thought out," cried
+he.
+
+"But just to design a thing is far easier than to carry it out," said
+another.
+
+"Hans Le Fevre never did this kind of work before."
+
+"Perhaps he has progressed," remarked the Mayor, "and possibly he would
+do it cheaper than the renowned Master Artist."
+
+This idea took root. "But," said one, "it would be an unheard of thing
+to give such an exalted work to a simple boy like Hans Le Fevre, whom
+everybody knew as a stupid child, and whom we looked upon disdainfully.
+The appearance of the thing alone would not justify us in selecting
+him."
+
+But this remark had its good side, too; for the gentlemen now decided
+that, in order that the work be given to the most competent, it would be
+advisable to send to Dürer all the designs thus far submitted, and ask
+his opinion in the matter.
+
+Marie cried bitterly when she heard of the treatment Hans had received;
+but Hans did not yet despair. At the same time that these worthy
+gentlemen dispatched the designs to Dürer, Hans sent a letter to his
+great friend and teacher, in whom he had great faith.
+
+Weeks elapsed. The Counselor's attention was directed to affairs of
+state, and thus withdrawn from his daughter, who lived and bloomed with
+the returning spring.
+
+Hans had opened his desolate house, for which, in the meantime, he had
+carved a beautiful front door. Notwithstanding all the depreciation
+expressed for the native artist's ability, this door caused quite a
+sensation.
+
+Dürer's answer was long delayed. At last, after four weeks, the letter
+arrived. Who can describe the astonishment of the assembled committee,
+as the contents of the letter revealed the design of the disdainfully
+rejected applicant, Hans Le Fevre.
+
+Dürer wrote, "With the very best intentions, I could recommend no wiser
+course for you to pursue than to use the sketch presented by my friend
+and pupil, Hans Le Fevre; and I will furnish security for the complete
+execution of his plan. I cannot understand how a town that harbors in
+its midst such a genius, should look abroad for other artists. Hans Le
+Fevre is such an honorable lad and such a great artist, that the town of
+Breisach should be proud to name him as her own, and should do
+everything in its power to hold him captive; for to Hans the world lies
+open, and only his attachment to Breisach has moved him to return there
+once more."
+
+Directly upon receipt of this letter, an unheard of number of villagers
+crowded the narrow street. Hans, who was working quietly in his shop ran
+to the window to see what the noise was about. But lo! the crowd had
+stopped at his house and loudly did they make the brazen knocker
+resound, as it struck the carved lion's head upon the door.
+
+Hans came forth, and before him stood a deputation of men in festive
+attire, followed by a throng of residents.
+
+"What do you desire of me?" asked Hans, surprised.
+
+
+"Hans Le Fevre," began the speaker, "the honorable Counselor makes known
+to you that he has finally decided to honor your application, with the
+instruction that if money be needed for the purchase of materials,
+application may be made to the clerk of the town."
+
+Hans clapped his hands in glee. "Is it true--is it possible!" said he.
+"To whom am I indebted for this good fortune?"
+
+"The Council sends you this letter which we will now read before these
+assembled people." Hans had not noticed in his joy that his neighbor,
+the Counselor, had angrily closed his windows, as if the praise bestowed
+upon the young artist might offend his ears.
+
+After the deputation had departed, and Hans found himself alone, he
+dressed, put a flower in his buttonhole, and walked over to the
+Counselor's house; for now the moment had arrived when he could prove
+his worth.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE CONDITION
+
+
+Marie opened the door. A loud cry of joy escaped her, and she ran to her
+room.
+
+Hans, undaunted, stepped up to her father.
+
+"What do you wish?" said the Counselor, with flashing eyes.
+
+"I wish first to thank you for your faith in me."
+
+"You need not thank me," interrupted her father. "I did not cast my vote
+for you."
+
+"So?" said Hans, disappointed. "That was not kind. What did you have to
+say against me?"
+
+"What, do you still ask the same old question? You well know my opinion
+of you. You know that I wish my daughter to marry a good and honorable
+man."
+
+"Well," said Hans, "I know a worthy man and I have come to bring him
+before you."
+
+"Pray, who can he be?"
+
+"I, worthy Counselor."
+
+"You? Did anyone ever hear such audacity from a beggar boy?"
+
+"Mr. Counselor, I never was a beggar. I was poor, but let that person
+come before you who dares say he ever gave me a cent. My father
+supported me until his death, when my mother took up the burden. The
+only thing I ever received was the King's gift, and for that I never
+begged. The King gave it to me out of his big heart. His eye could
+pierce with love the soul of humanity; and in me, a poor boy, he sensed
+appreciation. Truly, his money has accumulated interest. I am no beggar,
+Mr. Counselor, and will not tolerate such a speech."
+
+"No, you will not tolerate it;" said he, somewhat calmed. "Where, then,
+is your wealth?"
+
+"Here," said Hans Le Fevre, and he touched his head and his hands. "I
+have a thinking head and skilled hands."
+
+"Well, what do you purpose doing?"
+
+"For the next two years I shall be busy with the altar, which will yield
+me ample means to marry your daughter."
+
+Long and wearily they argued, till Hans felt as if he could control
+himself no longer.
+
+"O, patience!" he cried, "if it were not that I regard you as something
+holy, because you are the father of Marie, I would not brook your
+disdain. A king held the ladder for Dürer, and a Counselor treats his
+beloved pupil like a rogue. Yonder is a laughing, alluring world. There
+I have enjoyed all the honors of my calling; and here, in this little
+dark corner of the earth, I must let myself be trodden upon. All because
+I bring a ray of sunshine and beauty that hurts your blinded eyes--in
+short, because I am an artist."
+
+"Go, then, into your artistic world. Why didn't you stay there? Why did
+you bother to return to this dark corner, as you name it?"
+
+"Because I love your daughter so much, that no sacrifice I could make
+would be too great."
+
+"Did you for one moment think that I could sink so far as to allow my
+daughter to marry an artist?"
+
+"Yes, considering the respect I enjoyed."
+
+"Well, I don't care how many times the King held the ladder, or whether
+or not he cleaned Dürer's shoes, I will hold to this: that as impossible
+as it is for you to build within the Cathedral an altar that is yet
+higher than the Cathedral, just so impossible is it for you to marry my
+daughter, who is so much above you in station."
+
+"Mr. Counselor, is this your last word?" said Hans.
+
+The Counselor laughed scornfully, and said, "Carve an altar that is
+higher than the church in which it is to stand. Then, and not before
+then, you may ask for my daughter."
+
+Hans hastened from his presence and turned his steps to the rose-bush.
+It was a beautiful day. Shadowless the world lay before him. Splendor
+and glory streamed from the sky. But nature in all her beauty seemed to
+him, this day, like a disinterested friend, who laughs while another
+grieves. He seated himself in the niche under the rose-bush, where
+somehow he always felt the Emperor's presence and influence, and where,
+too, he always found peace and hope.
+
+But what hope could ever come to him again? Could the bush uproot itself
+and plead with the Counselor? Could the King, who had never returned in
+life, return from death to help him? No one could help him, for had not
+the Counselor taken an oath, that he would not give his daughter to him,
+unless he built an altar higher than the church in which it should
+stand. This, of course, was impossible. His overcharged feelings gave
+vent to tears, and he cried, "My Emperor, my Emperor, why did you desert
+me?" This time Marie was not at his side to cheer him, and tell him that
+God would not desert him.
+
+All was still, except the humming of the bees among the roses; and in
+the distance the birds sang. All of a sudden something struck him in the
+back. He thought that maybe the Emperor had returned. But what was it
+but the rosebush, which by the force of its own weight had loosened
+itself from the arched wall and had pressed itself outward. For the
+first time, Hans noticed that the bush had grown much higher than the
+niche in which it had been planted. As quick as lightning a thought
+flashed through his brain. What had the rose-bush taught him?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE FULFILMENT
+
+
+Hans could not see Marie, for her father had sent her far away.
+
+From early morn till late at night Hans worked, without rest or quiet.
+Neither pleadings nor threats moved him to desist from his labors. He
+lived like a hermit in his workshop. Two long years had passed; and at
+last Hans appeared at the Council Chamber and made known the fact that
+he had accomplished the work assigned him.
+
+Great excitement reigned in Breisach. The Cathedral was locked for three
+days, during which time the altar was to be placed. Many inquisitive
+neighbors gathered around the Cathedral to get a glimpse of the work, if
+possible. But well-wrapped and concealed, Hans brought the pieces, one
+by one, from his house--and so the excitement grew intenser every
+moment.
+
+On the fourth day the altar was to be dedicated. Early in the day the
+people started for the Cathedral. Joyously the big clock resounded. From
+all sides, by foot and by wagon, the country folk swarmed to see the
+wonderful work, the talk of the neighborhood for the past two years.
+
+At break of day Hans had hastened to the Cathedral once more to test his
+work with his critical eye. Just then the bell pealed forth. He dropped
+his hat, and with folded hands offered a short prayer.
+
+Anyone who has worked for years, in the sweat of his brow, for future
+and fortune, knows how Hans felt as he stood there in his mute
+eloquence. His God understood it, too.
+
+Now the crowd surged into the Cathedral, and the critical moment had
+arrived when the artist gave his work, executed through long, lonely
+days and nights, freely to the public eye. One last look he cast upon
+his creation, then he withdrew, and in anxious suspense watched the
+impression it would make upon the assembled people.
+
+The morning sun sent her full rays directly upon the altar, and an
+exclamation of astonishment echoed from the high-vaulted roof. Joy and
+wonder filled each breast. There stood the altar before the people in
+all its glory. Was it really wood--stiff, hard wood--from which these
+figures had been carved? Were they not human? And that host of angels
+that seemed to be singing "Hallelujah," each one so perfectly natural.
+All figures were life size. The entire work was entwined and crowned
+with wreaths of artistically carved foliage, the center branch of which
+reached upward to the arched ceiling.
+
+The untrained eye of the simple villagers could not all at once, drink
+in such a work. Not one of them had ever beheld the like. They felt
+there must be some magic in it. They now crowded around the artist, who,
+modest and deeply affected, felt every eye that beamed upon him. The
+Mayor stepped forward and heartily shook him by the hand. Each one
+followed his example, except the Counselor, who leaned sullenly against
+a pillar.
+
+Marie, who had been permitted to return for this occasion, stood beside
+her father, paler than ever, but with a heavenly expression in her
+charming face.
+
+"Do you not notice that one of the angels on the altar resembles Marie?"
+said one to the other.
+
+"True it is."
+
+"And that another angel resembles the Emperor Maximilian?" said an old
+man. Like lightning, this news flew from row to row. Marie and the
+Emperor had been portrayed.
+
+"Yes, my friends," said Hans, calmly and distinctly, "I did that because
+I know of nothing more beautiful in the world than the Emperor and
+Marie. God made people in His image, and the sculptor, who is like a
+creator, has the right to choose those forms which he feels are most
+like the Image."
+
+"Well said," echoed from all sides.
+
+Now Hans, with bold strides, neared the bench where the Counselor sat
+with his daughter.
+
+"I still have something to say to you, and you must hear me. I have
+fully carried out your behest. Will you now keep your oath? You demanded
+of me what seemed impossible; namely, 'To build an altar higher than the
+Church in which it should stand,' and you solemnly vowed, that if I
+accomplished this, I should wed your daughter. Now, Mr. Counselor, look
+up. The altar is exactly one foot higher than the Church, and yet it
+stands within the Church--I have merely bent the top of it."
+
+The Counselor saw it and paled. He had not dreamed of such a thing. It
+sickened him; but, as Counselor, in all propriety and dignity, he would
+have to keep his word before these assembled people.
+
+A long pause ensued. Hans kept his patience. Then the Counselor arose,
+and taking his daughter by the hand, presented her to Hans, saying, "A
+Counselor should never break his word. There, take my child. You have
+fulfilled the condition and I keep my vow."
+
+Two young boys hastily brought in some branches from the rose-bush, and
+wove wreaths for the pair. With loud approval, they crowned the master
+and his bride. Humbly, Hans removed his crown, and laid it on the altar.
+"These roses belong to God. With them He saved me. Do you notice,
+Marie," said he, as he pointed upward to the curved top of the altar,
+"that's what the rose-bush taught me. To you, Mr. Counselor, I would say
+that one may bend and still be greater than the one who causes him to
+stoop."
+
+A few weeks later, Hans and Marie were married at this altar. It was a
+wedding the elegance of which surprised Breisach. For his work the
+grateful town had paid Hans a sum of money which, for that period, was a
+small fortune.
+
+Marie's father paid all the expenses which this occasion demanded. By
+this time he realized how unreasonable he had been, and did all in his
+power to make amends. Besides, he now respected his artist son-in-law,
+and for many years he lived with the couple in peace and happiness.
+
+
+
+
+THE VINEYARD ON THE HILLSIDE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTERS.
+
+I. MISSING.
+
+II. THE FAITHFUL DOG.
+
+III. THE FOND FOSTER-PARENTS.
+
+IV. THE ERRAND.
+
+V. THE OLD MAN.
+
+VI. THE LEGACY.
+
+VII. THE JOURNEY.
+
+
+[Illustration: "They reached the cradle and discovered the child in
+it."]
+
+
+
+
+THE VINEYARD ON THE HILLSIDE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+MISSING
+
+
+Many years ago, in a quaint little village bordering the bank of the
+Rhine River, there lived a hard-working farmer, named Joseph Swift, and
+his industrious wife, Caroline.
+
+Their neat little white cottage stood very near the edge of the water,
+where on the bright, sunny days it was beautifully reflected. On one
+side of the cottage, there jutted out into the river a little hill,
+overgrown with grapevines which Joseph had planted, and which as a
+result of training and watchfulness yielded him abundant fruit. South of
+the house there stretched a field, bordered on all sides by leafy
+shrubbery. This plot of ground was used by Mrs. Swift as a bleachery,
+and through her industry and carefulness she succeeded in making her
+linen snow-white, so that all the housewives of that village and
+neighboring town brought her their linens to bleach.
+
+In this way Joseph Swift and his good little wife earned their daily
+bread and a little more to lay by for time of need.
+
+A big brown dog guarded the bleachery during the spring and summer
+months; but in the early fall, when the grapes were ripening, he
+transferred his attention to the vineyard. During the entire year, and
+particularly in the long winter months, the house was his particular
+care.
+
+The little family lived happily and contentedly in simplicity and love.
+These good people found their greatest joy and richest treasure upon
+earth in their five little children. The youngest was a baby, less than
+a year old. They trained them with the greatest care, and taught them to
+work and pray. The children had a living example of goodness and
+uprightness in their parents. This happy household, however, was soon to
+experience a great change.
+
+A cold, hard winter had set in and covered the fields and house-tops
+with many blankets of snow. The river had frozen; and the people feared
+that when the ice-floes and the immense quantity of snow began to melt,
+the river would overflow its banks.
+
+Weeks passed and at last a thaw set in. The ice and snow began to melt.
+The brooks and rivulets swiftly carried the water to the great river.
+
+Joseph Swift and his family retired early one night, and lay wrapped in
+deep sleep. About midnight, the father's slumbers were broken by the
+tones of the village clock. As he became more and more awake, he heard a
+great splashing of water.
+
+Hastily jumping out of his bed, he seized his clothing and rushed to
+find out the cause of the disturbance. But so much water had filled the
+hall that for a moment it seemed as if he could go no further. He
+managed, however, to push along. As he opened the door of the house, the
+water rushed in with such force and volume that it almost tore him from
+his footing. He sprang back into the bed-room and cried: "Oh, Caroline,
+Caroline, help me save our children!"
+
+Caroline, half awake, tumbled out of bed and wrapped a garment around
+each child. Then both parents made strides to reach the vineyard on the
+hill.
+
+The water rushed against them with such violence that they nearly sank
+with their load. The night was dark, for the moon had long since gone
+under and heavy clouds obscured the stars. The rain was falling in
+torrents and a dreadful wind raged about them. The water so filled the
+streets and by-ways that the Swifts thought each moment would be their
+last. The children, half asleep, were crying loudly. From each house
+still louder cries reached their ears.
+
+In the distance, lamps began to flash their lights. Hundreds of people
+could be seen striving with all their might to reach the hill. On all
+sides difficulties and dangers confronted them.
+
+Near the low window of a little hut, there stood a weeping mother with
+her children. She passed them, one after the other, to her husband, who
+stood in water up to his waist and could scarcely keep an upright
+position.
+
+In another place, grown sons were carrying an invalid mother, fleeing
+with difficulty on account of their heavy burden. Some brave, humane men
+hurried along with boats and brought them safely to the hill.
+
+Mrs. Swift, with a child on each arm, was overthrown. Her husband,
+equally burdened with two other children, could render her no
+assistance. Two stalwart men rushed toward her, however, and brought
+mother, children, and father to the neighboring hill.
+
+Some men gathered sticks, and after many futile attempts at last started
+a fire on the hill, so that the drenched people might dry themselves.
+
+As Mrs. Swift, breathless and in a half-dazed condition, reached the
+hill top, she looked at her children and uttered a loud cry: "Where is
+my baby, where is my Edward?" The child--the baby--who had lain in a
+cradle at the mother's bedside, was missing.
+
+The water had rushed into the house in such volume that the cradle had
+begun to move, and was carried along gradually by the force of the
+water, till it passed out unnoticed through the open door. The mother
+had tried to reach the cradle in the darkness; but, not finding it, she
+had concluded that the father had taken the cradle and the baby to a
+place of safety, and so she had given all her attention to the other
+children. But now, discovering her mistake, she wrung her hands in grief
+and cried pitifully. She started to return to her home to seize her
+child from so dreadful a fate, but the father held her in his strong
+arms.
+
+"Stay," said he, "you could never reach our house safely. The water is
+rising too quickly and is too powerful. I will go and rescue our child.
+Our helpful neighbors will go with me."
+
+"Yes, willingly," said the two men who had just helped Mrs. Swift.
+
+Armed with long poles which they could thrust into the ground and with
+which they could steady themselves, they started forth by the light of a
+lantern.
+
+All the people on the hill watched those three men tremblingly. At last
+the light died away in the distance. Still they looked, although they
+could distinguish nothing. They only heard the dreadful rushing of the
+waters, the sighing of the winds, and from time to time the crash of a
+falling house.
+
+Mrs. Swift waited with bated breath for the return of her husband and
+his faithful assistants. An hour had passed and nothing could be heard
+or seen of them. Her fears increased each moment. At last the father
+returned, with saddened countenance. One of his assistants said: "It was
+impossible to reach your house, my good woman; the water was too deep.
+We were in water up to our necks and were almost drowned."
+
+Then the other man spoke up and said: "But don't give up hope, for many
+brave men have been helping, all along the way. Before the water got the
+upper hand, they went about with lanterns, rousing the people. Perhaps
+they have cared for the baby in its cradle."
+
+Many people, laden with household goods, reached the hill from time to
+time, but the cradle never appeared and no one knew the whereabouts of
+the baby.
+
+After the dreadful night, the dawn at last broke forth; rain and storm
+subsided; the clouds rolled away and the morning sun streaked the
+horizon in flaming red.
+
+From the people gathered about the fire, there arose a dreadful cry of
+dismay. By the morning light, they saw that half of their village had
+been submerged.
+
+Mr. Swift's house, with many others, had been swept away by the flood.
+Many a house stood roofless and in a state of threatened collapse.
+People cried for the loss of their homes, but Mrs. Swift cried for the
+loss of her babe. "Though everything be gone," said she, "I should care
+not, had I but my child." Poor Mr. Swift, too, was more concerned about
+his baby than about his other losses, and it was with a great effort
+that he controlled his feelings.
+
+The children lamented the loss of their brother as well as that of their
+big pet dog, Rover.
+
+Meanwhile, from the neighboring towns, many people had come in boats,
+brought the homeless ones provisions and clothing, and offered them
+shelter in their own homes. This was a great comfort for the
+unfortunates.
+
+Mr. Swift accepted their hospitality for that night. "To-morrow
+morning," said he, "I will try to reach my brother's home, where I know
+I can be housed with my family until the spring. Then I will rebuild my
+home and help my neighbors build theirs. Let us not forget that if we
+faithfully do our best, God will not forsake us. Perhaps this calamity
+may in time bring us some blessing."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE FAITHFUL DOG
+
+
+Shortly after the Swifts fled, on the night of the flood, the walls of
+their house had fallen with a thud, and only the strong beams remained
+standing. By the time the house collapsed, the baby in its cradle had
+drifted many miles down the river, along the banks of which much damage
+had been wrought. The cradle passed a village which had been built on an
+eminence and had consequently escaped.
+
+The villagers who had gathered near the shore saw various household
+goods floating down the river; there a table, here a chair, yonder a
+trunk, and in one place even the entire roof of a house.
+
+Two daring boys ventured to stand as near the water's edge as possible,
+in order to see things a little better. All of a sudden one of the boys
+cried: "Oh, see, there is a cradle afloat in mid-stream!" The other boy,
+whose sight was keener, shouted: "See, a dog is swimming after it and is
+trying to push it toward the shore!"
+
+Several strong men standing near-by had long hooked poles, and were
+busily engaged dragging things out of the river. One of them, a young
+fisherman, saw the cradle and cried: "A baby must be in that cradle,
+because the dog would not bother about an empty cradle. Up, brothers,
+up, let us try to save the child. Let not the fidelity and bravery of a
+dog put us to shame."
+
+Notwithstanding the threatening danger of being crushed to death by the
+rushing ice-floes, the men launched a boat and jumped into it. They
+reached the cradle and discovered the child in it. They placed cradle
+and babe in their boat and brought them safely to land.
+
+The people rushed forward and crowded around the cradle to look at the
+infant. Among the spectators were a gentleman and his wife, named Trent.
+
+"Oh, what a beautiful child," cried Mrs. Trent, as she bent over the
+baby. "See how peacefully it sleeps, not knowing through what dangers it
+has passed, not dreaming it has been saved."
+
+Mrs. Trent had lately lost a dear little baby, so she approached her
+husband and said: "Do see how this babe resembles our lost Isabel; and
+it seems to be of the same age. Let me take this child, and if its
+parents cannot be found, I will be a mother to it."
+
+Mr. Trent smiled pleasantly, nodded his head and said: "Well, well, take
+it. Let us not be less sympathetic than these three men, and that
+pitying dog."
+
+By this time the poor dog had reached the shore, and stood shaking the
+water from his coat; so that the bystanders had to rush aside to escape
+a good wetting. Then he began to bark with joy and wag his tail,
+springing first at this one, then at that one, as if to express his
+thanks for the baby's rescue.
+
+Mr. Trent noticed this, and said: "See how thankful this dog is, and
+human beings should never be less thankful." He took some gold coins out
+of his pocket, and handed two to each of the three fishermen. They
+hesitated, not wishing to take the money. "What we have done was purely
+out of love for humanity and without any thought of reward," said they.
+
+Mr. Trent was pleased with them, and said: "Yes, I understand and
+realize how very noble it is of you to refuse a reward for your
+self-sacrificing services, but I must insist that you take it."
+
+"Well, then," said the younger fisherman, "we will accept the money and
+help our poor brothers in the neighboring villages who have suffered so
+many losses during this flood."
+
+The dog had now passed through the crowd. His loud barks of joy had
+awakened the babe, and it started to cry. Mrs. Trent raised the child in
+her arms and kissed it. It looked about as if it were seeking something.
+
+"You are looking for your mother," said she, "but little do we know
+where she is. Cry not, my dear, I will be your mother."
+
+She then carried it into her house, while the two fishermen followed
+with the cradle. The faithful dog did not wait for an invitation, but
+followed of his own accord.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE FOND FOSTER-PARENTS
+
+
+Mrs. Trent hastily heated some milk, and with a small spoon she fed the
+foster-child. Then she dressed it in fine clothes which had belonged to
+Isabel, and brought it to Mr. Trent, saying: "See what a beautiful babe
+this is, with its golden, curly hair, blue eyes and red cheeks. How
+fresh and healthy it looks. But now we have a weighty matter to decide.
+We do not know the baby's name and we must call it something. Let us
+take your name."
+
+"Very well," said Mr. Trent, "we will adopt him and call him Daniel
+Trent. That is a very nice name. As God saved Daniel out of the lion's
+den, so He saved this child from a dreadful calamity. Let us hope that
+this boy will grow to be as sensible, with as much faith in God, and as
+obedient to God's will, as young Daniel was."
+
+"Let us hope it may be so," said his wife, as she cast admiring glances
+upon the babe.
+
+The faithful dog who had accompanied her now rested for awhile, as he
+saw the babe in comfort and safety. After he had been fed and had
+stretched himself awhile before the fire, he suddenly arose, shook
+himself well, and rushed out of the house. As soon as he reached the
+water's edge, he swam across the river, ran hastily up on the opposite
+shore and was soon lost to view.
+
+"Have a care, my dear," said her husband, "I fear you will soon lose
+your babe. I am sure the dog has gone in quest of the child's parents
+and will return here with them."
+
+Mrs. Trent sighed. "Oh," said she, "I understand how pained those people
+must be. For that reason, I would willingly restore the lost babe to its
+parents. Although it would be very hard for me to part with it."
+
+After an absence of three days, just as Mr. and Mrs. Trent were seated
+at the fireside, the good, faithful dog rushed into their presence and
+greeted them by barking and joyfully wagging his tail. But in a few
+moments he hung his head, dropped his tail, and looked very sad; and
+from that moment on he showed no desire to leave the house.
+
+"From the dog's manner," said Mr. Trent, "I surmise that he was not
+successful in finding the baby's parents, who were undoubtedly lost in
+the flood. Let us take good care of him, for he has so faithfully
+fulfilled his duty. We, too, have a duty to perform, for we must train
+and educate this child whom we have taken into our family."
+
+Though the child's position in life was now on a higher plane, yet his
+training was no different from that which his own parents would have
+given him. His new parents worked hand in hand. Daniel soon felt a
+childish reverence for his foster-father, and toward his foster-mother
+he showed a trusting love. He grew to be a handsome boy, displaying many
+splendid talents. He was a diligent scholar and stood highest among his
+classmates. He did everything in his power to give pleasure to his
+foster-parents. He regarded them as his true parents, for no one had
+told him otherwise. It had happened that when Daniel was two years old
+his foster-parents bought a house in another section of the country and
+moved into it. The new neighbors looked upon Daniel as the real son of
+Mr. and Mrs. Trent.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE ERRAND
+
+
+When Daniel Trent had reached his fourteenth year, he was able to assist
+his foster-father in his business. He wrote a fine hand, did much of his
+"father's" clerical work, and carried out all orders with exactness.
+
+One evening he was sent out on an errand to a little village on the
+Rhine, not far from where they now resided. Daniel was pleased at the
+prospect of a long walk in the cool evening air. His good dog, who was
+still living and in fairly good condition for his age, accompanied him.
+
+Just as Daniel's business had been transacted, a ship came into port.
+The passengers crowded the gang plank and the wharf. Several boys and
+young men pressed forward and offered to show the travellers the way and
+to carry their baggage.
+
+At last a little boy addressed a refined, though shabbily dressed old
+man, and asked if he could direct him to a hotel.
+
+"Oh, no," said the old man, "I will remain on shipboard over night; I
+couldn't pay the price of a room in a hotel. My meal will be a sandwich
+that I have in this bag; and as for a drink, a glass of fresh water will
+appease my thirst."
+
+Daniel listened with sympathy to the old man, who had an honest kind
+look. Timidly moving a little closer to him, he said, while his face
+grew red: "If you would not feel offended, I should like to give you a
+little money, out of my allowance."
+
+"My dear young man," said the traveller, "true it is that I have never
+accepted charity, but I must admit, you have offered it to me in such a
+friendly, well-meaning manner that I would gladly accept it, if I could;
+I thank you heartily for it. May your kind thoughtfulness be rewarded."
+
+The dog, who in the meantime had hurried to the water's edge to quench
+his thirst, hastily returned, just as Daniel was about to continue his
+way. The next minute, he was leaping and springing and barking, as
+loudly as he could, and showing unbounded joy. The traveller cried out
+in astonishment: "My dog, you are my Rover. Do I find you again, after
+so many years? How did you get here?"
+
+Daniel looked surprised and said: "It seems that the dog knows you very
+well. Did he ever belong to you?"
+
+"Yes, truly," said the man, "but I thought he was drowned thirteen years
+ago, when the Rhine overflowed and carried my house with it. I never
+expected to see my dog again.--But," said he, as he dried his eyes, "I
+sustained at that time a greater loss than could ever be retrieved."
+
+"What was that?" asked Daniel.
+
+Then the old man told the tale of the flood and said that, in the
+darkness of the night, and in the great hurry and excitement, his
+youngest child, a babe, had been left lying in its cradle. Perhaps it
+had been crushed to death by the collapsing walls of his house and been
+buried in the waters of the river.
+
+Daniel was deeply moved by the sad fate of this babe. Little did he
+dream that he was the child whom he was pitying. He tried to comfort the
+old man over the loss of the infant.
+
+The old man then said, "I have learned to accept my grief, as having
+been sent from God. In the end He will prove to each life that what is
+sent is for the best."
+
+Daniel agreed with him, and offered him his hand in friendship. Then he
+bade him good-bye, saying that the lateness of the hour was the cause of
+his haste.
+
+Daniel walked on and called his dog. The faithful Rover did not wish to
+forsake his long-lost and newly-found master, but neither did he wish to
+lose Daniel. He would hurry ahead and stand in front of Daniel, barring
+the way, as if he wished to stay him, and then he would run back to the
+old man.
+
+Daniel at last stood still. The dog lay down between them and looked
+appealingly, first at one and then at the other, as if he wished to beg
+them to remain together. Again Daniel started, but the dog went through
+the same antics. A half hour passed in this way. At last Daniel said: "I
+really don't know what to do. I love this dog, but I would like you to
+have him, too; but I can't let you take him, for he belongs to my
+father. Come with me, and let him decide who shall have the dog."
+
+They walked together along the lamp-lighted streets, and the happy dog,
+with leaps and barks, gave evidence of his great joy.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE OLD MAN
+
+
+Mr. Trent and his wife had delayed the evening meal, awaiting Daniel's
+return. Daniel led the strange man into the dining-room, where the table
+was spread with a beautiful white cloth, relieved by polished silver and
+food temptingly arranged. It was a welcome sight to the travel-weary old
+man.
+
+Mr. Trent was about to reprimand his son for his belated return, but he
+hesitated at the sight of the stranger. Daniel related the incidents of
+the evening, and they amply served to excuse him for his tardiness. Mr.
+Trent then asked the old man what he knew about the dog.
+
+Mr. Swift related at length the same story that he had told Daniel; and
+added that his losses were great, but that the loss of his baby boy had
+given him the greatest pain in his life.
+
+Mr. Trent and his wife both came to the conclusion, in a flash, that the
+babe which they had adopted was most assuredly this man's son. Mr.
+Trent, a clever, as well as a careful man, wished to probe the matter to
+his entire satisfaction, so he dismissed Daniel on some errand. Then he
+questioned the stranger, as to his name, his place of residence, the
+year and the month and all circumstances surrounding that dreadful
+night, in minutest detail.
+
+"Tell me," said he, "did your dog wear a collar?"
+
+"O yes," said the old man, "it was made of red leather, and engraved on
+a metal plate was his name Rover, and the letters J. M. S., which stand
+for my name, Joseph Martin Swift."
+
+"Now," said Mrs. Trent, "will you describe the cradle?"
+
+"Very well," said the man, "it was made of pine wood. The body was
+painted blue and it had a red canopy."
+
+Mr. and Mrs. Trent looked deeply into the old man's eyes, and found in
+his face, looking through the wrinkles which deep sorrow and care had
+chiseled there, a remarkable resemblance to their adopted son.
+
+"I have no further doubt," said Mr. Trent, "that the son who thirteen
+years ago, as a tender babe, floated in its cradle down the Rhine, was
+saved from the flood, and lives today."
+
+"How, what?" cried the man in joyful astonishment. "Oh, where is he?
+Where is he? Lead me to him at once."
+
+"You have already seen him," said Mr. Trent. "The young man who brought
+you here is your son."
+
+"What?" cried the old man, "that handsome young lad. Could it he
+possible? Oh, how miraculous!" He folded his hands and stood in silence,
+till his overwrought feelings broke forth in a torrent of tears. At last
+he said: "How was he saved? How did he reach this house and these good
+circumstances?"
+
+Mr. Trent related everything in a few words: how the faithfulness of the
+dog had been the first means toward the rescue of the infant. "We took
+your child, adopted him and brought him up. He always behaved well and
+has given us great joy. As we did not know his name, we had him renamed
+Daniel. We never let him know that he was not our own child. We must now
+disclose this fact to him. I hear him coming and will ask you to
+withdraw to the next room until you recover yourself."
+
+"Thank you," said the highly elated father, "I should like to be alone
+for a few moments, that I may offer my thanks for this great goodness."
+
+By this time Daniel had reached the dining-room. As he missed the
+stranger, but still saw the dog, he asked: "Well, my dear father, did
+you satisfy the old man?"
+
+"My dear boy, come seat yourself beside me, for I have something to say
+to you. We, whom you have always considered as father and mother, are
+not your parents."
+
+Daniel was greatly disturbed by this news and could scarcely speak. At
+last he said: "Oh, my dear parents, what great good you have always
+rendered me. How deep has been your love to me. All the rest of my life
+I will thank you. But, how is it that you only now divulge this great
+secret? You do not intend to cast me out, I hope?"
+
+"Certainly not, my dear Daniel," said Mr. Trent, "but listen further.
+You are the child that was rescued from the river, and the stranger whom
+you brought here is your father."
+
+"This man!" cried Daniel in astonishment; "yet he appears to me to be a
+good, honest man."
+
+Then Mr. Trent continued, in order to test Daniel, and said: "That may
+be! But he is so poor, while you are now so rich. You don't need him.
+Besides, in his poor clothes, he would not be any credit to you. So I
+thought I would give him a sum of money, and send him back to his
+village."
+
+"Oh, no," cried Daniel, springing from his chair. "I hope you have not
+already sent him to the ship. If so, let me hurry after him. I must see
+my father's face again and embrace him. I trust you did not mean what
+you said. Were my father the poorest and most unfortunate man in the
+whole world, I would not be ashamed of him, for he is my father.
+Everything that I have, I would share with him."
+
+Daniel's own father had heard these words, in the adjoining room. He
+stepped forward, rushed upon Daniel, and cried: "My son!" and Daniel
+cried: "My father!" They embraced each other and their tears fell
+freely.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THE LEGACY
+
+
+Mrs. Trent now invited all to partake of the evening meal. The
+conversation became animated, and Mr. Trent was happy to find that his
+guest was such a sensible, honest man. He then asked him how he happened
+to take such a long trip.
+
+Joseph Swift said that a legacy had been bequeathed to him, and that he
+was on his way to a distant city to claim it. He had stopped at the
+near-by port in order to break the monotony of the journey. "Before the
+disaster that befell me," continued he, "I lived in comparative comfort,
+but ever since I have been struggling. I was obliged to begin all over
+again and build a new house and start a new business. You can easily
+understand that I soon fell behind in money matters. The news of this
+legacy was very welcome, for every little helps. Some difficulty,
+however, has arisen, so I decided to go personally; and whether I shall
+get the money or not, remains to be seen."
+
+"I trust you have all the necessary papers and credentials with you."
+
+"O yes," said Joseph, drawing out a wallet containing the papers, in
+order to prove his words.
+
+Mr. Trent looked them over and found them correct, but conjectured that
+the outcome would be somewhat doubtful. Besides, when he took into
+consideration the cost of the journey, living expenses, the cost of the
+trial, he found that very little would remain of the legacy after all.
+
+Mr. Trent, who was as noble as he was rich, said: "Do you know what I
+think, my dear friend? The rest of this journey would be very tiresome
+for you; and besides, you would have to remain there for some time
+before you could claim the money. I will give you the sum stated, and
+you can give me a power of attorney so that I can get the money. I can
+then instruct my business manager in that city to look after this matter
+for me."
+
+Joseph Swift was delighted with the proposition, and took the proffered
+money with the heartiest thanks; although he did not realize to its full
+extent the thoughtfulness of this act.
+
+Mrs. Trent, who was as kind-hearted as her husband, inquired after the
+other members of Mr. Swift's family, and then said: "Now that you have
+been spared the weariness of the rest of the journey, I beg you to spend
+a week with us. Then Daniel may escort you home, and remain a few days
+with you, and have the pleasure of meeting his mother and sisters and
+brothers face to face."
+
+Joseph declared that he had never met such good people, in all his life
+and Daniel was overjoyed in the anticipation of seeing his mother.
+
+"I feel I must give my mother and my sisters each a gift," said he. "How
+pleased I am that I saved my money. Now I can use it for a good
+purpose."
+
+Early the next morning, Mrs. Trent and Daniel went forth to purchase the
+gifts, and many a beautiful present did they bring back. Turning to Mr.
+Swift, she said: "Here is a handsome gold watch which Daniel bought for
+you, and also the material for a new suit of clothes. I have ordered the
+tailor to come and take your measurements, and he promised to deliver
+the suit in a week."
+
+Poor Mr. Swift could hardly find words to express the thanks that filled
+his heart.
+
+But Mr. Trent, noticing his deep emotion, said: "Never mind, Mr. Swift,
+let it be so. Why would God give some people more than they need, unless
+he intended they should give some of it to those who didn't have enough?
+Sharing with others, brings us happiness."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+THE JOURNEY
+
+
+Early the following week Daniel and his father started on their journey.
+The dog accompanied them and sat on the front seat of the carriage, next
+to the driver.
+
+As Mr. Swift neared his home, the linen lying in the bleachery was
+plainly discernible, and the dog, recognizing the locality, leaped out
+of the carriage. Mrs. Swift and her daughters were wetting the linens
+and the two boys were busy in the vineyard. The dog ran up to his old
+mistress, sprang at her joyously, and then ran to her daughters. They
+were much surprised to see the dog that they had thought dead. The sons
+joined the group, and while they stood discussing the dog's return, they
+heard the toot of the tally-ho horn. Suddenly the horses galloped up to
+the door and halted.
+
+Said Mrs. Swift, "What can this mean? The driver must have made a
+mistake." But in an instant Mr. Swift alighted and greeted his family
+warmly.
+
+Mrs. Swift's expression was very grave as she said: "What ever possessed
+you to return in such a carriage; and now that I look at you, I see you
+are dressed in new clothes from head to foot. Even the dog, for which I
+suppose you paid a good price, has a new collar. I always looked upon
+you as a better business man than that, I fear now that nothing remains
+of the legacy. Most likely you lost your senses when you saw so much
+money. If you begin by spending it so lavishly it will soon be gone."
+
+Mr. Swift laughingly replied: "Don't be so sure, my dear. Let me unpack
+the things. You will see that not a penny of the legacy is missing." He
+opened the trunk which the coachman had just brought in, took out a bag,
+and shook the golden contents upon the table.
+
+"Oh, my," cried his wife in glee, "so much money! I never saw that much
+in all my life. It dazzles me. It seems as if I were dreaming--But, tell
+me, where did you get the clothing?"
+
+"O, never mind, just yet; I haven't shown you all, for I have brought
+material for new suits for you and all the children." He laid out the
+goods, the velvets, and the laces upon the table, which was scarcely big
+enough to hold them all.
+
+"This is too much. My reason actually refuses to take it in. Do tell me,
+how did you get these costly things?" continued his wife.
+
+"All these things, my dear wife, have been presented to you by my
+fellow-passenger," pointing his finger at Daniel, who had kept somewhat
+aloof.
+
+[Illustration: "As I notice it now you are dressed in new clothes from
+head to foot."]
+
+Mother and children had scarcely noticed him in their happiness, but all
+the while Daniel had been enjoying their rapture.
+
+The mother looked sharply at Daniel and said: "This young man brings us
+all these things! Well, who is he?"
+
+Mr. Swift bent his head and folded his hands; then he spoke with devout
+earnestness: "This friendly young man is your son, our child, whom we
+mourned as dead. A rich merchant and his good wife took him into their
+home and heart."
+
+Daniel could no longer restrain himself. He fell on the neck of his
+new-found mother and embraced her tenderly. Then he greeted his brothers
+and sisters heartily. The ecstacy of moments like these is indescribable.
+
+At first, a little shyness existed between the brothers and sisters and
+this long-lost brother. But as he was entirely without vanity and modest
+and friendly, he soon won their confidence and respect, and they
+conversed with him as naturally as if they had been with him always.
+
+One morning the family mounted the hill to show Daniel the spot where
+they had spent the night of terror.
+
+"Yes," said the father, "in the morning light, we found that our house
+had been swept away. In the face of all that disaster, I remember
+saying: 'This dreadful calamity will yet bring us some blessing,' and so
+it has happened. The people in the whole country around became more
+industrious than they had been in the time of their prosperity. Many who
+had been haughty and extravagant became humble, thrifty and moderate.
+God awoke many people to the performance of good deeds. Many a family
+quarrel was terminated; all the people became peace loving; each helped
+the other in the hour of need.
+
+"Who would have believed that we would again see our beloved child? Who
+would have thought it possible that we, who once spent on this hill the
+worst night of our lives, would live to spend upon it the happiest day.
+Let us learn not to give up hope, no matter how bad the prospect may
+seem, for better times will come--God will make all things right at
+last."
+
+In the course of time, when Mr. Trent knew to a certainty of Mr. Swift's
+honesty, he gave him the position of treasurer in his large business
+enterprises. This position was accepted, and Mr. Swift transferred his
+bleachery and vineyard to the care of his eldest son. With his wife and
+the other members of his family he then moved to a house adjacent to the
+Trents.
+
+Daniel became his foster-father's assistant, and proved himself worthy
+of all the care which had been bestowed upon him; and he remained a
+good, true, helpful son to his own and his foster-parents.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+The Damaged Picture
+
+
+
+
+Chapters.
+
+I. The Artist.
+
+II. The Picture.
+
+III. The Discovery.
+
+
+
+
+THE DAMAGED PICTURE
+
+
+
+
+Chapter I
+
+The Artist
+
+
+If one had been seeking for a man who combined all the qualities of
+goodness and greatness, one would have chosen artist Laurier. He bore
+the title of "Master of Arts" and his works, mostly landscapes, were
+famous far and wide. He had amassed a considerable fortune, and his
+house was the handsomest building in the city, equipped with every
+luxury. Besides, it was the home in which all artists, rich or poor,
+found welcome at all times.
+
+But conditions changed. Hard times, following quickly in the wake of
+recent wars, had made the demand for art, particularly painting, less
+and less urgent, till there was no market whatever for the artist's
+works. Little by little, he had to draw upon his capital in order to
+support his family. However, he continued to paint with unabated
+diligence, for he hoped with the betterment of the times to sell his
+paintings; or if he should not be permitted to live so long, he would
+leave them as a heritage, for the benefit of his wife and children.
+
+Alas, the great man did not live to carry out his purpose. A contagious
+disease swept over the country, numbering him among its victims; and he
+intuitively felt that he would never again rise from his sick bed.
+
+One morning, following a night filled with great pain and misgivings,
+his dutiful wife was seated at his bedside trying to cloak the great
+sorrow which she felt at his approaching death. His two little daughters
+stood at the foot of his bed. The dying man looked tenderly at his wife
+and children, and said: "Be comforted and weep not. True, I can bequeath
+you but little; but God, the Father of the widow and orphans, will watch
+over you." He then invoked God's blessing upon them, and with his last
+breath said, "In heaven we shall meet again." His eyes closed and he
+passed out of this life. Mother and daughters stood convulsed in tears.
+
+The widow now found herself in very straightened circumstances. Her
+house was so heavily mortgaged that she could no longer hold it. The
+pictures which her husband had bequeathed to her were valuable as works
+of art, but the widow could not realize their worth in money. Soon it
+became imperative to sell them at auction, at any price. Before the day
+set for the sale, mother and daughters saw, with anguish, these works
+hurried off to the auction room. The house, too, fell under the hammer.
+The poor, miserable family left the home in which they had lived for
+many years in love, peace and contentment. Still, a certain pride and
+satisfaction filled the widow's heart when she realized that, though her
+husband had died poor, yet he owed no one a penny--that his name stood
+in the community respected and revered by all the good people. The poor
+particularly held him in loving memory.
+
+The widow was obliged to seek a new home in a cheap section of the city.
+She was an expert in all household arts, particularly in the art of
+sewing. Each night found the widow busily engaged with her work, the
+proceeds of which kept the wolf from the door.
+
+Her two daughters, whom she had brought up with the utmost care, were
+her only joy. They grew into beautiful girlhood, were modest and good,
+and loved their mother with all the tenderness of devoted childhood.
+They, too, helped with the sewing; and their combined efforts, though
+feeble, were not without visible returns.
+
+Mother and daughters often talked about their departed father. "It gives
+me great pain," said the mother, "that every picture which your father
+painted should have been taken from us. If it were but a little
+landscape that we possessed, how happy I should be. It would enrich our
+otherwise barren home and make it equal to the most beautiful salon of
+the grandest castle."
+
+Mother and daughters rarely went anywhere, but every Sunday found them
+attendants at a church at the other end of the city. There, on those
+sacred walls, hung a beautiful painting executed by their father. "This
+indeed is exquisite work," said the mother, and the children fully
+agreed with her sentiments.
+
+When the services were ended they all slowly wended their way through
+the city to their modest home. Sunday after Sunday, rain or shine, found
+them carrying out the same program, always returning with hearts filled
+with reverence and peace.
+
+The long, weary winter nights were passed reading the books which their
+father had collected during his lifetime, and which, by the merest
+accident, had not been disposed of.
+
+Thus they passed their days, quietly and contentedly, each one
+cheerfully doing her daily share of good deeds and good works in this
+great vineyard of the world, where we have all been placed to do our
+best.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter II
+
+The Picture
+
+
+One day, as the mother was examining the apparel, she turned to her
+daughters and said: "Children, I see that your summer frocks are really
+very much worn and faded. As we have saved a little more than we
+expected, I feel that I want to reward you for your diligence and
+willingness in helping me so faithfully and uncomplainingly, by giving
+you each some money, with which to buy material for a few new dresses."
+She then handed each daughter a hard-earned ten dollar bill, and said:
+"Select what you wish, and we can make the dresses ourselves."
+
+Both daughters were elated with this generous gift; and at once began to
+argue with each other as to the shade and material which would be most
+desirable, and which would also be most durable, from an economical
+standpoint. At last they started out to make the purchases. Soon they
+found themselves before a massive building, upon which was placed a
+sign: "Auction Sale of Paintings." Both girls, as an artist's daughters,
+had an inherited love for pictures.
+
+"Shall we go in?" said Lottie, the elder, to Louise--"Not to buy, of
+course; for how could we do that? But just to look at the beautiful
+works."
+
+They stepped timidly and modestly into the great gallery where several
+gentlemen and many richly gowned ladies had already assembled. Lottie
+and Louise remained unnoticed, standing not far from the door.
+
+The auctioneer just then raised a picture to view, and cried: "A
+landscape, in a handsome gold frame, by the artist Laurier--ten dollars
+for the first bid."
+
+"Hm," said a portly gentleman, "this picture was certainly executed more
+hastily than any of his other works. It lacks a certain finish. However,
+I'm an ardent admirer of Laurier. I bid fifteen dollars."
+
+The children had forgotten all about their dresses, and after a moment's
+whispering and hesitation, Lottie called out with a beating heart and
+trembling voice: "Seventeen dollars!"
+
+Several of the ladies and gentlemen turned to see where this gentle,
+timid voice had come from, and noticed the poorly clad children standing
+so far back that they could scarcely see the picture. When the children
+became conscious of the many eyes fastened upon them, they turned pale.
+The portly gentleman, without taking any notice of them, continued: "I
+give nineteen dollars."
+
+Then Lottie said, timidly and almost inaudibly, "Twenty dollars."
+
+"Oh, those dear children," said a friendly lady, "they are the artist's
+daughters; let us bid no higher, so the picture may be theirs!"
+
+Everyone was deeply affected, praised the deceased artist and father,
+and respected the love of his daughters.
+
+Then the auctioneer went on calling, "twenty dollars once--twice--for
+the third and last time." He then summoned Lottie, the purchaser, to
+take the picture.
+
+Lottie stepped forward to the long table, and laid upon it the two ten
+dollar bills which her mother had given her.
+
+"You have made a good purchase, my child," said the portly gentleman,
+"and were you not the daughter of the artist, I would not have let you
+outbid me."
+
+The assembled people wished the children luck; and taking the picture,
+which was not large, both sisters hurried out of the gallery.
+
+"O mother," they cried, as they entered the neat little living room of
+their home, "we have had great good luck. The wish you have so long
+expressed is at last fulfilled. See, here is a picture painted by our
+beloved father."
+
+The mother looked at it for a long time in deep silence, and at last
+broke forth in tears of joy and homesick longing.
+
+"Yes," said she, "the picture is his, though I cannot remember ever
+having seen him work at it. But I know his art, his beautiful thoughts
+and his delicate colorings. It is an exquisite landscape. Notice the
+evening glow over the wooded hill, behind which the sun has just
+disappeared; the huts, from whose chimneys the light-blue smoke ascends;
+the distant village, with the old church tower which the last rays of
+the declining sun still illumine; and the rosy, hazy light which spreads
+over all. It is beautiful beyond description, and stirs within me
+memories of the past. Such scenes have I ofttimes viewed in company with
+your father. But how did you ever get this picture?"
+
+Lottie related the incidents leading up to its purchase, and said:
+"Louise and I are perfectly willing to wear our old clothes."
+
+"We certainly have a treasure in the house now, in comparison with which
+all the grandeur of the world counts as nothing," said the mother. "You
+are, indeed, good children, and I appreciate your self-sacrificing
+spirit. I consider that more acceptable than a great collection of
+paintings. The love which you have shown for your departed father and
+for me affords me unbounded joy. Come now, let us hang the picture at
+once."
+
+Often all three would stand before the painting and gather from it such
+joy and strength that the work of the day seemed lightened and
+brightened.
+
+"When you study with exactness the details of a beautiful landscape,"
+said the mother, "you will find more and more to admire at each view. So
+it is with reading. We learn much that may befall us in life from
+books, and by thinking and reviewing the good and the beautiful in the
+lives of others we may better know how to act under the changing scenes
+of life."
+
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+The Discovery
+
+
+With the returning spring, the mother received an urgent letter from her
+best friend, a widow, who lived in the country. This friend had been
+seriously ill for some time, and her life was despaired of. She was
+particularly desirous of seeing Mrs. Laurier about making a few final
+arrangements.
+
+The mother made hasty preparations, and at break of day started on her
+journey, her two daughters accompanying her a short distance from the
+house.
+
+The mother gave them a parting injunction to work diligently and to
+remain at home. "Within two or three days, I shall return," she said. "I
+know that my friend has much to tell me, and will not hear of my going
+sooner. Behave yourselves in such a manner that when I return, I may be
+so pleased with your conduct that my troubles will be the lighter to
+bear."
+
+As the two girls returned to the house, Lottie said to her sister: "Do
+you know, dear Louise, our rooms have become somewhat dingy during our
+stay here. Let us, while mother is absent, have them painted. We could
+launder the curtains and polish the floors. These bright spring days
+seem to demand it. Then, when mother returns, steps into the house, and
+sees its whitened walls, its beautiful fresh draperies and its
+brightened aspect, what a pleasure it will give her. What do you think
+about it?"
+
+Louise clapped her hands in joy, and said: "You always have the
+cleverest ideas. Yes, let us send for the painter at once."
+
+The girls then worked industriously for two days, and everything seemed
+to glide along swiftly and entirely to their satisfaction.
+
+On the morning of the third day, Lottie said: "Everything is now in
+readiness, and I will hasten to the market and order some things, so
+that we may provide a good dinner for our mother when she returns this
+evening."
+
+"That is wise," said Louise, as she helped Lottie put on her coat.
+
+When Lottie returned after an hour's absence, Louise rushed up to her
+with red-rimmed eyes, and cried: "Oh, Lottie, I have met with a great
+misfortune. Through ignorance, I damaged the beautiful painting. Come
+quickly and see it."
+
+Lottie looked at the picture, in horror.
+
+"Oh," said Louise, "it seemed somewhat dusty to me, and I tried to wash
+it off with soap and water. But, not until it was too late, did I notice
+that the colors ran together and the beautiful painting was completely
+ruined."
+
+"Completely!" said Lottie, and began to cry. But, in order to reassure
+her sister, she said, "Perhaps it may yet be restored by some good
+artist."
+
+As the two girls sat conferring as to the best method to pursue, the
+mother stepped into the house. She was exceedingly delighted to find her
+home in such exquisite order and newness. "You certainly are very
+dutiful children. But what is troubling you? What has happened that I
+find you both in tears?"
+
+"Oh," cried Louise, "just look at the painting. I wanted to clean it. I
+meant well, but met with such disappointment. Forgive me, forgive me!"
+and she fell at her mother's feet.
+
+The mother was greatly agitated, as she gazed at the painting. She paled
+and trembled. "This misfortune is indeed pitiable," said she. "You know
+not how much I would give had it not occurred." She drew on her glasses
+and viewed the damaged picture scrutinizingly. "The colors," said she,
+"were but water-colors, and that is why they were so easily blurred.
+But, it is peculiar. I see, under these water-colors, a ground work of
+oil paint, and there, I see a little finger, most assuredly painted by a
+master. What shall I do? I will dare, as long as the picture is damaged
+and past restoration, to wash it off entirely."
+
+The mother then took a big sponge and deliberately began to wash the
+painting. A hand, an arm, an angel's form appeared to view, such as only
+the greatest master could portray. Though the mother hated to destroy
+the work of her beloved husband, yet she worked assiduously to remove
+all the water-colors, and lo! a painting of extraordinary beauty and
+genius met her admiring gaze.
+
+It was a historical picture of ancient times The figures stood forth in
+living beauty and seemed to speak from out the canvas.
+
+"If I see rightly," said the mother, "this is a painting by an old
+master. On a journey, which I once took with your departed father, I saw
+many paintings by this same artist. But this painting, unless I am very
+much mistaken, is classed among his best productions. It is one of the
+finest in art. Nothing in this picture is without purpose and shows the
+stroke of a genius.
+
+"I must seek advice from Mr. Raymond--an old, true friend of your dear
+father. He is a connoisseur on works of art." So she hurriedly donned
+her cape and hastened to his house.
+
+The venerable gentleman was only too glad to welcome her to his home. He
+had scarcely looked at the picture, when he cried in astonishment: "Yes,
+truly, this painting is by one of the earliest Italian masters. It is
+exquisite and sublime. And now it dawns on me how this beautiful work
+came to be hidden by the brush of another artist.
+
+"During the late war, as the besiegers were drawing nearer and nearer a
+certain castle, the owner had his paintings and works of art concealed
+in the cellar.
+
+"As this picture, however, was the most valuable and the choicest of his
+wonderful collection, he could not for one moment think of parting with
+it. So he sent for your worthy husband to paint a picture over it in
+water-colors, which could be easily removed, and yet serve to conceal
+the picture's real value. In this way, he hoped to save it from the
+hands of the besiegers.
+
+"However, he did not live to see the war ended, and your dear husband
+passed away also. This twice painted picture could have remained forever
+undiscovered, but it has been destined otherwise. A wonderful treasure
+has been sent to save you and your children from all future want. It
+only now depends upon finding a lover of pictures, and an admirer of
+genius, who will pay the full value for this work of art."
+
+"But," said the good woman, "can I with a clear conscience keep in my
+possession so valuable a picture, for which we paid but such a trifling
+sum of money?"
+
+"Of course you can, and no person can dispute your right to it. The
+owner of this picture was a noble, right-living man, whom I knew well.
+He had no relatives and did much good to the poor. For himself he needed
+but little. His only pleasure in life was buying the paintings by the
+old masters. Little by little, he collected quite a gallery. This
+constituted his entire fortune. After his death, the pictures which had
+been concealed in his home were brought forth and were sold, together
+with this beautiful one. The late merchant, Mr. Pinole, purchased most
+of them.
+
+"If you take my advice, I would suggest that you advertise in the daily
+papers the fact that you have this beautiful picture for sale. Then a
+purchaser will surely present himself who will pay you its value."
+
+Mrs. Laurier then asked him to undertake this responsibility, to which
+he kindly acceded.
+
+Soon the whole city was aware of Mrs. Laurier's wonderful possession,
+and people were filled with astonishment. Mr. Pinole's son, at whose
+salesroom the picture had been sold at auction, hastened to Mrs.
+Laurier's house.
+
+He had, he said, not only received less than half his due, but the
+picture was worth a thousand times more than she had paid for it. As she
+made no attempt whatever to return the picture to him, he left her
+presence in rage, and determined to sue her at once.
+
+When he presented the case to his lawyer, the latter explained that as
+the picture had been sold at public auction, he could do nothing about
+it. "Besides," said the lawyer, laughingly, "remember, your father paid
+still less for it."
+
+Disappointed and chagrined, Mr. Pinole returned to his home.
+
+Through the untiring efforts of Mr. Raymond, the picture was at last
+sold to a wealthy gentleman, who paid a high price for it.
+
+The money which Mrs. Laurier realized from this sale enabled her to live
+with her two daughters in comparative ease and comfort. The two girls
+soon married well-to-do merchants, who succeeded in purchasing Mrs.
+Laurier's former house, which happened just then to be on sale. It was
+large and sufficiently commodious to admit of the two families occupying
+it. The best room in the house was accorded to Mrs. Laurier.
+
+The families lived together harmoniously, and vied with each other to
+brighten the declining years of the mother's peaceful life.
+
+
+
+
+MEMORIES AWAKENED
+
+
+
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Change of Circumstances
+
+II. The Revelation
+
+
+
+
+MEMORIES AWAKENED
+
+
+
+
+Chapter I
+
+The Change of Circumstances
+
+
+A very wealthy and worthy merchant, named Vollmar, lived in a large
+commercial city. Here he carried on a prosperous business which had
+descended to him from his father. By clever management, industry and
+honesty, he succeeded in enlarging it; and thereby increased his wealth.
+
+Up to the present time, Mr. Vollmar had had unusual success, but
+circumstances were soon to change. One morning as the family was
+breakfasting, the postman delivered a letter containing the information
+that the ship which carried a valuable cargo belonging to Mr. Vollmar
+had been lost at sea.
+
+This was a severe blow; for the greater part of his fortune was now
+gone. But as luck and riches had not made him proud, so this misfortune
+and loss did not make him despondent.
+
+Turning to his children, he said: "God gives and He also takes away. He
+may restore all things unto us when His wise purposes have been
+fulfilled. You can see that this is true, when you review the lives of
+your grandparents and great-grandparents, whose pictures in the golden
+frames grace this room so beautifully.
+
+"Your great-grandfather, Lucas Vollmar, was the richest man in the city.
+All that we once had and now have would not have equalled his fortune by
+one quarter. Owing to the 'Thirty Years' War,' he lost all. He was
+obliged to flee from the enemy. His wife did not survive the journey.
+Their only son, my father, was then but a tender youth, and suffered
+much during those troublous times.
+
+"Soon this city was invaded by the enemy and plundered. Many bombs were
+fired into it and homes were reduced to ashes. Into this very house,
+which belonged to him, fell a great cannon ball which did much damage
+but did not set it on fire. All the families, too, suffered the greatest
+misery. Hunger and pestilence carried off many of them.
+
+"Your worthy great-grandfather sought refuge in strange lands and
+suffered many hardships. He had taken as much money with him as he could
+carry, but on the way he was robbed. He earned his livelihood in various
+ways, and soon put his son out as an apprentice. When the lad was
+fourteen years old, he was called upon to face another hardship in the
+loss of his father, who died in misery and poverty, although he had once
+been the richest man in this city.
+
+"This son, my father, now alone in the world, continued as an apprentice
+and made progress in his trade. At last, when the war was over and peace
+had been restored, he returned to this city, poor in the world's goods,
+but rich in knowledge and goodness.
+
+"Through a decision of the court, this house was returned to him. The
+things that he found when he entered were empty chests and those two
+pictures hanging on the wall opposite. Look at them. Do you not read in
+those faces kindness and true worth? Yes, my children, they were indeed
+good people.
+
+"You never saw your great-grandparents, but you do remember your
+grandfather, for he often held you both on his lap. He had to work hard
+to build up a business, but through the help of his good wife he soon
+acquired wealth.
+
+"So, my children, you have now seen how from wealth one may be reduced
+to poverty, and how from nothing one may rise and become something.
+
+"My father showed me that no matter how rich he became, he always laid
+by some money for the time of need. He employed the best workers and
+paid the best wages; and was a great benefactor to the poor.
+
+"His example and his teachings I have followed, or to-day we would be
+very poor indeed, now that I have lost my goods at sea. We must be very
+economical and, perhaps, in time we may retrieve our loss."
+
+Other tradesmen, too, suffered by this shipwreck. Mr. Vollmar did what
+he could to help them and, little by little, they were able to go on
+with their business. But times changed, and there was little demand for
+Mr. Vollmar's goods. Failure stared him in the face.
+
+"If I must give up my business, it will comfort me to know that when I
+have paid all my debts I shall still have a few dollars left. My
+conscience will be clear when I know that no one has lost one cent
+through me, and that my honor before God and man remains unspotted."
+
+Pressed on all sides, he was almost forced to give up, but as a last
+resort he made up his mind to seek aid from two friends, both very rich
+men. But the one said: "I am sorry that I cannot help you, for I need my
+money myself." The other man said: "I would lend you some money, but I'm
+afraid I won't get it back."
+
+This treatment at the hands of his best friends, pained him sorely, and
+he returned in sadness to his home. Before entering, he seated himself
+in a little bower to review the situation. The sun shone with a friendly
+light; the birds sang their gladsome songs; and the flowers stood forth
+in all their gay coloring.
+
+"How hard it will be for me to leave this beautiful garden upon which I
+have spent so much money, and in which I have enjoyed so many happy
+hours. Who knows in what corner of the earth I shall be obliged to seek
+a new home?"
+
+He became sadder each moment, and, sinking upon his knees, he prayed for
+help. Hearing footsteps, he arose, and, looking down the footpath, he
+saw an old man with snow-white hair being led by a little boy. Both
+seemed very poor, but they were neatly clothed.
+
+Just then the boy said to his companion: "Here, under this tree, is a
+nice seat. You are so tired, dear grandfather, rest here a little and be
+comforted; for the way is not much longer." Then they both seated
+themselves.
+
+"It is a great undertaking for a man like me, blind and feeble, to
+travel such a distance," said the old man. "'Tis true, oculists often
+cure blind people, but I wonder if my blindness can be cured by that
+doctor of whom we have heard so much? Besides, we have so little money,
+and what will we live on while we're in the city? It must soon be fifty
+years since I worked as a mason there. I really know no one to whom we
+could apply for aid; for all my friends have passed on to a better land.
+But I trust God will help us find some place to rest."
+
+As Mr. Vollmar heard these words, he became greatly touched. "To be
+blind," said he, "and not to see the blue sky, the trees, the flowers,
+the sun and the people--that must be hard indeed. This man's sorrows are
+greater than mine. I have my two strong eyes; and should I lose my whole
+wealth, it would be as nothing compared to the loss of my sight.
+
+"These poor people--this blind man, this brave boy--know how to find
+comfort in their sorrow by trusting in God. I will learn from them and
+trust, too."
+
+Just then Mrs. Vollmar entered the garden with her two children, and Mr.
+Vollmar beckoned them to join him. He related all that he had heard the
+old man say.
+
+"My dear husband," said Mrs. Vollmar, "let us take them into our house.
+Though we are getting poorer each day, I am sure that what we do for
+them will not hurt us; for, it is written: 'Be merciful and you shall
+obtain mercy.'"
+
+"True," said Mr. Vollmar, "and you certainly have a bigger heart than I
+have. Let us not only give them food and shelter, but let us call in an
+eminent eye doctor and have him examine this man's eyes."
+
+Just then the old man rose to depart with the boy, but Mrs. Vollmar
+hastened toward them, and said that they could remain with them for a
+while.
+
+Thanking them for this exceeding kindness, the strangers entered the
+house, and soon the old man began to talk about himself.
+
+"My name is Armand Seld. At one time I was a builder and mason, and
+lived with my son in this city. I have been blind for the last seven
+years."
+
+As he seemed very tired, Mrs. Vollmar urged him to rest. She prepared a
+repast for him and after he had partaken of it, she showed him to his
+room.
+
+On the following morning, Mr. Vollmar sent for the doctor. After
+examining the old man's eyes, he said that they were both covered with
+cataracts, of such a nature that he could remove them. He also held out
+the hope that he could cure them in a very short time.
+
+"But," said he, "the old man must rest for three days before I can
+undertake the work."
+
+After three days had elapsed the doctor returned and began the
+operation. Then the eyes were bandaged and the old man was kept in a
+darkened room. At the end of a week, the doctor removed the bandage from
+the patient's eyes and slowly led him to the light.
+
+"I see! I see the light!" cried the old man. "I see your faces! Oh, I
+thank God!" Then he folded his hands and silence filled the room; for
+each one was in sympathy with the old man and thanked God for his mercy.
+
+"But now," interrupted the doctor, "we must cover the eyes again, and
+let them become accustomed to the light by degrees, and each day they
+will grow stronger. I will return daily and watch their progress;
+meanwhile the patient must have nourishing food, in small quantities,
+and he must be kept very quiet in order to save his strength." Then he
+bade them good-bye and Mr. Vollmar and his wife escorted the doctor to
+the door.
+
+The children kept shouting: "He sees! he sees!" and tumult and joy ran
+riot.
+
+At last the bandages were removed for good, but the doctor warned the
+patient not to strain his eyes nor look into the sunshine for another
+week.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE REVELATION
+
+
+Armand Seld was now able to go about the house. The first room that he
+entered, after his tedious stay in his own darkened bedroom, was the
+dining-room, where the family loved best to sit. The walls of this room
+were graced by the pictures of the Vollmar ancestors, together with a
+landscape by a famous master.
+
+The old man's attention was attracted to this painting.
+
+"What do I see?" he shouted. "This picture I once saw by candlelight,
+and I cannot forget it."
+
+"Strange," said Mr. Vollmar, "that it should have made such an
+impression upon you."
+
+"May I ask," continued the old man, "have you owned this picture long?
+Have you lived here some time?"
+
+Mr. Vollmar replied: "This house, as well as the picture, descended to
+me from my sainted grandparents. But why do you ask?"
+
+"I must inquire still further before I can answer. Tell me--did your
+grandfather die in this house, or did he flee to a distant country
+during the war?"
+
+"He died far from here, in a strange land. But it surprises me how you
+should hit upon this question."
+
+"Did your grandmother die first?"
+
+"Yes; but your questions disturb me."
+
+The old man continued: "Was your own father present before your
+grandfather's death, and did he not disclose to him a very important
+secret?"
+
+"My grandfather died of a malignant fever which robbed him of his
+senses. My father, then a boy, was sent for, but when he arrived he
+found his father dead."
+
+"One more question I must ask--and I know you will forgive me. Did your
+father receive a big fortune?"
+
+"My father," continued Mr. Vollmar, "returned to this city and this
+house a poor man. He married a woman as poor as himself, but with
+industry they at last became rich."
+
+"Do you know," continued the old man, "you look just like your
+grandfather? He, too, was about the same age as you are now, and I feel,
+as I talk to you, as if he were here. But listen to my story and perhaps
+it may be of value to you.
+
+"Shortly before this city was plundered I worked as a mason. One day my
+employer, a very honest man, received word to call at once upon a
+gentleman who wished him to do some work which was to be kept a secret.
+As my employer was sick, he sent me in his place, vouching for my honor
+and trustworthiness.
+
+"I entered the house and was ushered into a room where your grandfather
+(for I have no doubts but that it was he) was seated. He started, and
+was indeed surprised that my employer should have sent as a substitute
+such a young man as I was then. After reading my recommendation, he
+ordered the servants to light two candles and set them on the table over
+which this picture hung. He made me vow never to tell the secret which
+he would entrust to me, except in time of need, and then only to one of
+his descendants. He spoke the oath and I repeated it, word for word,
+looking up at this picture all the time.
+
+"Then he led me into the cellar, down another stairway made of stone
+into a lower cellar, where he opened a strongly bolted door. I gazed
+into a hollow in the wall, where many chests were standing. 'These boxes
+hold all my valuables, which I wish to save,' said he. 'Now, I want you
+to cement this door so cleverly that no one will discover its
+whereabouts.'
+
+"As all the tools were lying there in readiness, and the mortar had been
+previously prepared, I started to work at once. It cost a little labor
+and much pains to do the work well and to hide the door, but I
+succeeded, and received a gold piece for my labor.
+
+"The gentleman laid his finger on my lips, and said: 'Remember your
+vow.'
+
+"Soon after the enemy appeared. Your grandfather fled and so did I.
+Never again did I return to this city, nor did I think of the valuables
+secreted in these walls. The sight of this picture, however, recalls to
+my mind my vow." With a sigh of relief, Armand Seld continued: "My dear
+Mr. Vollmar, God moved your heart to help a poor, strange, blind man. He
+helped to open my eyes, so that I could behold this picture, and to
+disclose to you your buried riches. Thus has He rewarded you for your
+kindness to me."
+
+Mr. Vollmar had listened attentively to the old man's story, and said:
+"You need not thank me. I did only what was my duty. You may be right
+about the treasure, for we often wondered what could have become of all
+my grandfather's wealth.
+
+"Being the wise man that he was, he would have known what havoc the war
+would bring, and consequently would have collected his money and
+possibly have hidden it somewhere. But where? Neither my father nor I
+could ever get the slightest clue. What you have said of the little
+stone stairway and the lower cellar describes exactly the place under
+this house. I am more and more convinced, each moment, that my
+grandfather hid his treasures there, but now the question is whether
+they are still there. Let us go, at once, and find out."
+
+[Illustration: "The chests were opened."]
+
+They went, arm in arm. As they reached the lower cellar, the old man
+shouted: "This is the place. I remember this little round spot that I
+filled with putty and covered with cement."
+
+By means of a long crow-bar, an opening was at last made, and one stone
+after another fell to the floor.
+
+"Victory!" shouted the old man. "Here are the chests, untouched. I know
+my work. The treasure is still here."
+
+Mr. Vollmar then called his son and a helper to his assistance, and the
+chests were soon opened. Bags upon bags of money, jewels unnumbered,
+silverware, hammered copper ornaments and some papers which had yellowed
+and had almost fallen to pieces--all these, met their astonished eyes.
+
+Taking the papers first, Mr. Vollmar read many important family records,
+besides an index of the contents of the chests, and the disposition to
+be made of them.
+
+"Oh, what good luck this is! It has all been sent to us just when we
+need it most," said Mr. Vollmar.
+
+The family soon assembled to hear the good news and see the treasures.
+
+A feast followed and fun and great merriment filled the house. The care
+of the old man and his grandchild was willingly undertaken by the
+Vollmars; and these good people lived together in peace and contentment
+for many years.
+
+
+
+
+THE INHERITANCE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTERS.
+
+I. MR. ACTON AND HIS SON.
+
+II. THE UNINVITED GUEST.
+
+III. THE FLOWERING PLANT.
+
+IV. THE TWO FAMILIES.
+
+V. THE FEAST.
+
+
+[Illustration: "By this time they had reached the grave, which was
+graced by a flowering plant."]
+
+
+
+
+THE INHERITANCE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+MR. ACTON AND HIS SON
+
+
+Mr. Acton was a clever and highly respected merchant who owed much of
+his success in life to the system and exactness with which he carried on
+his business. Then, too, he was so reliable, so honest, and sold his
+goods so cheaply, that everyone preferred to trade with him.
+
+His home, which he could have furnished luxuriously, was the model of
+simplicity.
+
+The only surviving member of his family was his son George, who was now
+twenty years of age. He was a sturdy, manly, upright youth; willing and
+obliging to his friends and kind-hearted to the poor. He reverenced God
+and everything which should be held sacred in life. He was the joy of
+his father's heart.
+
+Partly on account of his father's business and partly to increase his
+own knowledge and ability, George had journeyed to England, and Mr.
+Acton daily awaited his return.
+
+Late one afternoon, after a day of strenuous work, Mr. Acton sat
+dreamily near the fireside, smoking his pipe. Mr. Richmond, his
+bookkeeper, who had been one of his school-mates, and who on account of
+his loyalty and honesty was classed as his nearest and dearest friend,
+sat beside him. Together they were planning for a banquet which they
+would give in honor of George's return.
+
+A knock at the door interrupted their conversation, and in response to
+the pleasant "Come," the servant entered and delivered a package of
+letters. Mr. Acton broke the seals and hurriedly glanced over them, in
+turn. As he took one which seemed to please him, his face suddenly
+changed color, and the hand which held the letter began to tremble. Mr.
+Richmond became startled, for he well knew that business losses, which
+Mr. Acton had often experienced and borne calmly, could not be the cause
+of this agitation. He touched him lightly on the shoulder and said, with
+deep concern: "Do tell me what has happened."
+
+"There, read it," said Mr. Acton, with a deep sigh, as he handed him the
+letter. Then, sinking back in his arm chair and folding his hands, he
+stared blankly into the distance, his grief too deep for words.
+
+Mr. Richmond read the letter which a fellow merchant in a distant city
+had written, and which referred incidentally to the sinking of a ship in
+the English Channel. Unknown to the merchant, this ship had been the one
+on which George Acton was to have taken passage.
+
+This sad news stunned Mr. Richmond, but he tried to reassure his friend,
+and said: "Perhaps your son is among the saved, or possibly he may not
+have embarked, owing to some business delay."
+
+"You certainly do kindle a faint spark of hope in my heart, my dear
+Richmond, but I fear it will be extinguished. Let us lose no time in
+getting all the information we can." He rang, and said to the servant
+who answered: "Go at once and send this telegram." Then taking up the
+evening newspaper his eye glanced hurriedly over column after column,
+and finally he read that the ship Neptune had been sunk, and that eleven
+persons had been rescued, but no names had been reported.
+
+Between hope and fear, the next day passed. He summoned all his courage
+and waited anxiously for an answer to his telegram.
+
+All the neighbors, in fact all the people of the town, held Mr. Acton
+and his son in the highest esteem, and they awaited the news of George
+Acton's fate in dread suspense. At last the answer arrived: "George was
+numbered among the passengers on board, but not among those rescued."
+
+Poor Mr. Acton was so overcome that his eyes held no tears. With dumb
+grief he shut himself up in his room to find his comfort in God, alone.
+
+Several days later, there came to Mr. Acton's house an old sailor, who
+had been on the ill-fated vessel, and who could give an accurate account
+of the calamity.
+
+"We encountered a storm," said the sailor, "such as I, an old sea-dog,
+have never experienced. It broke shortly before midnight, and in less
+than two hours it had driven us out of our course and seriously damaged
+our ship. Suddenly, we felt a great thud, which threw us off our feet,
+and a dreadful crash told us that the ship had foundered. The water
+poured into the vessel from all sides, and the ship was soon submerged.
+
+"The helmsman, seven sailors, two passengers and myself swam through the
+tempestuous sea toward the cliffs which had shattered our ship. The
+brave captain and all the other passengers went to their watery grave.
+
+"The loss of young George Acton," continued the sailor, as he dried his
+eyes, "was deeply lamented by us all. The sailors loved him very much,
+for he was always so helpful and friendly. I know positively that every
+one of us would willingly have sacrificed his life, in order to save
+that of your son. But there was no moment to wait; the ship went under,
+and we were obliged to sink or swim.
+
+[Illustration: The Helmsman.]
+
+"I last saw him near the bow of the vessel, just as the storm was
+threatening to break. From that time on, I saw no more of him; but I
+chanced to find this wallet, as I descended from the rigging;" and he
+passed it over to Mr. Acton.
+
+"It contains several letters from you to your son, and a bank note of
+value. That is why I wished to deliver it myself."
+
+Mr. Acton took the wallet, and opened it with trembling fingers. He
+found the letters there which he had sent his son. "My good boy," said
+the father, "kept all my letters so carefully, carried them with him,
+and as I would have wished, read them often!"
+
+The affectionate father whose grief had been dumb and dry, for the first
+time shed the tears that would give relief to his pent-up feelings.
+
+The sailor continued: "On the morning following the disaster, we found
+ourselves on the bare rocks, with nothing about us but the immeasurable
+sea. We found a stick and a piece of sail which had been cast upon the
+rocks, and this we hoisted. We were taken up by the sailors of another
+ship and landed at Havre."
+
+Mr. Acton had listened attentively to each word. Then, taking the money
+from the wallet, he presented it to the sailor, saying: "Take this for
+your love to my son and for your honesty in returning the wallet to me.
+Lay the money by for your old age."
+
+The sailor was astonished at this rich gift. He thanked Mr. Acton for
+his generosity and then departed.
+
+Mr. Acton felt the loss of his son more and more each day, and soon his
+health began to fail. One Sunday morning, as he returned from church, he
+suddenly became very ill. He hadn't the strength to remove his clothing,
+but sank into the nearest chair.
+
+Mr. Richmond, who had accompanied him, hoped that the illness would be
+slight, and buoyed his spirits with the thought that he would soon
+recover.
+
+"My dear Richmond," the merchant said, "my hopes in this world are over,
+and I must now set all my affairs in order. Come, seat yourself at this
+table. There is pen, ink and paper. I wish to dictate to you my last
+wishes. The notary can then sign and seal the instrument.
+
+"The great wealth with which God has blessed me would, in the natural
+course, all fall to my relations. But, as I know them, this would not be
+the best thing for them, but rather unfortunate. They shall each receive
+a suitable portion, with the understanding that the money be not wasted,
+but invested and bequeathed to their children. If the children do not
+wish to study and learn some trade, they shall not get a penny of mine.
+
+"For you, my dear Richmond, and for all my faithful assistants who
+helped me amass my fortune, I shall provide generously. The worthy poor
+and the afflicted, I shall not forget. Come now, write quickly; I fear
+the time is short."
+
+Mr. Acton began to dictate, but suddenly he stopped and cried: "I hear
+my summons. I must go. God, who has not permitted me to finish this
+deed, will in His wisdom fulfill it, and let it reach my heirs to their
+best advantage!"
+
+He paused, prayed silently and passed away.
+
+All the members of the household were grieved at their loss. Mr.
+Richmond spoke gently to them and said: "Our good, helpful, pious friend
+sleeps in peace. Richly did he sow good deeds while here on earth, and
+now he has gone to the land beyond where richly he will reap."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE UNINVITED GUEST
+
+
+The death of Mr. Acton cast a gloom over all the people, with the
+exception of his relatives, who felt such unbounded joy over the
+unexpected inheritance, that it gave them much trouble to mask their
+true feelings.
+
+"The inheritance is enormous!" was all they could say and think. When
+the time came to make the division, and it was found upon investigation
+that the value of the estate to be divided was only about a million, the
+heirs were heard to grumble at the amount. They reprimanded the worthy
+bookkeeper, Mr. Richmond, and all the other able assistants, as if they
+had embezzled some of the money. These good, faithful men, instead of
+receiving what Mr. Acton had fully intended they should, were obliged to
+accept reproaches and immediate dismissal.
+
+Soon the heirs began to quarrel among themselves, and for a time it
+seemed as if they would have to settle their affairs in the court.
+However, their eagerness to possess the money soon brought them into
+accord, and each one accepted his portion.
+
+Then, one began to build; another bought a country estate; another gave
+up his business, and rode about in his carriage. Not one of them ever
+thought of Mr. Acton, much less of erecting a monument on his grave.
+
+Mr. Acton's house, besides a large share of his money, fell to the lot
+of a man named Mr. Bond. He immediately had the house renovated and
+furnished magnificently, and when it was completed to his satisfaction,
+he invited all his relatives to celebrate the event. On the appointed
+night, hundreds of lights illumined the house and gleamed in the
+crystal, like so many colors of the rainbow. They were reflected from
+the mirrors and shone upon the highly polished silver.
+
+All the heirs of the departed Mr. Acton had responded to the invitation,
+and were dressed to honor the occasion. Especially happy were the wives
+and daughters, whose elaborate gowns were works of art. Mr. Bond's
+daughter resembled a princess in the elegance of her attire, and
+strutted about, in order to display her beautiful diamonds.
+
+After supper had been served, the guests retired to the grand salon. The
+entrancing tones of the music soon led couple after couple to dance to
+its rhythm, and the revelry ran high.
+
+It struck twelve by the big church clock. Suddenly there flashed over
+the faces of the assembled guests, consternation and horror. The music
+stopped--the dancers seemed rooted to the floor. A sudden stillness,
+broken only by the echoing tones of the clock, or here and there a gasp
+of fear or an exclamation of surprise, hovered over all. In one instant
+the doors had been thrown open, and there on the threshold, clad in
+black, and with a countenance pale as death, stood George Acton.
+
+If he had really returned from the grave, the fear and shock that his
+appearance caused could not have been greater.
+
+All present felt a shudder pass over them, as they realized the
+certainty of his return. However courteous it would have been for them
+to have hidden their displeasure and to have extended their greetings to
+him, not one came forward. The loss of their fortune was too distasteful
+to them; the awakening from a happy dream, from a life of joyous
+forgetfulness of right and duty, to a life of hard work was too
+revolting for them. Mr. Bond had been obliged to seat himself to recover
+his strength. Some swooned and had to be carried out.
+
+The noble George Acton had not for one moment thought that his entrance
+would have caused his relations such a shock. So he withdrew to another
+room. Then the questions were heard: "Do we sleep or dream? Was it
+really he, or was it an apparition?"
+
+The heirs could not understand how George Acton, who was considered as
+dead by everyone, even by the courts, could have the audacity to live,
+and by his unexpected return to give them such a blow; but it came about
+in a very natural way.
+
+George Acton had, on the night of the shipwreck, swung himself from the
+fast sinking vessel to a plank. Wind and waves soon carried him many
+miles. Then the storm had subsided and a gentle wind had arisen. He
+found himself very much exhausted, for it had taken all his strength to
+cling to the plank.
+
+After a while he managed to seat himself upon the board. At dawn, all he
+could see on every side was water and sky. Completely drenched, and
+faint from hunger and cold, he passed the day.
+
+As the sun was beginning to sink, he felt that there was nothing for him
+but death. He raised his eyes to heaven and prayed silently. Suddenly,
+in the distance he saw the smoke-stacks of a ship, lighted by the rays
+of the declining sun. The ship came nearer and nearer. At last, he was
+spied by the captain and saved. His thanks to God and man for his rescue
+were as hearty as his prayers had been fervent. When George had been
+warmed and nourished, he begged the captain to land him at the nearest
+port.
+
+The captain expressed his willingness to do all that lay in his power;
+but, said he, "This is an English warship. I dare not deviate one hair's
+breadth from my appointed course. You will be obliged, unless we meet
+another vessel, to continue with us on the journey to St. Helena."
+
+The ship reached its destination, and after a weary wait of several
+months, George was advised to take passage on board a coaling steamer,
+then in port, and bound for Lisbon. "From there you can easily get to
+London," said the captain.
+
+George accepted this good advice, but found himself in a very great
+dilemma. He, the son of a rich merchant, was, what he had never thought
+possible, without one penny. As he sat lost in thought, the captain
+aroused him and said: "What is it that troubles you?"
+
+George looked up at him abashed, and said: "How can I make this trip
+when I am entirely penniless?"
+
+"Is that all?" said the captain. "Well, I have provided for that."
+Whereupon he counted out to the astonished George a good round sum of
+money. "Now all I want is a receipt."
+
+"What?" cried George. "You intend to trust me, a person of whom you know
+so little, with this large amount of money! You know nothing of my
+circumstances, but what I have told you."
+
+"I know your sentiments, your thoughts," said the captain, "and that is
+sufficient. I would willingly give you more, if I had it to give. But
+the amount will be sufficient to carry you to your destination. Were I
+not able to trust a boy like you, I should not want to deal with anyone.
+Now perhaps you would not mind doing a little favor for me. When you
+arrive in London, please deliver this money to my old mother, who needs
+my help." George promised faithfully to carry out the captain's wish.
+
+On the morning of departure, George bade the captain and his crew
+farewell, and after a devious journey, he at last arrived in London. He
+hurried to the home of his father's friend, at whose house he had so
+recently sojourned.
+
+The merchant was speechless with astonishment when he recognized George,
+whom he had reckoned among the dead. But greater still was George's
+grief and despair when he learned that his kind, loving father had
+passed away.
+
+Without further delay, he transacted the business which the captain had
+deputed to him, bought some clothing for himself, and sailed with the
+next steamer to Havre. From there he took the train to his native town,
+arriving late at night.
+
+With a heavy heart, he walked through the streets to his father's house.
+He expected to find it quiet and gloomy, but the brightly illuminated
+windows were a painful sight. The joyous laughter and the music all
+wounded his saddened heart. He could not resist the temptation to
+present himself, unannounced, and end this wild revelry, this dreadful
+disrespect for the dead. So, it happened that he appeared on the
+threshold of the grand ball-room--an uninvited guest.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE FLOWERING PLANT
+
+
+On the following morning, George wended his way to the cemetery to visit
+his father's grave. After wandering about for some time, he thought:
+"How strange it is that I can not find it." At last he met a worker
+there, to whom he said: "Friend, would you be so kind, as to direct me
+to the tomb-stone that marks the grave of the late Mr. Acton."
+
+The old grave-digger thrust his spade into the newly, upturned sod, and
+said to George, whom he did not recognize, "Yes, I can show you the
+grave, but the tomb-stone is still missing. His heirs have set up no
+stone, and probably will never erect one. They have forgotten the good,
+noble old soul."
+
+By this time, they had reached the grave, which was graced by a
+beautiful hydrangea, handsomer than any plant of its kind that George
+had ever seen. A mass of beautiful flowers crowded forward between the
+dark-green leaves and thousands of dew-drops hung on the plant and
+sparkled in the morning sun.
+
+George stood there silent, with his hands clasped tightly before him,
+and his head bowed in grief, while the tears fell on the grave. The
+beauty of the plant was a little comfort to him.
+
+After he had spent some moments thinking of his departed father, he
+turned to the grave-digger, and said: "Who planted this beautiful bush?"
+
+"Oh, that good child, Lucy, the oldest daughter of Mr. Richmond who was
+the book-keeper for the late Mr. Acton, she planted it. She was very
+much concerned because it seemed as if the good man were never to have a
+tomb-stone.
+
+"'Oh, that we were rich' said she, 'then he certainly should have the
+finest monument here in the church-yard. However, I will do what I can.
+I will plant this bush and, though it be not costly like a monument, yet
+it represents no less in good intentions.'
+
+"She bought the bush last April and brought it here; and with the spade
+I loaned her, she dug the earth with her tender hands and set it here.
+You see it is a long distance from yonder stream and yet, she brought
+the water that distance, to wet this plant whenever she visited the
+grave. She really felt grateful to Mr. Acton for his kindness to her
+father. All her people, too, loved him."
+
+While George listened with interest to the grave-digger's recital, a
+young man from the village happened along. He joined the group and
+admired the bush. After a pause, he added; "I, too, remember Mr. Acton,
+everyone speaks of his goodness. It would have been better for the old,
+honest Mr. Richmond and his children had Mr. Acton lived a little
+longer, for then, they would have suffered no want. Nor would Mr.
+Richmond have been thrust out of business so shamelessly.
+
+"As one misfortune seldom comes alone," continued the stranger, "so it
+happened that Mr. Richmond had put all his savings into Mr. Acton's
+business, where he thought it would be well invested. The heirs accused
+him of falsifying the accounts and brought him to court. But the case
+was deferred, and put on the calender for some distant date. In the
+meantime Mr. Richmond lost his all.
+
+"His daughter's needle is now his only support, as Mr. Richmond's
+failing sight keeps him unemployed. The other members of the family are
+too young to earn anything."
+
+George had been deeply touched by these revelations. He picked a flower
+from the bush, and put it into his button-hole. Then he slipped a golden
+coin into the old man's hand, asked for the street and number of the
+humble house where the Richmonds now resided, and turned his steps in
+that direction.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE TWO FAMILIES
+
+
+The report that George Acton had returned was the talk of the town and
+had reached the ears of the Richmond family in their out-of-the-way
+home. Mr. Richmond had gone forth in search of more facts on the
+subject. He returned highly elated, with the good news confirmed, and
+stood in the midst of his family relating it to them. Lucy stopped
+sewing and her hands dropped in her lap, for the news was such a
+wonderful surprise to her. Mr. Richmond closed his remarks by saying
+that he regretted his inability to find George Acton anywhere, and
+nobody seemed to know what had become of him. To search for him in the
+cemetery had not occurred to anyone.
+
+Just then a knock at the door announced a visitor. The door was opened,
+and George stepped into their midst. Everyone was dumbfounded. The old
+Mr. Richmond ran forward and pressed him to his breast. Lucy and her
+brothers kissed his hands and wet them with their tears. "Oh, that your
+father were with us," was all Mr. Richmond could say.
+
+George then seated himself and learned the history of his father's last
+days. Mr. Richmond told everything as he remembered, and every eye was
+moist. He told, too, how rough, mean and cruel the heirs had been,
+particularly Mr. Bond.
+
+Hours passed like seconds to George, who listened breathlessly. He
+assured them of his good will and promised them soon to return and
+better their condition. He then left to make a few visits and to attend
+to some important business.
+
+In the meantime, the affairs in Mr. Bond's household were not very
+agreeable. Following the unfortunate feast and revelry, Mr. Bond and his
+wife and daughter had passed the remainder of the night planning what
+they would do next.
+
+"Nothing worse could have befallen me," said Mr. Bond, "than the return
+of this boy. I would rather that this house had tumbled in on us, and
+killed us all as we stood there. When I return my inheritance to George
+Acton, I become a beggar. What we have wasted, is twice as much as we
+ever had, and nothing will be left for us."
+
+"Oh," said his wife, "then we must sell our jewels and our carriages,
+and I must again walk to the theatres, like other ordinary people. I
+shall never survive it!"
+
+"You will, most likely, never get to a place of amusement," said Mr.
+Bond. "What we have spent in one night for pleasure alone, will have to
+support us for almost a year."
+
+His daughter, who had been admiring her diamonds, then said: "Must I
+return my diamonds, too?"
+
+"Yes," said her father, "jewels, gold, silver, house, garden, money must
+be returned and all luxury is at an end."
+
+Suddenly the Bonds resolved upon a plan to flatter George Acton, beg his
+pardon for their seeming disrespect, and invite him to a celebration in
+honor of his return. As they were still devising how best to carry out
+the plot, George Acton entered. They jumped to their feet, hastened to
+greet him and assure him that his return gave them the greatest joy and
+happiness, and informed him of the feast with which they proposed to
+honor him.
+
+George hesitated a moment. Then, as if it had suggested some new idea to
+him, he agreed, with the understanding that he would be the host on that
+occasion, and that he would reserve the rights to invite a few of his
+old friends. He also requested that the feast be postponed for two
+weeks, as he wished to pass that time quietly, out of respect to his
+father.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE FEAST
+
+
+The day that was to be crowned by a night of joy at last arrived. Late
+that afternoon, George Acton called upon his friends, the Richmonds and
+invited them for a walk. Lucy begged for a few moments in which to
+change her dress, but George dissuaded her, saying that her simple frock
+of beautiful white linen could not be improved upon.
+
+After strolling leisurely for some time, they came to the cemetery. "Let
+us go in," said George, "and visit my father's grave."
+
+Lucy felt awkward, for she feared that he would consider the planting of
+the bush as audacious on her part, but she said nothing. He stepped
+toward the grave and held his hat in his hand. All were silent. Only the
+breeze sighed through the trees, and scattered here and there a leaf or
+flower upon the grave. Every eye was wet with tears.
+
+"Lucy," said George, turning toward her, "the first bit of comfort that
+came to my heart after I learned of my father's death, was the sight of
+this bush, planted here by your hands. I always respected your high and
+worthy thoughts and I have learned now to respect them even more. Were
+my dear father living, I would lead you to him, and say that next to him
+I cared most for you, and ask him to give us his benediction. But, now I
+lead you to his grave, which to you as well as to me, is holy ground,
+and here I ask you to give me your hand, that I may care for you and
+protect you while I live; and I will ask your parents for their
+blessing."
+
+Mr. Richmond, quickly recovering himself from his surprise, said: "My
+boy, remember that you have millions and that my daughter is penniless."
+
+"Your daughter's kind heart is worth more than millions." He then broke
+a flower, and placing it in Lucy's hair, said: "This flower with which
+Lucy decorated my father's grave, represents her dower. My dear Mr.
+Richmond, add your blessings."
+
+Recognizing George's earnestness, then Mr. Richmond said: "God bless
+you, my children, and may He keep you as happy, as He has made us all
+this day."
+
+Silent and engrossed in deep thought, they approached George Acton's
+house. "Here," said he, "I am expected. It grieves me that I must spend
+this night in the company of relatives who have dealt so cruelly with
+you, my good people, whom I love so dearly. But I must remain, for I
+have given my word; and you must all accompany me."
+
+With Lucy at his side, followed by the Richmond family, George Acton
+stepped into the brilliantly illuminated room, which was gorgeously
+decked with flowers. They were greeted by soft strains of sweet music.
+The Bonds were all prepared with flattering speeches, but the sight of
+the Richmond family surprised them as greatly as George Acton's return
+had done, and words failed them.
+
+"They have complained to him," whispered Mr. Bond, "and so he has
+dragged them here in their shabby clothes. Such impertinence on their
+part."
+
+George stepped forward into the ball-room and beckoned to the musicians
+to stop. The guests had risen by this time, and stood about him in a
+circle.
+
+Mr. Bond then addressed George saying: "I know why you come with these
+good people. Probably, it is on account of the law-suit which I have
+brought. It gives me great pain to think that any difference or
+ill-feeling exists between Mr. Richmond and myself, but I shall certainly
+call off the law-suit and I will pay him the money which belongs to him,
+this very night." Turning to his servant, he said: "Summon my
+book-keeper, at once."
+
+"Don't bother any further about it," said George, "for it is no longer a
+matter which concerns you, but me. I will see to it that Mr. Richmond's
+rights are restored to him. It was not for that purpose that I brought
+him here. I have an entirely different object in view. Where do you
+think we have been? We come, just as we are, from the grave of my
+beloved father."
+
+Mr. Bond felt embarrassed and said: "Oh, I feel very much disturbed that
+the idea of giving your father a tomb-stone has never been carried out,
+but the stone-cutter disappointed me so often."
+
+Then his daughter took up the thread of the conversation and said: "Yes,
+we regret so much that this delay has arisen, for only two days ago I
+visited your father's grave, and thought how beautiful a monument would
+look there, if it were chiseled from Carrara marble."
+
+"If you were there but two days ago," said George, "then you must have
+noticed that it has a tombstone, though not of marble. How did it please
+you?"
+
+She paled and began to stammer: "I was--I don't know--it must have--"
+
+Then followed a painful silence which was broken by George saying: "It
+is evident that you never visited the grave. However, that monument has
+stood there several months.
+
+"It pains me deeply, Mr. Bond, that you did not consider my father, who
+so generously enriched you, worthy of a slight token of your thanks. Let
+me tell you that this night my relationship to you changes."
+
+Turning to the other members of the party, George said: "I notice in
+this gathering many true friends of my father who loved me and esteemed
+me as a boy. I feel gratified that you have come to celebrate my return.
+But I must tell you that this celebration has a double purpose; for this
+is the night on which I present to you my future wife--Lucy Richmond.
+She it was who planted the flowering bush on the grave of my father,
+never dreaming that it would be recognized by any one. But I think more
+of that flower, than of all the riches of the world."
+
+His friends came forward and with hearty cheers cried: "Long live George
+Acton and his bride."
+
+"Now," said he, "as this house and all the fortune of which Mr. Bond
+still holds the greatest share, falls again to me, I take upon myself
+the rights of host, and heartily invite all those who are my friends, to
+spend the rest of the night in celebration of this threefold event: My
+return, the restoration of my fortune and Lucy to share it."
+
+One by one, the Bond family quietly slipped out of the room.
+
+Later in the evening, during the feast, Mr. Richmond offered a toast to
+the health and happiness of George and his daughter, and ended by
+saying: "Noble purposes and noble thoughts are the only foundation for
+happiness; and yield at all times buds and blossoms unnumbered."
+
+
+
+
+HOW IT HAPPENED
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTERS.
+
+I. THE WOODED ISLAND
+
+II. FAR FROM HOME.
+
+III. THE SMOKE.
+
+
+[Illustration: "As soon as David saw that the boat was firm on the rocks
+he hurried out."]
+
+
+
+
+HOW IT HAPPENED
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE WOODED ISLAND
+
+
+In a quaint little cottage not far from the sea-coast, David Duval first
+saw the light of day. His father, a very industrious man, supported his
+family by making willow baskets, and his children, as they grew able,
+helped him considerably. David, the oldest child, was the father's
+favorite, for he showed great skill in his work, was quick and obliging
+and rendered his father considerable assistance. Although David gave
+promise of being a great man some day, yet he had a very grave fault,
+and this was his headstrong will. He always wanted to have his own way
+in everything, would never yield to another's rights, and his parents
+found great difficulty in teaching him to obey orders. His sisters, too,
+suffered much from his bad temper and from his overbearing manner.
+
+His rich uncle, Philip, gave him many invitations to dine with him.
+David enjoyed nothing better than to have the feasts which his uncle
+provided, but they made him dissatisfied with the simple fare of his own
+modest little home. He grumbled all the while he was eating in his own
+house, and did not think it worth while to thank God or his parents for
+his food.
+
+When he was reminded of his faults, he would promise to do better, but
+in a little while he would fall back to his old ways. This saddened his
+parents and they thought that the fond hopes which they held for his
+future would all be blasted.
+
+His uncle would often say to him: "David, David, take care! God will yet
+send you to a special school, the 'School of Experience,' where He will
+discipline you, in order to make something good of you."
+
+From the hill upon which David's house stood, one could see a vast
+expanse of water. A little island which lay not far from the coast lent
+beauty to the scene by its wealth of verdure. No one lived upon it and
+David's father visited it, from time to time, in order to gather willow
+branches for his basket weaving.
+
+David, who was now strong enough to help his father row and also to cut
+down the branches, often accompanied him. One night his father said to
+him: "If the sky and the sea stay propitious, we will both row over to
+the island in the morning." David leaped for joy, and the prospect of
+the trip would hardly let him sleep.
+
+At dawn on the following day, as the sky began to glow and the morning
+star grew paler and paler, David stood ready. He helped his mother carry
+food and wraps into the little boat. It had once happened that the
+weather had suddenly changed, and David and his father had been obliged
+to remain on the island for three days, suffering much for the want of
+food and covering; therefore, mother took the precaution to give them a
+pot, a pan and some matches, so that they could start a fire and cook
+something, if necessary.
+
+As everything was now in readiness for the trip, David took his straw
+hat, while his sister playfully pinned a feather in the ribbon.
+
+"Oh," said his father; "get a couple of baskets, David; we'll need
+them."
+
+"What for?" asked David.
+
+"You'll find that out soon enough," said his father, laughingly. "Don't
+you trust that I well know to what use I will put them? You do the same
+to me, as many people do to their Father in heaven. They always want to
+know why this or that was ordered. Do what I tell you, and in the end it
+will come out all right." David then hurried and brought back the
+baskets.
+
+They both seated themselves in the boat, and pushed from the shore.
+Mother and daughter called after them: "A pleasant trip and a happy
+return." David vied with his father in rowing, and it made him so warm
+that he took off his coat.
+
+Soon they reached the island and made a landing, while David tied the
+boat to a tree stump. They hurried toward the willow trees, cut the
+branches, tied them together in bundles and carried them to the little
+boat. The father was delighted with David's helpfulness, and said: "That
+is right; children should help their parents as much as their strength
+will permit."
+
+When they had gathered as many branches as were needed, the father said:
+"Now, let us rest a while and eat some lunch. After labor, rest is
+sweet, and one's food tastes so much better." When the meal was ended,
+the father said: "Now I want to give you another pleasure. Get the
+baskets and follow me." Soon they came to a beautiful walnut tree, whose
+branches, spreading far out on all sides, were laden with nuts. David
+was overjoyed at this sight, as he had never seen the tree before. He at
+once filled his pockets with nuts and tried to crack one with his teeth
+and get at the kernel. "Father," said he, "why did God put the sweet nut
+between two shells, a bitter and a hard one?"
+
+"My dear boy," said his father, "God had the wisest purpose for doing
+this. He wanted to protect the sweet kernel, out of which such a
+beautiful tree could grow and save it from the gnawing animals. This
+teaches us how to take the bitter and hard trials of this life. As we do
+not despise or throw away this sweet nut, because it has a bitter and a
+hard shell, so we must not resent the sorrows and disagreeable
+situations that come to us. The first experience we feel is that sorrows
+are bitter and hard, but we must trust that the good and sweet kernel
+which they have hidden within them will come to light at last, and will
+be not only of use, but also a blessing to us."
+
+The father then climbed the tree and began to shake it. David gathered
+the nuts which rained down and put them into the baskets, which he
+carried to the boat, where he emptied them, returning many times for
+more.
+
+"How your mother will rejoice when she sees these nuts," said the
+father, "and what shouts of joy we'll hear from your sisters when I
+divide them. The thought of it pleases me now, for certainly there is no
+joy greater than that of giving pleasure to others."
+
+While David and his father were busy with their work, there crept over
+the heavens heavy black clouds. Then there arose a dreadful wind storm,
+just as David stood in the boat emptying his last basket of nuts. The
+wind bent the trees and raised the waters into high waves. All at once,
+a blast came, tore the boat from its moorings and took it far out to
+sea.
+
+David cried loudly, in horror. His frightened father hurried to the
+shore and saw the boy in the boat, in the far distance. The waves
+increased in size and soon the little boat could be seen, first on the
+crest and then hidden in the trough. It was carried rapidly along.
+
+The father saw his boy wringing his hands, but of his cries he could
+hear nothing, for the sound of the roaring waters and rushing wind
+drowned them.
+
+The entire sky was now enveloped in black clouds and dark night hovered
+over the sea. Flashes of lightning illuminated the heavens and dreadful
+crashes of thunder filled the air. Seeing no more of his son or of the
+boat, the father sank disheartened under the willow tree and spent the
+night alone with his grief.
+
+Meanwhile, his wife and other children were distracted with fear. As the
+lightning broke forth, followed by thunderous crashes, and the island
+was shrouded in rain, they prayed for the absent ones. When the storm
+abated, they gazed long and patiently, in the hopes of getting a signal
+of the returning boat. They saw and heard nothing. The mother spent the
+night in sleepless anxiety.
+
+As the morning broke forth in beautiful sunshine, and still no sign of
+the little boat could be seen, the mother's fears grew greater and
+greater. She ran crying to Philip, and told him her troubles. He knit
+his brow and shook his head. "It is strange that they have not come back
+yet. I'll just row over and see what has happened to them." He stepped
+into his boat lying close at anchor, and, with his assistant, rowed over
+to the little island. Mother and children stood watching them in anxiety
+and dread.
+
+At last, they saw the little boat, in the distance, returning with its
+load. "Oh thanks," cried the mother. "Philip has other passengers in the
+boat, besides his assistant. Now, it is all right." She hurried down to
+the shore, but as the boat neared them she cried in fright: "Where is my
+David?" The father, deathly pale, looked at her in silence. His deep
+grief had made him dumb. Uncle Philip then spoke to her: "May God
+comfort you, for our David has been drowned in the sea. Poor David had
+his faults, but he was a good-hearted boy."
+
+The mother could find no comfort and the children cried.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+FAR FROM HOME
+
+
+While David was being wept over as dead, he still lived. He had had a
+dreadful shock, riding on the tumultuous waves, far, far out to sea. His
+boat, over which the waves had dashed in fury, threatened each moment to
+sink. At last, after hours and hours of torture, the wind drove his boat
+upon the coast of a rocky island.
+
+As soon as David was sure that the boat was firm on the rocks, he
+hurried out, waded through the foaming, shallow water to the land and
+climbed up the rocks, while his clothes dripped with rain and sea water.
+
+After he had recovered a little from his shock and fear, he gazed out at
+his little boat and wondered how it had been so well guided into the
+clefts of the rocks. A good sailor could have made no better landing.
+"Who steered this rudderless boat so safely into this haven? God's great
+goodness and mercy has certainly led me to this safety, and all my life
+I shall be grateful."
+
+The storm had now been broken and the rain ceased. David thought he
+could see the green island, with its trees but it seemed no bigger than
+a bush, that he could easily have covered with his straw hat. The land,
+still farther away, seemed to touch the horizon, and it looked like a
+little cloud.
+
+"Oh," cried David, "how dreadfully far I am from human help. This
+island, on which I have been cast, cannot be seen by my people; I never
+saw it when I looked out to sea. They will never think that I am here
+and they will mourn me as dead. The men will go and get my father, but
+no one will come for me. I have often heard them say, 'for fifty miles
+out, there is no sign of land.'"
+
+The waters, little by little, grew calmer, so David hurried down to his
+boat; but, as he was about to step into it, he noticed that it had
+sprung a leak. "Oh," cried he, "my little boat is useless now, and I am
+a prisoner on this rocky island. I must stay here till I die and never
+again shall I see my people." His face grew white with fear and the
+tears rolled down his cheeks.
+
+As David saw starvation staring him in the face, he collected the nuts
+that were in the boat, put them into the baskets and carried them to
+safety, where he also placed the few utensils that had not been washed
+overboard. Then he pulled his little boat as far up on the rocks as he
+could get it.
+
+The fear through which he had passed had now exhausted him. He felt
+almost afraid to sleep, out in the open, all alone, but he prayed his
+evening prayer as he had been accustomed to, lay down beside his nuts
+and his few kitchen utensils, and soon was fast asleep. After a restless
+night, filled with many strange dreams of home, he was awakened by the
+noise of sea birds, fluttering overhead. As he gazed before him and saw
+nothing but the boundless sea, he uttered a loud cry.
+
+A bevy of birds flew toward the land. "Oh, dear birds, I wish you could
+carry a message to my people and tell them that I am here. My good
+father and uncle would risk their lives to get me."
+
+After he had breakfasted on a few nuts and a little piece of bread, he
+decided to examine the island. "Perhaps I shall find some fruit trees
+that will afford me nourishment till God delivers me from this
+captivity; and maybe I shall find some people living here who will take
+me to my home."
+
+He wrapped a few pieces of bread and nuts in his handkerchief, tied the
+bundle to the end of a stick, slung it over his shoulder and started
+forth. It was a dangerous, weary journey that gave no signs of human
+life. Nor did he see any of the narrow paths usually made by animals.
+Numberless trees were there, but none that bore fruit.
+
+"If I have to stay long on this island, I'll die of starvation," said
+he, as the perspiration rolled down his cheeks. "But before hunger kills
+me, I know I'll die from thirst." As he continued his way, he heard a
+murmuring sound, like that of water. He hurried in the direction of the
+sound, and found a little spring, cold and clear as crystal. He seated
+himself beside it to cool off, and then drank to his heart's content. He
+had never before noticed what a blessing from God water really is; but
+now he appreciated the drink and offered his thanks for it.
+
+He proceeded on his way, and at last reached the highest point of the
+island. It filled him with dread, as he saw the entire island covered
+with trees, and lying there, at his very feet and on every side--the
+immeasureable sea. Now he realized that he was all alone and far from
+help. "I will come to this point every day and watch. Perhaps a passing
+steamer will pick me up and take me home."
+
+The sun began to sink and colored the heavens with gold-rimmed rays of
+purple and red. As David stood gazing at the beauties of the sky which
+he had never before noticed, he prayed to the Creator to send him help
+and guide some ship to this lonely island. Then he descended the rocks
+and retraced his steps. Soon he lay down under a clump of trees and fell
+fast asleep. When he awoke, he ate a few nuts and some bread.
+
+Each day he wandered to the rocky summit and watched for a ship. But all
+in vain, for on the great, wide sea no ship was to be seen. He saw the
+necessity of eating sparingly, or his food would not last; so he took
+his little knife and made cuts across his bread, showing how much he
+could eat daily, and only when he was very hungry. The little piece of
+bread had become very hard and he had to soften it in the water from the
+spring.
+
+"Oh," cried he, "how many good things I had at my father's table, that I
+grumbled about and for which I never thanked God." As he sat thinking
+about himself and all his ingratitude, he saw the fishes swimming in the
+water. "I'd catch some fish," said David, "if I only had a line."
+Picking up his straw hat, he ripped out the thread, and taking the pin
+with which his sister had fastened the feather, he made a hook out of it
+and tied the thread to it. He searched for some worms, and soon, he
+began to angle. He tried again and again, but not a nibble could he get.
+At last luck favored him, and soon he had three fishes. Remembering the
+matches which his mother had put into the tin-covered pail, he decided
+to start a fire and cook his fish, adding a little salty water for
+seasoning. He relished this little repast more than the finest feast
+served at his rich uncle's house.
+
+One morning, as he again ascended the rocky summit, he saw a large ship
+that seemed no more than a mile away. Its sails were all unfurled and
+gilded with the rays of the bright sun. Hope filled his breast and he
+trembled with fear. He watched it, as it came nearer and nearer.
+Suddenly, he seized a stick, and tying his red handkerchief to it, moved
+it to and fro like a signal of danger and distress. But before the ship
+had come close enough to see the sign, it changed its direction and
+sailed away into the far distance. David followed its course, till it
+was lost to view, and then he sank upon the ground disheartened and
+cried bitterly.
+
+The hours of the day that were not used in fishing, cooking, or
+chopping, he spent gathering shells, in which he often found pearls. As
+no person had ever been there to gather them, he found them in
+quantities. Then, too, he found many beautiful corals in the
+moss-covered rocks. "If God permits me to return to my people," said he,
+"I will bring them these pearls and corals, as presents."
+
+He spent his time as best he could and often sighed for companionship.
+For hours he would gaze at the friendly moon, at which he had never
+before gazed more than a second. And the twinkling stars, too, seemed to
+have a new meaning for him. "The heavens truly show God's wonderful
+work," said David. Even the delicate green moss that he had never
+deigned to notice now had its value, since it afforded him a soft bed.
+"I see God's finger in everything about me," said he. "How well
+everything has been ordered." Good thoughts were now awaking in his mind
+and they were, like wings, carrying his heart to heaven.
+
+"Loneliness must be sent for a good reason," thought he. "Perhaps God
+sent me to this dreary, lonely place to make me see and feel what I
+never understood before." David realized now that he had never been
+grateful to his parents for their care. Nor as obedient to their wishes
+as he should have been.
+
+"Oh, if I ever get back to my home, I will be grateful and obedient to
+my parents." He remembered, too, how disagreeable he had often been to
+his sisters, and said: "Oh, how sorry I am. If God lets me return I will
+ask their forgiveness and be a good brother to them. I never appreciated
+my home, my parents, nor my sisters. God forgive me and let me return,
+and I will try to repay them in kindness and love for all my
+negligence."
+
+An intense longing for his people filled David's heart; and it grew
+stronger every minute. Each day he watched for ships and often sighted
+one, but they never neared the island. At last he came to the conclusion
+that the coast was rocky and dangerous, and so no ship would ever come
+near it.
+
+With this sad thought, he was retracing his steps one day, carrying some
+wood to his little retreat. But what a terror seized him. He saw in the
+direction of his little retreat thick, black, clouds of smoke ascending
+to the heavens, and two red flaming brands of fire, like two church
+spires. David had often heard of islands that were volcanic and sent
+forth fire, and now he thought that this was one. He threw his wood to
+the ground and with palpitating heart drew closer and closer: but all he
+could see was smoke and flames. The crackling of the fire filled him
+with more fear. At last he saw that it was not from the earth that the
+fire issued. He realized that the wind had blown the flames of his
+little fire, which he always kept lighted, against some bushes and had
+set them on fire. Almost everything he owned was being destroyed and two
+immense trees were being consumed.
+
+When he considered, above all, the loss of his little fishing line that
+meant so much to him, he cried aloud: "Oh, what a misfortune this is!
+Now, I'll die of hunger. I often heard my father say that from
+misfortune, fortune sometimes grows, but, when I look at this damage, it
+doesn't seem possible that any luck could come from it.
+
+"Oh, how good it is to live with people. How easily one can help the
+injury to another. Oh, if ever I have the luck to get back to my family,
+how willingly will I help them in times of need. But who will help me, a
+poor, lost boy, on this lonely island? I am like a poor bird driven from
+her nest." A mighty painful longing for his father's house again seized
+him. "If only a ship would come and take me back," he said.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE SMOKE
+
+
+His people too, were mourning through these weary, weary weeks. One day
+the father said to the mother: "I need some willow branches and although
+it is very painful for me to go to that island, still, there is no other
+place where I can get them."
+
+"Then you must not go alone," said the mother. "Take the children with
+you. They will be a help and a comfort to you." Soon they were all ready
+and rowed over to the island. After landing, they sat under a tree for a
+while.
+
+"This poplar tree," said the father, "is the very one under which David
+and I sat the last day we were here. And over in that direction,"
+pointing toward the island, "he was carried in his little boat." Tears
+stood in the father's eyes; the boy, Andreas, turned his head to wipe a
+tear; while the girls cried.
+
+"Let us go now and gather nuts," said the father, to cheer them again.
+They soon filled their baskets and were about to return to the boat,
+when the boy said: "Dear father, let us go to the top of the hill and
+get a view. I've never been up there." "Oh, yes," begged the girls, "do
+let us go."
+
+The father consented and they all mounted the hill. It was a beautiful
+day. The sky was cloudless and the air was so clear and dry, that one
+could see distinctly far out into the distance. Suddenly Andreas
+shouted: "Father, what is that I see? Isn't smoke coming up out of the
+water?" The father looked in the direction pointed, and seeing smoke,
+said: "I don't know what it is. I fear it is a steamer on fire. It
+seems," continued he, shading his eyes, "that I see a dark spot, out of
+which the smoke is ascending. Don't you see it?"
+
+"Oh, yes," cried the girls, "and it has two sharp points at the top."
+
+"I see it, too," cried Andreas. "One point is higher than the other."'
+
+"That is no ship," said the father, "for a ship would have a different
+shape, and wouldn't look so big from such a great distance. It must be
+an island, but I am sure I never heard of it. People must live there, or
+how could smoke arise from it."
+
+"Oh, my," cried one of the girls, "wouldn't it be wonderful if our dear
+David lived there."
+
+"Maybe so," cried Andreas.
+
+"Nothing is impossible with God," said the father. "We must leave
+nothing undone in our search for him. We will ask Uncle Philip's advice
+and get him to help us. Let us retrace our steps, now, for it is time
+for us to return."
+
+Little did they know how truly they had prophesied, for the smoke which
+they saw was ascending from the fire on the rocky island--the same that
+had cost David many tears of anguish and fear.
+
+When they reached home, they told the mother their happy conjecture at
+once, and a faint ray of hope filled her heart.
+
+The neighbors were now called together, but their ideas on the subject
+were varied.
+
+"Nonsense," cried one. "How did that island get there. I never heard
+about it in my life. It must be a burning ship."
+
+"No," cried another, who always thought he knew better than anybody
+else, "that's no ship, but a volcano sending out its fire. I have often
+heard that such islands appear over night. We would come to a nice
+place, if we should sail near such a fire-brand."
+
+"It's either a ship or a volcano," said a third; "but for a hundred
+dollars I wouldn't go over there in such little boats as we have."
+
+"If you'll pay me," said a fourth, "I will go, but not otherwise."
+
+The old, honest Uncle Philip raised his quiet voice, and said: "Brother,
+I will go with you. Here is my hand on it. David was my beloved nephew.
+It may not be certain that he lives, hardly probable, but still
+possible. Therefore it is worth the trouble of undertaking the dangerous
+trip; and God, who gives us courage to go ahead, will also see us
+through."
+
+Peter, a young, strong lad, shouted: "I will go too. I have often risked
+my life for a fish, so I'll risk it now to save a human life, if I can.
+I want no money, for as long as I live I would be happy in the thought
+that I had helped to save David, and this thought would be a sufficient
+reward."
+
+"God give us all this joy," said Uncle Philip. "If wind and weather
+continue favorable, we will set sail at daybreak." The other men
+departed, shaking their heads and predicting misfortune.
+
+Peter and Uncle Philip remained and discussed the matter a little
+further. "I will take my sail boat and furnish the food," said Philip.
+
+The following morning proved perfect and a light wind was blowing.
+Mother and daughter accompanied the men to the boat landing, and said:
+"God grant that you may return safely, bringing our David with you."
+
+The men unfurled the sails and pushed off from the land, passing the
+green island and going in the direction of the smoke. Nearer and nearer,
+did they come, and at last Peter cried: "It is really an island. Let us
+help with the oars." Suddenly Uncle Philip shouted: "Stop, and furl the
+sails. There are many dangerous rocks in the sea. We must be very
+careful or we will founder."
+
+By means of the rudder and much care and pains, they at last made a
+landing. Peter was the first to leap on shore, and cried: "Now we have
+reached the island and perhaps we shall find David. Whatever is begun in
+God's name and out of love to humanity, will succeed."
+
+The other two men now stepped out and fastened the boat securely. Uncle
+Philip looked at the rocks, shook his head and said: "This isn't a nice
+place to live."
+
+They began to search the island and climbed over the rocks and deep
+clefts. At last they reached a little trodden path which led them to
+David's retreat. Peter hurried ahead.
+
+David had passed a sleepless night in fear and sadness. As the morning
+sun shone over all, a little lightness had crept into his heart, and he
+sank upon his knees and prayed.
+
+As David was kneeling, the three men came behind him. But he was so
+absorbed that he heard no steps.
+
+Peter saw him first, and said to the others: "See, there is a hermit,
+maybe he can direct us. Brother, can you tell us?"--he had no time to
+finish his question, for David had risen to his feet. He recognized his
+father, and cried: "Oh, my father! my father!" Then a silence broke over
+them, for neither had the power to speak.
+
+At last they controlled their emotion and thanked God in one voice, for
+bringing them together. David then greeted his uncle and Peter and
+gathering up his belongings, hastened with them to the boat.
+
+On the homeward trip, David related all his adventures, and shed tears
+of joy. Even his father had to dry his eyes several times. "You were
+very wise, and helped yourself wonderfully. Necessity awakened your
+understanding," said Peter.
+
+"Don't you remember?" said his uncle, "what I once said to you that God
+would send you to a special school? That's where you've been. In the
+school of Experience. In this school you learned to know God, to pray to
+Him, to love Him, and to thank Him for his blessings. What I find most
+wonderful of all in your story is about the smoke which arose from your
+island. What is more trivial than smoke, yet the smoke was like a sign
+from heaven, that this was an island upon which some one lived. That was
+God's finger." All silently gave thanks for the sign.
+
+"I thought," said David, "that the fire was the worst thing that could
+have happened to me, but now I see it was my greatest fortune."
+
+Then Uncle Philip said: "Our beloved ones at home are watching and
+waiting for our return." So, Peter quickly busied himself with a stick
+upon which he fastened some ribbons.
+
+"What are you going to do with that?" asked David.
+
+"I promised your sisters if we succeeded in finding you, to raise this
+banner. How they will rejoice when they see it." Then and there he
+fastened it to the prow of the ship.
+
+Each moment brought them nearer home and David's heart beat high with
+hope, for on the shore his mother and sisters and all the villagers, big
+and little, were gathered. As David stepped on land, a cry of joy arose
+from the people; but the mother's joy at seeing her David was so intense
+that she wept.
+
+Men and women, boys and girls, shook his hand and wished him a thousand
+times welcome. David's mother wanted to hear his story and was about to
+drag him home but the people wouldn't let her. "We want to hear it too,"
+and they led him to a big linden tree and bade him step upon the seat
+and tell his story. All pressed around him. All eyes were on him. When
+it was still, David began. He told them of his dangers, trials and
+suffering, and said, in the end, that these had taught him the things
+which he had never learned before. "I am grateful to God for my
+deliverance and for the joy of being with you all again."
+
+Thanking them for their interest in him and bidding them good-bye for
+the present, he entered his father's house, where a hearty meal was
+spread before him.
+
+When the meal was over, David opened his little bundle and displayed his
+pearls and corals and said: "I have brought you all a present from my
+island." All stood in astonishment and admired them.
+
+"My, my," cried Uncle Philip, examining them closely, "you have brought
+some valuable things. These pearls and corals will yield much money, for
+some of them are very large. Now you have helped your father out of all
+his debts and trouble."
+
+"No, no," said his father, "we will share them with Peter and yourself.
+You shared the dangers of this trip with me, and you shall also share
+the treasures. Philip, you take first choice, and then Peter next."
+
+Two of the men who had offered to go on the trip for money, now entered
+the room and wished they had gone for nothing. "For such a reward as
+that," they said, "it would have been worth while."
+
+"Go, go, you poor, miserable wretches," cried Philip, "you wouldn't move
+a hand or foot to help a fellow man in trouble without being paid for
+it. It serves you right that you get nothing,"
+
+"I wish none of this money," continued Philip, "I have enough and ask no
+more. But Peter must take his share, for the spirit which he showed gave
+all of us courage, and he must be rewarded. Besides, he needs it."
+
+Deeply touched, Peter took the reward with thanks.
+
+Then the grateful parents again urged Philip to take the pearls, but he
+replied: "Let it be, as I said before. The pearls and corals are the
+least that David brought back with him; for he has gathered unto himself
+costlier treasures: 'Love for God and to humanity.' These are priceless
+pearls."
+
+Turning to David, he said: "Not only have you found these treasures for
+us, but you have brought good fortune to our little community. For
+pearls and corals can now be gathered by the men of this village, and
+offered for sale. This will furnish a comfortable living for many of
+them. So, you have become a public benefactor."
+
+The little household soon resumed its usual routine and David entered
+into the life and spirit of his home. He became a model of virtue for
+the village youths, and the joy, staff and crown of his parent's life.
+He grew to be a noble, pious man, full of love and helpfulness to his
+fellow men; and his memory remains blessed.
+
+
+
+
+FROM ROYAL PALACE TO LOWLY HUT
+
+
+
+
+Chapter
+
+I. The Suburbs
+
+II. The Retreat
+
+III. The Prison
+
+IV. The Purchase
+
+V. Reunited
+
+
+
+
+FROM ROYAL PALACE TO LOWLY HUT
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE SUBURBS
+
+
+During those unhappy times when the Empire of France was overthrown and
+a number of the richest people were plunged into the deepest misery, a
+very wealthy family, named Berlow, lived in a palace in Paris.
+
+Count Berlow was a high-minded, honorable man, and his wife was good and
+charitable. Their two children, Albert and Marguerite, were the exact
+counterpart of their parents.
+
+Just as those revolutionary times broke forth, Count Berlow, with his
+family, moved from Paris to his mansion in the suburbs. Here he lived
+quietly, surrounded by orchards of fruitful trees, free from the turmoil
+of the noisy city. His family rejoiced at having him constantly in their
+midst and he was glad at the opportunity of being the instructor of his
+children, particularly in music.
+
+One gloomy winter evening, the family was gathered in the brilliantly
+lighted music room. Count Berlow had composed a pretty little poem, and
+had fitted it to music. Albert had with difficulty mastered the playing
+of it, but Marguerite could sing the song remarkably well. The children
+had practised this piece faithfully and diligently and purposed to
+surprise their mother by singing and playing it that very evening. After
+the Count and Countess had sung several operatic selections, the father
+turned to his children, saying: "Let us hear what you can do." Albert
+seated himself at the piano and played, while Marguerite modestly sang
+in a sweet tone.
+
+The Countess was delighted over this, their first song. She embraced
+both the children affectionately, and praised them for their efforts and
+the pleasure which they had afforded her.
+
+Suddenly, the door was thrust open, and armed soldiers crowded into the
+room. The leader presented an order in which the Count was declared a
+friend of the King and an enemy of freedom and equality, and in
+consequence he was to be conducted to prison. Although the Countess,
+weeping and lamenting, threw her arms about her husband's neck to hold
+and guard him, and his children clung to his knees, the soldiers rudely
+tore him from their embrace. The cries of the mother and children were
+heart-rending.
+
+The unhappy wife did everything in her power to save her dear husband.
+She hastened to the city and appeared before the magistrate, to prove
+the Count's innocence. She called upon all her neighbors to bear
+testimony to her husband's quiet, retiring life, and to the fact that he
+had taken no share in the affairs of his country, and had talked with no
+one concerning them. But everything was in vain, and she was informed
+that in a few days her husband would be sentenced to death.
+
+After an absence of several days, the Countess returned to her country
+seat and found her home occupied by soldiers, who had ransacked it and
+reduced it to a common tavern to which admittance was denied her. Her
+two children were nowhere to be found, and all her servants had been
+driven away. It was late at night, and she knew not what to do next.
+
+As she turned, she met Richard, her old, true and faithful servant, who
+said to her: "My dear, good Countess Berlow, you, too, stand in danger
+of suspicion this very minute, for you have been heard to speak of the
+injustice and cruelty of the government. There is no escape for you,
+except by secret flight. You cannot save your husband, and your presence
+here will only bring trouble upon your own head. Your children are both
+in one of the out-houses with my wife. Follow me there. My brother,
+John, the old fisherman, has been notified, and I will take you to him
+to-night. He will conduct you and your children across the river to
+safety. In this way you will at least save your lives."
+
+She entered Richard's house, but there a new trouble awaited her, for
+Marguerite had become suddenly ill from the fright and the shock, and
+lay unconscious, sick with a high fever. The Countess wished to nurse
+her child back to health, but the doctor would not hear of it, and
+advised her immediate flight. Richard and his good wife promised to care
+for the sick child, as if it were their own.
+
+Countess Berlow knelt beside the bedside of her beloved daughter, and
+said: "If I must bow to this decree, I leave her in your care, my good
+people, and ask God in His mercy to watch over her and restore her to me
+in His good time." She paused for a moment, then rose quickly from her
+knees, kissed her unconscious child, took her son by the hand, and
+trembling and swaying, hastened out of the house, without one backward
+look.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE RETREAT
+
+
+Richard now conducted the Countess and her son to John, the fisherman,
+who quickly rowed them over the river to safety. As there was no time to
+rest, with the help of a guide, the fisherman's friend, she hastened on
+with her son to find the hut which Richard had suggested.
+
+After days and weeks of journeying hither and thither, over hills and
+through valleys, they found that their strength was almost exhausted. At
+last they came to a little low hut in a thickly wooded country. The
+guide pointed to it with his staff, saying: "That is the hut; there live
+the old shepherd and his wife who will harbor you."
+
+Countess Berlow sighed, and followed the narrow path to the hut.
+
+The old shepherd, who had been expecting her, came forward with a
+pleasant smile and welcoming, outstretched hands. To show his great
+respect for her, he had dressed himself in a gray suit. Around his neck
+he had tied a red handkerchief, and he wore a nice, green hat with a
+little bent feather at its side.
+
+"Greetings to you, noble lady," said he. "I consider it a great honor to
+protect you and your son. This is my wife, and between us we will do all
+in our power to make you feel contented."
+
+So saying, he turned to his wife, who repeated his greetings, and
+invited all to partake of her simple meal, which consisted of bread and
+milk and a few apples.
+
+The good shepherdess then conducted the Countess to a room which opened
+on an adjoining room. These two rooms were to serve as bedrooms. The
+larger one was meagerly furnished, and its only window looked out upon
+the forest and two high mountain tops.
+
+Countess Berlow was thankful for having been guided to this humble
+retreat. She cared for her own rooms daily and spent the remaining time
+in knitting, sewing or reading. But her greatest anxiety was to find
+amusement for her son, Albert. She undertook to continue his
+instruction, but she was at a loss for books.
+
+One morning, as she sat musing over her wants, she was aroused from her
+reverie by the ringing of the near-by church bell. The good, old
+shepherdess came running into the room saying that the clergyman from
+over the hill would hold services in the chapel that day. Countess
+Berlow, with her son, hastened at once to attend.
+
+The clergyman delivered a short sermon, every word of which touched the
+hearts of his earnest listeners. After the services, the Countess sought
+the clergyman and engaged him in conversation. She found him to be a
+thoughtful, devout, kind-hearted old man. He showed great interest in
+Albert. He promised to supply the much needed books for his use, and
+offered to give the boy two hours' instruction each day, provided Albert
+would take the trouble to journey over the hills to his house.
+
+Albert promised to come, overjoyed at the prospect of continuing his
+studies under such an able teacher. He could scarcely wait each day for
+the hour when, with his books under his arm, he would set out over the
+hills, whistling lively tunes and keeping step to his music.
+
+On rainy days, when the roads were heavy and ofttimes dangerous, he was
+obliged to forego his visits. His mother would then suggest some
+recreation for him, for she well knew that all work and no play would
+tend to make him dull.
+
+In this locality, large numbers of canary birds were raised and sold and
+sent far and wide to other countries. Even the old shepherd had many of
+these birds. Albert begged his mother to purchase one of them for him.
+"Marguerite always had one," said he, "and I would dearly love to own
+one, too. It would remind us of her and our own dear home."
+
+His mother agreed, and Albert chose a bird that closely resembled the
+one belonging to his sister. The bird with its beautiful yellow plumage,
+its clear, brilliant, coal-black eyes, afforded Albert much pleasure.
+Soon the bird became tame, flew upon Albert's outstretched finger and
+ate seeds from his lips.
+
+Whenever Albert wrote, the bird would alight on his penholder and peck
+his fingers. Though he enjoyed the bird's presence and tricks, yet he
+was obliged at times to cage him, in order to carry on his work
+undisturbed. Later, when the bird began to sing, Albert could not praise
+it enough.
+
+"You must teach it to whistle nice songs," said the old shepherd one
+day.
+
+Albert thought the old man was joking. He did not yet know that one can
+teach a bird to imitate. The old man then brought out a flute and
+presented it to him.
+
+"Oh, what a fine flute! How glad I am to own one," said Albert.
+
+The old shepherd took the flute, played a waltz upon it, and showed
+Albert how to use the stops, Albert was pleased with the light, clear
+tones of the flute, and as he had talent for music and had a good ear,
+he soon mastered the difficulties of the instrument.
+
+Often he played tirelessly for the bird and always a song which his
+father had taught him. After striving for hours and days and weeks to
+teach the bird, lo! his wonderful patience was rewarded. The bird began
+to sing the song, and sang it through without a mistake.
+
+[Illustration: "Soon the bird became tame and flew upon Albert's
+outstretched finger."]
+
+Albert leaped with joy and thanks. He praised the bird, over and over
+again, and rewarded it with lettuce, apple and hemp seed. The little
+flute and the little bird helped Albert and his mother to while away
+many an hour.
+
+As the months rolled along, the sorrows of the Countess still lay
+heavily on her heart. Many a night she spent in tears and sleeplessness,
+and many a day was sad and dreary. She tried very hard to cloak her woe,
+and hide it from her son. In her unselfishness, she choked back her
+tears and grief, filled each day with work, and gave strict attention to
+her son's comfort, instruction and diversions. She always had a pleasant
+word and smile for the old shepherd and his wife, whose life, though
+lonely, was spent in the satisfaction of right living and lending a
+helping hand. The joy that comes from doing one's best is the only
+lasting joy, for every other pleasure fades and passes away.
+
+Countess Berlow tried in every way to get news of the Count, but she had
+not been very successful, although some news was printed in the daily
+papers. The thoughtful old clergyman sent her a copy of the news, once
+each week, as he did not receive it any oftener.
+
+One night Albert returned carrying the paper, and said: "The good
+clergyman did not have time to read it through, but he noticed from the
+head lines, that the paper contains much good news."
+
+The Countess took it and read anxiously. Finding the news somewhat
+encouraging, she built hopes that soon she might return to her much
+loved home; but, alas, in the very last column of the paper, she read
+that many noblemen were to be sentenced to death for their loyalty to
+the king. In the list, she found the name of her worthy husband, Count
+Berlow. She reeled as if struck by a thunder-bolt, the paper fell from
+her hands and she sank in a swoon.
+
+A few minutes passed before the good shepherdess came in response to
+Albert's cry, and brought the Countess back to consciousness. She had to
+be carried to her bed, and it seemed as if she would never recover. Poor
+Albert, who rarely left her bedside for a moment, began to fail and fade
+day by day.
+
+The old shepherd often said, shaking his head at the same time: "The
+coming fall will surely scatter its leaves upon the grave of the
+Countess, and her poor son will doubtless never see the spring."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE PRISON
+
+
+The faithful old Richard had waited on that memorable day of the flight
+for the return of his brother John, the fisherman. He was elated when he
+heard of the safety of the Countess. Richard's greatest trouble now was
+how to save his master, the good Count Berlow. He considered it very
+unjust and cruel that an honest and right-living citizen should be
+sentenced to death for loyalty to his king.
+
+On the following morning, Richard hurried to the city where his son,
+Robert, served in the National Guard. With help he hoped to gain a
+meeting with this good-natured, intelligent boy, who from time to time
+acted as sentinel before the prison. He would try to secure his son's
+aid in releasing the Count, so unjustly imprisoned. At last the
+opportunity presented itself, and father and son had a hasty talk over
+the situation. Robert found no chance, however, and gave up hope of
+saving the Count.
+
+At last the day arrived when the Count's sentence was to be carried out.
+Sleepless and sad, with his head resting on his hands, the Count sat in
+his lonely cell. The warden had not considered it worth while to bring
+him a light, and heavy darkness enveloped him. He thought of his wife
+and his children. Not for himself did he suffer so much, but for those
+who were so dear to him. He knew not where they were, and he was greatly
+troubled about their condition.
+
+While the noble Count sat lost in these thoughts, a loud shouting arose
+in the corridors. Soldiers ran here and there, crying: "Save yourselves,
+if you can. Fire! Fire!" This reached the Count's ears. All at once the
+door of his cell was thrown wide open. Thick volumes of smoke and dust
+poured in and dreadful flashes of light illumined his dark cell. A young
+soldier stood before him, and cried: "Save yourself!"
+
+Through the carelessness of a drunken servant, a fire had started in the
+building. The soldiers had torn off their coats and weapons and had
+hurried to put it out. Robert had seized the first opportunity that
+afforded itself, had taken the clothing and weapons of a soldier, and
+had hastened to the Count with them, saying to himself: "The only chance
+to save him is to dress him as a soldier."
+
+"Hurry, put on these clothes," said Robert. He helped the Count pull on
+the coat, placed the hat on his head, buckled on his knapsack, and gave
+him a musket. The Count's face had not been shaved during his
+imprisonment, so that this gave him the wild appearance which all
+soldiers had at that time.
+
+"Now," said Robert, "hasten down the steps and out of the front door.
+With this outfit, I trust you will easily get through the crowd
+unnoticed. Then go directly to John, the fisherman, and there you will
+meet my father."
+
+Count Berlow knew exactly how to act his part. Earnestly, as if he had
+some urgent business to transact, he hurried down the steps and shouted
+in haughty tones to the men who were carrying buckets, "Aside, aside!"
+At last he reached the street without being detected. With quick strides
+and fast-beating heart, he made his way to the city gate and continued
+on, as Robert had taken care to give him the pass-word.
+
+At midnight, he reached the fisherman's hut. He knocked at the window.
+The fisherman came to the door, but stepped back frightened at seeing a
+soldier who might wish to arrest him or his brother. He based his fears
+on the fact that they had both made many enemies on account of their
+fidelity to the Berlow family. When John recognized the Count, he raised
+his hands and exclaimed, "Oh, it's you, Count Berlow; how happy I am to
+be able to help you!" Richard, who had waited and watched there for the
+last ten nights, rushed into the room and shouted: "Oh, my master!" and
+both embraced and wept.
+
+The first question which the Count asked was for his wife and children.
+Richard quickly related the details of their flight and the illness of
+Marguerite, who had now recovered and was sleeping in the adjoining
+room. The noise, however, had awakened her, and recognizing her father's
+voice, she rushed into the room. With great joy she hurried into his
+outstretched arms. He kissed her rosy cheeks and looked at her long and
+tenderly.
+
+The Count decided to continue his flight that very night from the land
+which once had been to him a paradise but was now only a murderers' den.
+On the same boat that had safely carried his wife and son, he now took
+passage. The old fisherman led the way and Richard followed last. The
+night was clear and the heavens bright with stars. Suddenly they heard
+sounds of shooting, and voices shouting: "Halt! Halt!--Halt, halt!--You
+are deserters!"
+
+It so happened that when the fire in the prison had been extinguished,
+the soldiers had carefully searched each cell, to find if anyone had
+escaped. To their great astonishment, they found the cell of Count
+Berlow empty. The soldier who had lost his uniform cried loudly with
+rage: "He has flown with my clothing and my weapons. Up and follow him!"
+The pursuers soon found a clue to the Count's route.
+
+[Illustration: "On the same boat that had safely carried his wife and
+son he now took passage."]
+
+The poor Count and Richard were almost stupefied when they heard the
+distant shouting, but they seized the oars all the more firmly and rowed
+with every muscle strained to the utmost. Soon the soldiers reached the
+shore and began to fire upon the occupants of the boat. Marguerite crept
+under the seat, while the men tried to dodge the bullets. One bullet
+pierced the Count's hat, two pierced Richard's oar. The little boat,
+which was scarcely an inch above the water, rocked and rolled and almost
+capsized, but the occupants escaped without injury and finally reached
+the opposite shore in safety.
+
+Count Berlow was thankful for his escape, and so were Richard and
+Marguerite. They seated themselves on an overturned tree trunk, to
+recover a little strength. When they had rested a little, the Count
+quickly threw off his uniform and donned some old clothes belonging to
+Richard. With a staff in his hand and a bundle on his back, Richard now
+led the way, while the Count and Marguerite followed. In order to allay
+all suspicion, Richard took a roundabout course through the
+thickly-wooded country.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE PURCHASE
+
+
+Count Barlow's greatest desire was to see his wife and son. "I shall not
+have a restful moment," said he to Richard, "until I shall have found
+them. You tell me they are safe in a shepherd's lowly hut, but how shall
+we reach them? My daughter cannot go on foot, and I have not the means
+to ride there."
+
+Then Richard drew out of his bundle a bag of gold. "You are not as poor
+as you think, my noble master," said he. "This money is all yours."
+Count Berlow stared first at the gold and then at his faithful servant.
+
+"You see," said Richard, "while you were rich, you paid me well and
+presented me with large gifts of money. Many people, too, were
+generously aided by you. During the time you were imprisoned, I set out
+to gather in as much money from these people as I could possibly move
+them to give you. 'Tis true we often find people who never feel grateful
+for any good they receive, but I must confess that these grateful souls
+not only returned all you ever gave them, but out of love and deep
+thankfulness added much more thereto."
+
+Count Berlow counted the money. "It is a very, very large amount," said
+he, and raised his eyes in thanks to heaven. "But how long can even this
+last us?"
+
+"We will economize," said Richard, "in every possible way, but let me
+first of all purchase a horse and wagon," This was soon accomplished.
+The wagon was provided with a canvas covering, which served to shield
+the occupants from view, and also to protect them from the sun and rain.
+
+They rode for days and days, and the way was long and dreary. Owing to
+the rough handling which the Count had received in the prison, the
+terror which his death sentence had caused him, the sorrow and fear of
+his flight, and the weariness of the journey, he soon became very much
+weakened and was forced to stop at a little village and rest for a
+while.
+
+Richard hired a few rooms and bought the food. As he was well trained in
+all household duties, he took upon himself the care of their temporary
+home. Marguerite helped, as best she could, and from morning till night
+performed each task willingly, always wearing a sunny smile.
+
+Count Berlow was confined to his bed for many weeks, and it was a long
+time before he could sit up, even for a little while. Marguerite cared
+for her father, read to him, cheered him, and thus made the time pass
+pleasantly. Her father returned his thanks with every evidence of love
+and contentment.
+
+Marguerite's birthday was now at hand. When she awoke one morning, she
+found the window-sills filled with potted geraniums, her favorite
+flowers, and a beautiful canary bird hanging above them in a pretty
+golden cage. The bird exactly resembled the one which she had had at
+home. She thanked her father in the tenderest tones for his selection.
+
+"Take these simple gifts, my child, for at present I can give you no
+more."
+
+Richard now served dinner and all seemed once more to be bright and
+happy. When the meal was ended, the Count drank to the health of his
+daughter and his absent wife and son. "I wonder, my child," said he to
+Marguerite, "where your mother and brother are this day, and how they
+are celebrating your birthday? What has befallen them? I always had a
+happy heart; but now I often have many troubled hours. I fear--I fear."
+
+Marguerite threw her arms about her father's neck and tried to reassure
+him. "Be comforted, dear father," said she. "We shall be brought
+together again, for surely God cares for us."
+
+"Yes, that is true," he said, and dried his eyes.
+
+All was silent. It was a deep, solemn, soul-stirring moment.
+
+All at once the canary bird began to sing a song--the song which father
+and daughter recognized at once as the one which the Count had composed
+and taught his children. No one else had ever heard it or played it.
+
+Marguerite clapped her hands and shouted: "What can this mean! That is
+the first piece that you taught us, dear father." All gazed at the bird
+in astonishment. The bird repeated the song, twice, thrice. "It is our
+song. No note is missing."
+
+"This is truly wonderful," said the Count. "Certainly no one could have
+taught that song to the bird but my boy Albert; but how? I do not know.
+Now, Richard, where did you get this bird?"
+
+Richard then related how he had purchased the canary on the preceding
+night from a bird fancier in the village.
+
+"Hasten to the village and possibly he may be able to tell you more
+about the bird."
+
+Richard ran to the village, and was gone what seemed an interminable
+time. At last he returned with the information that the fancier had
+bought the bird from a little boy who lived with his mother, many miles
+beyond, and who had trained this little bird to sing and whistle. The
+fancier described the boy and mother so well that all were unanimous in
+their decision that this was the boy and mother for whom they were
+seeking.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+REUNITED
+
+
+Preparations were now made for a hasty departure, for the Count seemed
+suddenly stronger. Richard packed their belongings and placed them in
+the wagon. The bird was hung from a hook fastened in the top of the
+vehicle. Everything was soon in readiness.
+
+On the following morning they started off. The Count and Marguerite were
+regaled on the journey by the sweet song of the canary. It cheered them
+and seemed to make the time pass all the more quickly. After a journey
+of twenty miles, they reached the village, at sunset.
+
+They repaired at once to the clergyman's house, where they learned that
+the Countess and Albert Berlow lived in the shepherd's lowly hut, some
+miles distant. "The Countess holds her husband as dead," said the
+clergyman, "and no joy can now penetrate her heart. Her health has
+failed and it seems as if she would not last very long."
+
+Count Berlow asked how she could have received such incorrect news. The
+clergyman then brought out a package of newspapers, searched for one
+sheet, and laid it before the Count. He read that, on such a day, and at
+such an hour, Count Berlow, with twenty others, had been hung. "Strange
+it is," said the Count, "either they forgot to cross my name from the
+list, or else they did not wish to, in the hope that in that way they
+would not be answerable for my escape."
+
+It pained the Count sorely that this false news had brought much
+suffering to the Countess, for death seemed almost to have enrolled her,
+too. The clergyman advised them to proceed slowly and cautiously, lest
+the joyful news of the Count's return should be too great a shock to
+her.
+
+Intending to follow the good clergyman's advice, they continued their
+journey. Soon they reached the summit of a wooded hill, and from the
+distance they discerned the low hut with its flat, thatch-covered roof
+and smoking chimney. Richard then went hurriedly ahead.
+
+Countess Berlow, dressed in black, sat knitting at the fireside, the
+light of which illuminated the room, which had been slowly filling with
+the shadows of the approaching twilight. Albert sat at her side, reading
+from her favorite volume. As she saw her faithful servant enter, she
+uttered a loud cry and her work fell from her hands. She hastened toward
+him, and with a thousand exclamations of joy and pain, she greeted him
+heartily, as if he were her dear father. Albert, too, was deeply
+affected.
+
+Countess Berlow then pointed to a chair which Albert had drawn close to
+the fire, and said: "My good, true friend, be seated. So we see each,
+other again. Over the death of my dear husband let us draw a veil. The
+memory of it is too painful for me. But tell me, how is my daughter! Did
+she die, as the doctor said she might?"
+
+Richard then explained that the doctor had diagnosed the case as more
+serious than it really was, in order at that time to hurry the mother's
+flight; and that Marguerite had very shortly after recovered and had
+remained well ever since. The Countess was greatly pleased with this
+report, and her eyes gleamed with joy.
+
+"But," said she earnestly, and with a clouded brow, "why did you not
+bring her with you? Why did you not tear her from the unhappy
+fatherland where no hour of her life could be safe? How could you leave
+without her--you hard, cruel man? Why did you not--" she could say no
+more, for the door opened, and Marguerite rushed to her mother and
+embraced and kissed her as if nothing could ever again tear them
+asunder. Albert joined them and gladder tears were never shed than those
+which the Countess wept in her exceeding happiness.
+
+Alas, the joy soon melted into yearning. "Oh, that my dear, true husband
+still lived," said the Countess, as she looked to heaven, "for then my
+measure of joy would be full. Now, my dear children, you are poor and
+fatherless. The sight of you fills the heart of your oppressed mother
+with pain. For what can I, a poor, lonely widow, do for you?"
+
+Then Richard interrupted the conversation with the glad news of the
+Count's rescue. The Countess proved herself more self-controlled than
+Richard had anticipated, for the great joy of having seen her true
+servant, the greater joy of again clasping her daughter in her arms was
+for this woman the preparation for the greatest of joys--the joy of
+again seeing the husband whom she had mourned as dead.
+
+The Count had long stood, with palpitating heart, waiting before the
+door of the hut, where each word had fallen distinctly on his ear.
+
+Richard's last words had scarcely been uttered when the Countess cried:
+"He lives; he has been saved from the hands of his oppressors." The
+Count then opened the door, and overcome with emotion, fell at the feet
+of the Countess.
+
+Timid and fearful, as if she half doubted that he really lived, she
+gazed at him long and steadily as the light of the fire irradiated his
+face. She could scarcely express her rapture. Then after a long pause
+she said: "Oh, the joy of again seeing my loved ones for whom I have
+wept so long!"
+
+Father and mother, son and daughter, and faithful servant spent a
+peaceful, joyous evening in the little, lowly hut. The old shepherd and
+his good wife shared in the contentment which filled their little home
+to overflowing.
+
+On the following morning, there was brought into this lowly hut another
+guest who had rendered such helpful service in the speedy reuniting of
+the separated family--the little canary bird.
+
+Albert was delighted to see his bird again, for during his mother's
+illness he had found it impossible to care properly for it, and had
+reluctantly disposed of it at the fancier's in a distant village.
+
+Count Berlow then related at length the circumstances which had brought
+the bird into his possession and how it had helped to give him the
+needed hope and strength to continue the journey which had ended so
+successfully in their reunion.
+
+Albert joined in the conversation, and said, "Wasn't it a happy thought
+to teach the bird that particular song, when I knew so many songs? But
+then, you see, it was the song nearest and dearest to my heart. It was
+my father's song. Little did I think, when I had to part with my pet,
+that it would be taken from me only to restore my father and sister to
+me."
+
+"So we see," said the Count, "how through a little trial we may find a
+great joy. I trust that through our losses we all have gained in
+humility and sympathy, which have a lasting worth; and perhaps God will
+return to us our past fortune, just as he has returned your canary to
+you."
+
+Count Berlow was obliged to spend the winter under the roof of this
+lowly hut, and Richard was housed in a neighboring one.
+
+The canary bird was hung in the same place it had graced before it was
+sold to the fancier. Marguerite cared for it daily and never neglected
+to give it proper food and water.
+
+Often, when the family was gathered together around the friendly
+fireside, on a cold winter's evening, the bird would begin to sing the
+song so acceptable to them. The children and the parents would join in
+the chorus, and they found therein comfort and hope.
+
+The noble family was forced to live for some time in these same narrow
+quarters; but at last they were permitted to return to their fatherland,
+where they again came into possession of their property. The Count and
+Countess rejoiced in being wealthy once more, for now they could return
+in measure full and overflowing, the goodness and kindness of the
+friends who had proven themselves in the hour of need.
+
+The good, faithful Richard, with his kind wife and their clever, honest
+son; John, the brave old fisherman; and the helpful shepherd and
+shepherdess, together with the devout clergyman, were among the first to
+receive this reward--the expression of gratitude and love from a family
+of loyal members.
+
+
+
+
+THE UGLY TRINKET
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTERS.
+
+I. THE OPEN DOOR.
+
+II. THE TEST.
+
+III. REVERSES.
+
+
+[Illustration: "Nursed her foster-mother with the tenderest care."]
+
+
+
+
+THE UGLY TRINKET
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE OPEN DOOR
+
+
+Respected and beloved by all her neighbors, Mrs. Linden, a rich widow,
+lived a solitary life in her grand, old castle.
+
+One day some urgent business called her to the city of Antwerp. Here she
+was detained longer than she had expected, and during her stay she
+visited the principal points of interest, among them an old cathedral,
+famed far and wide for its beauty.
+
+With deep reverence, she entered this time-honored house of worship. Its
+high, vaulted roof, its long rows of stately columns, its beautifully
+painted windows, the altar in the distance, and the twilight and the
+stillness of the holy place filled her with admiration and awe. In her
+heart arose a feeling of the nearness of God, and she knelt and prayed.
+
+Then she passed slowly on, stopping often to study the wonderful
+paintings by the old masters, and the inscriptions upon tablets placed
+on the walls in memory of notable men and women long since passed away.
+
+Suddenly she stopped and read a tablet. It had been placed there in
+honor of a pious woman who had suffered much in her life, but had always
+striven to do good; and these words were written there: "She rests from
+her cares, and her good deeds live after her."
+
+Mrs. Linden then and there resolved that as long as she lived she would
+bear all her troubles and trials patiently, and do good to all, so far
+as lay within her power.
+
+As she neared the altar of this grand cathedral, she noticed a little
+girl eight years of age, clad in black, who was kneeling there and
+praying fervently. Her eyes were riveted on her hands, tightly clasped
+before her, so she noticed nothing of Mrs. Linden's presence. Tears were
+rolling down her cheeks and her face had a look of sorrow and reverence.
+
+Mrs. Linden was at once moved to pity. She did not wish to disturb her,
+but as the child arose, she said softly: "You seem sad, my little one!
+Why do you cry?"
+
+"I lost my father a year ago, and a few days ago they buried my mother,"
+said the child, as the tears rolled the faster.
+
+"And for what did you pray so earnestly?" asked Mrs. Linden.
+
+"I asked for help. 'Tis true I have some relatives in the city, and I
+would like one of them to take me. The clergyman says that it is their
+duty, but they do not want the trouble. I can't blame them, for they
+have children enough of their own."
+
+"Poor child," said Mrs. Linden, "no wonder you feel sad."
+
+"Truly, I was much sadder when I entered this cathedral," said the girl,
+"but all at once I feel much better."
+
+These words pressed on Mrs. Linden's heart and she said, in a motherly
+way, "I think that God has answered your prayer. Come with me."
+
+"But where? For I must return to my house."
+
+"Let us go to the clergyman. I know him well, and I will ask his
+advice," continued Mrs. Linden. Then she offered her hand to the child,
+and led the way.
+
+The aged clergyman arose with astonishment from his chair, as he saw the
+woman enter with this child.
+
+Mrs. Linden explained to him how and where she had met the little one,
+at the same time asking the girl to step aside while she engaged the old
+man in quiet conversation.
+
+"I have decided to adopt this little girl and be a mother to her. My own
+dear children died when they were infants and my heart tells me that I
+could give the love that I had for my own to this little orphan; but I
+would like you to advise me further. Do you think that my care would be
+given in vain?"
+
+"No," said the clergyman, "a greater deed of charity you could not do;
+nor could you easily find such a good, well-mannered child. Her parents
+were right-living people, and they gave this, their only daughter, a
+good training. Never will I forget her mother's last words: 'Father, I
+know that Thou wilt care for my little one, and send her another
+mother.' Her words are now being fulfilled. You have been sent to do
+this."
+
+The old clergyman then called the little girl into the room, and said:
+"Amy, this good, kind woman wishes to be your mother. Do you want to go
+with her and be a good daughter to her!"
+
+"Yes, yes," said Amy, and cried for joy.
+
+"That is right," said the clergyman. "Be to this gracious woman, the new
+mother whom God has sent to you, as good and obedient a child as you
+were to your own mother. Remember that trouble and sorrow may come into
+your life, as they must come into every life; but if you pray with the
+same trust in God as you prayed to-day, help will surely be sent in the
+same way."
+
+Her relatives were then summoned and acquainted with the fact, and not
+one of them objected; instead, they were very much pleased.
+
+When Mrs. Linden said that she would take the child just as she stood
+there, and that they could have all of her clothing for their own
+children, they were more than delighted.
+
+But Amy begged to keep just a few books which her mother had given her,
+and which she cherished; and this wish was granted.
+
+On the next morning, Mrs. Linden and Amy started for the castle home.
+The servant, who had expected them, had everything in readiness. After
+the evening meal had been served, Mrs. Linden showed Amy to her room.
+
+Amy was charmed with her home and her new mother. With tears of thanks
+she prayed, and soon was fast asleep. When she awoke, she found the sun
+streaming into the room. She walked to the window and gazed out into the
+lovely, sunny grounds and wooded walks surrounding the castle. In the
+distance, she could see the spire of the grand cathedral.
+
+After a few days, Mrs. Linden sent Amy to school. When she returned each
+afternoon, she helped in the garden and in the kitchen as much as her
+years would permit; for Mrs. Linden wished to train her to a useful,
+industrious life. Often, when the opportunity offered, she taught her to
+sew and knit and care for the house, something she thought that every
+girl should learn. Under the guidance of such a kind, loving woman, Amy
+grew to girlhood, simple and modest.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE TEST
+
+
+Ten years passed by, filled with joy and happiness. Then suddenly Mrs.
+Linden became dangerously ill.
+
+Amy nursed her foster-mother with the tenderest care and bestowed as
+much love upon her as if she were her own mother. She entered the sick
+room noiselessly; spoke in soft, gentle tones; opened and closed the
+doors without the least sound, so that Mrs. Linden preferred to have Amy
+rather than a nurse.
+
+Often Amy would sit in the darkened room and watch over her charge
+during the long, weary hours of the night. Days and weeks passed, and
+the invalid grew no better; still Amy nursed her with the same untiring
+patience and care.
+
+Mrs. Linden was very thankful that she had taken Amy into her home and
+heart, and realized it more and more each day, and said: "My dear Amy,
+you do so much for me. A daughter could do no more. God will reward you.
+I, too, will not forget you; and you shall see that I am not
+ungrateful."
+
+Amy bade her speak no more about it.
+
+Mrs. Linden said no more on the subject. After a lingering illness, she
+became very weak, and at last passed away.
+
+Amy cried as bitterly at this loss as she had done at the loss of her
+own mother.
+
+In the course of the week, many of Mrs. Linden's rich relatives were
+summoned to the house, where her will was to be read. The lawyer
+unfolded the document, and Amy was greatly surprised to learn that her
+foster-mother had bequeathed to her five thousand dollars, with the
+instructions to choose from her treasures the costliest, as a
+remembrance.
+
+The rich relatives were not pleased with this bequest, nor did they wish
+Amy to take any of the rings, pearls or jewels. Amy had never been
+covetous; and when she was told to select, she said: "It is not at all
+necessary for me to have a valuable remembrance. The smallest piece will
+suffice. Knowing that it comes from such a good woman, it will have
+great value in my eyes. It is more than enough that she has bequeathed
+to me such a large sum of money which I have not earned. Therefore, I
+choose the old, tarnished, clumsy locket which she held in her hand and
+wet with her tears as she bade me good-bye. This will be the most
+precious treasure for me, and I know her blessing will go with it."
+
+One of the onlookers laughed and said to Amy: "What a silly girl. Why
+didn't you take the diamond ring? That ugly old locket, what good is
+that! How ridiculous for you to choose such a worthless thing!"
+
+But Amy was more than satisfied and perfectly contented; while the rich
+relatives quarreled over the distribution of the other trinkets and had
+more disappointment out of it than pleasure.
+
+The relative to whom the castle had been bequeathed gave orders to Amy
+to find a new home. This she had in a measure expected, of course, but
+she did not know just where to go. At last the old gardener and his
+good, kind wife offered to share their home with her. She thanked them
+heartily and gladly accepted.
+
+Amy now invested her money in a business house in the city, and although
+her income was not large, still she had enough for her simple wants.
+
+One year went by in quietude and peace, in the simple surroundings of
+the old gardener's home. But as the new occupants of the castle no
+longer wished the services of a man as old as he was, he received orders
+to leave. This meant to give up his life-long work and the home which
+had become so dear to him.
+
+"Be comforted," said Amy, "for I will collect my money and buy a little
+house near the city. Then I will take in some sewing, and we can all
+three still live together contentedly." They soon found a house which
+suited them exactly.
+
+As Amy had not been able to get her money from the merchant, they were
+obliged, for the time being, to borrow it from another man, to whom she
+promised payment when her money fell due.
+
+The house was bought and renovated to suit them. It was small and
+simple, but ample for their wants. Amy kept the home bright and
+comfortable; flowers graced the windows, and the old people basked in
+the sunshine of her smiles and helpfulness.
+
+Although they could see the castle in the distance, where they had spent
+so many years of their lives, and from which they had all three been so
+rudely cast, they never longed to return; for their little home was
+filled with happiness and contentment. As joy and sorrow, however, must
+change places with each other now and then here upon earth, so this
+little household was called upon to meet an unwelcome friend, "Trouble."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+REVERSES
+
+
+One morning, after almost a year's sojourn in the little home, the news
+was brought that the large business house in the city where Amy had
+invested her money had failed, and that the whole amount was lost to
+her. The time was almost due to pay the debt on the house. Where would
+the money come from, now that they could no longer give security?
+
+Sad, troubled days had dawned for them.
+
+On the eve of the day when the payment on the house was due, Amy went up
+to the attic, where she could be alone and cry out her grief, and pray.
+
+In her anxiety and nervousness, she clutched the old, ugly locket that
+hung from a chain--the little reminder of the time of her joys, her
+sorrows, her patience, her trust and her gratitude, while she lived with
+her good foster-mother.
+
+In one moment of intense feeling, she pressed the locket tightly in an
+agony of grief. Lo! as she unfolded her hand in utter helplessness, the
+locket fell apart. Into her lap rolled one little stone after another.
+When she took them up to look at them, she discovered that each stone
+was a diamond, seemingly of great worth.
+
+She raised her thankful eyes to heaven and poured out her grateful
+heart. She paused, then gathering her treasure in her hands, she
+hastened with joyous steps to acquaint her two companions of her
+wonderful discovery.
+
+The good, old people were overcome with joy, and thanked God, again and
+again. Then the old man said: "With the money that these jewels will
+bring you, you can pay for the house and still have enough left to keep
+you comfortably."
+
+Early the next morning, Amy hurried to the clergyman, her very best
+friend, to show him the jewels and tell him how accidentally she had
+found them.
+
+"May I," said she, "keep these costly jewels or must I return them to
+Mrs. Linden's heirs? I think they are the most valuable of all the
+trinkets that she left."
+
+"No," said he, "the jewels belong to you. Mrs. Linden intended them for
+you, I am sure, when she gave you the right to choose first, and take
+the best. When you selected the least attractive trinket, you
+unknowingly chose a treasure which to you was only valuable because worn
+by the one whom you hold dearest. God sent you this secret treasure; and
+it is worth many thousand dollars, at least. Take it, sell it, and enjoy
+the benefits which you derive therefrom. But always keep the locket, as
+a memento of Mrs. Linden and her great benevolence."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of After Long Years and Other Stories
+by Translated from the German by Sophie A. Miller and Agnes M. Dunne
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AFTER LONG YEARS AND OTHER STORIES ***
+
+This file should be named 8alyr10.txt or 8alyr10.zip
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, 8alyr11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, 8alyr10a.txt
+
+Produced by Charles Aldarondo, Tiffany Vergon, Tonya Allen,
+Charles Franks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date.  This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.   Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month:  1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+    1  1971 July
+   10  1991 January
+  100  1994 January
+ 1000  1997 August
+ 1500  1998 October
+ 2000  1999 December
+ 2500  2000 December
+ 3000  2001 November
+ 4000  2001 October/November
+ 6000  2002 December*
+ 9000  2003 November*
+10000  2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states.  If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154.  Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law.  As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause:  [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this
+     requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+     eBook or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,
+     if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+     binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+     including any form resulting from conversion by word
+     processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+     *EITHER*:
+
+     [*]  The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+          does *not* contain characters other than those
+          intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+          (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+          be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+          author, and additional characters may be used to
+          indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+     [*]  The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+          no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+          form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+          the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+          OR
+
+     [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+          no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+          eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+          or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2]  Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+     "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+     gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+     already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you
+     don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are
+     payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+     the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+     legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+     periodic) tax return.  Please contact us beforehand to
+     let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees.  Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart.  Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+
diff --git a/old/8alyr10.zip b/old/8alyr10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b7d563
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/8alyr10.zip